Skip to content

Federal housing law

0225 Publ 5653 (PDF)

Federal housing law as enacted — verbatim and citable.

Edition
2026-10-03
Last updated
2026-10-04
Jurisdiction
United States

Official source: IRS Forms, Instructions & Publications (https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p5653.pdf), retrieved 2026-10-03. U.S. Government work (17 U.S.C. § 105).


Cost Segregation Audit Technique Guide

This document is not an official pronouncement of the law or the position of the Service and cannot be used, cited, or relied upon as such. This guide is current through the revision date. Since changes may have occurred after the revision date that would affect the accuracy of this document, no guarantees are made concerning the technical accuracy after the revision date. The taxpayer names and addresses shown in this publication are hypothetical.

This document is not an official pronouncement of the law or the position of the Service and cannot be used, cited, or relied upon as such. This guide is current through the revision date. Since changes may have occurred after the revision date that would affect the accuracy of this document, no guarantees are made concerning the technical accuracy after the revision date. The taxpayer names and addresses shown in this publication are hypothetical.

Exceptions & meaning →

Large Business and International

2-6-2025

Publication 5653 (2-2025) Catalog Number 20884M Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service www.irs.gov

Exceptions & meaning →

Table of Contents

I. Chapter 1 - Introduction ........................................................................................... 7

A. Preface ............................................................................................................... 7

B. Purpose of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide ................................. 7

C. Background ........................................................................................................ 7

D. Summary and Conclusions ............................................................................... 10

II. Chapter 2 - Legal Framework ................................................................................ 11

A. Overview .......................................................................................................... 11

B. Early History of Depreciation ............................................................................ 11

C. Bulletin F .......................................................................................................... 12

D. Codification of Depreciation Changes .............................................................. 13

E. Guideline Life System ...................................................................................... 13

F. Asset Depreciation Range (ADR) System ........................................................ 14

G. Accelerated Cost Recovery System (ACRS) .................................................... 15

H. Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System (MACRS) .................................. 15

I. Sections 1245 and 1250 Property .................................................................... 16

J. Investment Tax Credit - § 48 ............................................................................. 17

K. Tests for Distinguishing §§ 1245 and 1250 Property ........................................ 19

L. Inherently Permanent Test ................................................................................ 20

M. Hospital Corporation of America Case ............................................................. 22

N. Electrical Distribution Systems ......................................................................... 22

O. Incentives for Cost Segregation and Cost Recovery ........................................ 24

P. Audit Guidance ................................................................................................. 24

Q. Summary .......................................................................................................... 25

III. Chapter 3 - Cost Segregation Approaches ....................................................... 26

A. Introduction ....................................................................................................... 26

B. What are the Most Common Approaches Utilized for Cost Segregation Studies? 27

C. What are the Attributes of the Various Cost Segregation Approaches? ............ 28

C.1. Detailed Engineering Approach from Actual Cost Records ........................ 28

C.2. Detailed Engineering Cost Estimate Approach .......................................... 29

C.3. Survey or Letter Approach ......................................................................... 30

2

C.4. Residual Estimation Approach ................................................................... 31

C.5. Sampling or Modeling Approach ................................................................ 31

C.6. “Rule of Thumb” Approach ......................................................................... 32

D. What approach is Required by the IRS? .......................................................... 32

E. Summary and Conclusions ............................................................................... 33

IV. Chapter 4 - Principal Elements of a Quality Cost Segregation Study and Report 35

A. Introduction ....................................................................................................... 35

B. What is a “Quality” Cost Segregation Study? ................................................... 35

C. Principal Elements of a Quality Cost Segregation Study .................................. 35

C.1. Preparation by an Individual with Expertise and Experience ..................... 36

C.2. Detailed Description of the Methodology ................................................... 36

C.3. Use of Appropriate Documentation ............................................................ 36

C.4. Interviews Conducted with Appropriate Parties ......................................... 38

C.5. Use of Common Nomenclature ................................................................. 39

C.6. Use of a Standard Numbering System ...................................................... 39

C.7. Explanation of the Legal Analysis .............................................................. 39

C.8. Determination of Unit Costs and Engineering “Take-off” ............................ 39

C.9. Organization of Assets Into Lists or Groups ............................................... 40

C.10. Reconciliation of Total Allocated Costs to Total Actual Costs ..................... 40

C.11. Explanation of the Treatment of Indirect Costs .......................................... 40

C.12. Identification and Listing of § 1245 Property .............................................. 41

C.13. Consideration of Related Issues (i.e. § 263A, Change in Accounting Method, and Sampling Techniques) ....................................................................... 41

D. Principal Elements of a Quality Cost Segregation Report ................................ 42

D.1. Summary Letter/Executive Summary ........................................................ 42

D.2. Narrative Report ........................................................................................ 42

D.3. Schedule of Assets .................................................................................... 43

D.4. Schedule of Direct and Indirect Costs ....................................................... 43

D.5. Schedule of Property Units and Costs ....................................................... 43

D.6. Engineering Procedures ............................................................................ 43

D.7. Statement of Assumptions and Limiting Conditions ................................... 43

D.8. Certification ................................................................................................ 43

3

D.9. Exhibits ...................................................................................................... 44

E. Summary and Conclusions ............................................................................... 44

V. Chapter 5 - Review and Examination of a Cost Segregation Study ....................... 45

A. Introduction ....................................................................................................... 45

B. Steps for Examining a Cost Segregation Study and Report ............................. 45

B.1. Initial Risk Analysis .................................................................................... 45

B.2. Examination ............................................................................................... 50

B.3. Other Considerations ................................................................................. 57

C. Summary and Conclusions ............................................................................... 73

VI. Chapter 6 - Special Topics ................................................................................ 74

A. Uniform Capitalization ...................................................................................... 74

A.1. Introduction ................................................................................................ 74

A.2. Application of the Capitalization Rules Under § 263A ............................... 74

A.3. Capitalization of Costs Under § 263A ........................................................ 75

A.4. Capitalization of Interest Under § 263A(f) .................................................. 76

B. Change in Accounting Method .......................................................................... 78

B.1. Introduction ................................................................................................ 78

B.2. Historical Service Position ......................................................................... 78

B.3. Change in Litigating Position ..................................................................... 80

B.4. Peco Foods Case ...................................................................................... 81

B.5. Tangible Regulations – Treas. Reg. §§ 1.263(a)-1, -2, -3 .......................... 81

B.6. Revenue Procedures Involving Method Changes ...................................... 82

B.7. Summary ................................................................................................... 83

C. Depreciation Overview ..................................................................................... 84

C.1. Introduction ................................................................................................ 84

C.2. MACRS ...................................................................................................... 84

C.3. Depreciation Periods and Conventions ..................................................... 84

C.4. Recovery Periods ...................................................................................... 85

C.5. Class Lives ................................................................................................ 88

C.6. Revenue Procedure 87-56 ......................................................................... 89

C.7. Examples ................................................................................................... 91

C.8. Additional References for Determining the Proper Activity Category for Property ................................................................................................................. 92

4

D. Relevant Court Cases ...................................................................................... 93

D.1. Introduction ................................................................................................ 93

D.2. Arrangement of Information ....................................................................... 93

D.3. Table 1: Case Law by Case Name (Reverse Chronological Order) ........... 94

D.4. Table 2: Case Law by CSI MasterFormat Divisions (2020 and 1995) ...... 105

D.5. Table 3: Listing of CSI MasterFormat Divisions (2020 and 1995) ............ 119

E. Inherently Permanent Standard ...................................................................... 121

E.1. Introduction .............................................................................................. 121

E.2. Inherently Permanent Standard Under § 168 .......................................... 121

E.3. Inherently Permanent Standard Under § 263A ........................................ 124

E.4. Comparison of Inherently Permanent Standard Under §§ 168 and 263A 126

E.5. Inherently Permanent Standard Under § 199 .......................................... 128

E.6. Comparison of Inherently Permanent Standard Under §§ 168 and 199 .. 129

E.7. Conclusion ............................................................................................... 130

F. Construction Process ..................................................................................... 131

F.1. Introduction .............................................................................................. 131

F.2. Stages in the Construction Process ......................................................... 131

F.3. Other Project Delivery Methods ............................................................... 147

G. Information Document Requests .................................................................... 147

G.1. Introduction .............................................................................................. 147

G.2. IDR 1 Purpose – To Identify the Participants and their Respective Roles in the Preparation of a Cost Segregation Study/Analysis ......................................... 148

G.3. IDR 2 Purpose –To Identify the Specific Properties Subject to Cost Segregation Study/Analysis ................................................................................. 148

G.4. IDR 3 Purpose – To Locate the Source of Property Blueprints and Drawings 148

G.5. IDR 4 Purpose – To Obtain a Copy of the Cost Segregation Study ......... 149

G.6. IDR 5 Purpose – To Obtain a Copy of the Study Computations and Formulae .............................................................................................................. 149

G.7. IDR 6 Purpose – To Ask Specific Questions about Segregated Properties 149

G.8. IDR 7 Purpose – Request for Specific Items and Amounts...................... 150

H. IRC §§ 179, 179D and Bonus Depreciation.................................................... 151

H.1. Significant Law ........................................................................................ 151

5

H.2. IRC § 179 Deduction ............................................................................... 151

H.3. IRC § 179D Deduction ............................................................................. 153

H.4. Bonus Depreciation – In General ............................................................. 154

H.5. Acquisition Requirements and Placed in Service Dates .......................... 157

H.6. Bonus Depreciation Rates After 9/27/2017 .............................................. 159

H.7. Acquisition Requirement – In General ..................................................... 160

H.8. Chief Counsel Guidance on the Application of Bonus Depreciation Regulations to a Cost Segregation Study – FAA 20140202F ............................... 165

H.9. Method of Accounting Issues Related to Bonus Depreciation ................. 167

H.10. Election Out of Bonus Depreciation ......................................................... 169

VII. Chapter 7 - Industry Specific Guidance .......................................................... 171

A. Introduction ..................................................................................................... 171

B. Retail Industries .............................................................................................. 171

C. Restaurants .................................................................................................... 183

D. Pharmaceutical and Biotechnology ................................................................ 195

E. Casinos and Gaming Industry ........................................................................ 210

F. Auto Dealership Industry ................................................................................ 225

G. Auto Manufacturing Industry ........................................................................... 239

H. Residential Rental Property ............................................................................ 296

H.1. Planning and Examination Guidance ....................................................... 296

VIII. Chapter 8 - Issue Specific Guidance .............................................................. 323

A. Electrical Distribution System ......................................................................... 323

A.1. Introduction .............................................................................................. 323

A.2. Definitions and Building Electrical System Illustration ............................. 323

A.3. Legal Background .................................................................................... 326

A.4. Functional Allocation – Illustration ........................................................... 328

A.5. Summary ................................................................................................. 336

B. Stand-Alone Open-Air Parking Structures ...................................................... 336

B.1. Introduction .............................................................................................. 336

B.2. Description of Stand-Alone Open-Air Parking Structures ........................ 337

B.3. Applicable Tax Law .................................................................................. 337

B.4. Parties Positions ...................................................................................... 338

B.5. Analysis ................................................................................................... 340

6

B.6. Penalties .................................................................................................. 342

B.7. Summary ................................................................................................. 347

Exceptions & meaning →

I. Chapter 1 - Introduction

A. Preface

(1) The 2024 update of the Cost Segregation Audit Technique Guide involved

collaboration led by the Deductible & Capital Expenditures Practice Network (DCE PN), the Methods of Accounting and Timing (MAT) Practice Network, and the Inventory & 263A Practice Network. In addition to clarifying modifications, updates reflect changes in the tax law from the passage of P.L. 117-169, commonly known as the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (IRA). Topics modified include Internal Revenue Code (IRC) § 263A, Depreciation, Bonus Depreciation, § 179D deduction, detailed cost estimate approach, and penalties as well as the addition of industry specific guidance for residential rental property.

Exceptions & meaning →

B. Purpose of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide

(1) This Audit Techniques Guide (ATG) will assist Internal Revenue Service

(Service) examiners in the review and examination of cost segregation studies. The primary goals are to provide examiners with an understanding of:

  • Why cost segregation studies are performed for Federal income tax

purposes;

  • How cost segregation studies are prepared;

  • What to look for in the review and examination of these studies; and,

  • When certain issues identified in the cost segregation study need further

examination.

(2) The ATG was originally developed by a cross-functional team of Service

Engineers and Revenue Agents, and was updated by members of the DCE PN. This ATG is not an official IRS pronouncement and may not be cited as authority.

Exceptions & meaning →

C. Background

(1) To calculate depreciation for Federal income tax purposes, taxpayers must use

the correct method and proper recovery period for each asset or item of property owned. Property, whether acquired or constructed, often consists of numerous asset types with different recovery periods. Property is typically separated into individual items or asset groups having the same recovery

7

periods and placed-in-service dates to properly compute depreciation. When the actual cost of each asset or item of property is available, this procedure is simple. When only lump-sum costs are available, however, cost estimating techniques may be required to "segregate" or "allocate" costs to individual assets or items of property (e.g., land, land improvements, buildings, equipment, furniture, and fixtures, etc.). This type of analysis is generally called a "cost segregation study," "cost segregation analysis," or "cost allocation study."

(2) An increasing number of taxpayers have submitted either original tax returns or

claims for refund with depreciation deductions based on cost segregation studies. The underlying incentive for preparing these studies for Federal income tax purposes is the significant tax benefits derived from using shorter recovery periods and accelerated depreciation methods (including bonus depreciation pursuant to IRC § 168(k) and § 179 deductions) for computing depreciation deductions. Examiners need to understand both the rationale and methodology used to segregate total property costs into various items of property.

(3) Cost segregation studies are most commonly prepared for the allocation or

reallocation of building costs to tangible personal property. A building, termed "§ 1250 property,” is generally non-residential real property (with a 39-year recovery period) or residential rental property (with a 27.5-year recovery period) that must use straight-line depreciation. Equipment, furniture, and fixtures, termed "§ 1245 property,” are tangible personal property. Tangible personal property has a shorter recovery period (e.g., 5 or 7 years) and can be also eligible for accelerated depreciation (e.g., double declining balance, bonus depreciation, and § 179 deduction). Therefore, a faster depreciation write-off (and tax benefit) can be obtained by allocating costs to § 1245 property.

(4) The following example illustrates the tax benefits of a cost segregation study. In

general, a turnkey construction project includes elements of tangible personal property (phone system, computer system, process piping, storage tanks, etc.). It is relatively easy to identify these items as § 1245 property and allocate a portion of the total project costs to them. A taxpayer’s cost segregation study might also report certain parts of the building (e.g., carpeting, wall coverings, partitions, millwork, and lighting fixtures) as § 1245 property that likely would have been classified or grouped under § 1250 property without the completion of a cost segregation study. These items may or may not constitute § 1245 property depending on the particular facts and circumstances for which the project was designed.

(5) This next example illustrates the complexity of cost segregation issues. In

addition to identifying specific assets that qualify as § 1245 property, cost segregation studies may treat portions of building components as § 1245 property. For example, some portions of the building’s electrical system support both § 1245 property and § 1250 property. The cost segregation study will typically identify the costs of the branch circuits feeding the § 1245 property and classify according to the recovery period of the § 1245 property (i.e., 5 or 7-year recovery period). It may also identify that, for example, 15 percent of a

8

building’s electrical distribution system (EDS) directly supports § 1245 property, such as specialized kitchen equipment. Based on that conclusion, the study will then treat 15 percent of the EDS cost as § 1245 property along with the identified § 1245 branch circuits. See Chapter 8.A - Electrical Distribution System for further details. The allocation of building components to § 1245 property is often a contentious issue.

(6) Property allocations and reallocations are typically based on criteria established

under the Investment Tax Credit (ITC) laws under § 48. Complex and often conflicting guidance relating to property qualifying for ITC, resulting from numerous legislative acts, court decisions and Service rulings, and a lack of bright-line tests, have impacted the ease of distinguishing § 1245 property from § 1250 property. Related issues, such as the capitalization of interest and production costs under § 263A and changes in accounting method, add to the complexity of this issue. For additional guidance on court rulings refer to Chapter 6.D. - Relevant Court Cases included in this ATG.

(7) In a landmark decision, the Tax Court ruled that, to the extent tangible personal

property is included in an acquisition or in overall costs, it should be treated as such for depreciation purposes. The court also decided that the rules for determining whether property qualifies as tangible personal property for purposes of ITC (under pre-1981 tax law) are also applicable to determining depreciation classification under current law. See, Hospital Corporation of America, 109 T.C. 21 (1997). The Service acquiesced to the use of ITC rules for distinguishing § 1245 property from § 1250 property.

(8) This ATG provides technical information, audit techniques and examples of

proper cost segregation studies to focus the efforts of examiners. The use of cost segregation studies will likely continue to increase, and there are currently no standards regarding the preparation of these studies. These studies vary widely in terms of the methodology, documentation, depth, format, and expertise of the study’s preparer. This lack of consistency, coupled with the complexity of the law in this area, often results in an examination that can be controversial and burdensome for all parties.

(9) Examiners reviewing cost segregation studies must determine the proper

classification and correct costs of property. In some cases (e.g., small projects) examiners may be able to evaluate a study without assistance. However, other studies may require specialists with expertise, industry experience, and specialized training (e.g., Engineers, Computer Audit Specialists and/or DCE PN Senior Engineers and Revenue Agents). Examiners should perform a risk analysis as early as possible to determine the depth of an examination and the need for additional assistance.

(10) Technical and/or procedural cost segregation questions may be submitted to

the DCE PN.

9

Exceptions & meaning →

D. Summary and Conclusions

(1) Depreciation issues involving cost segregation studies cross all Large Business

and International (LB&I) industry lines and impact Small Business and Self Employed (SB/SE) taxpayers as well. The lack of consistency in cost segregation studies and the absence of bright-line tests for distinguishing property contribute to the difficulties of this issue. The purpose of this ATG is to provide the foundation to a better understanding of cost segregation studies and to provide the examination steps that will facilitate the audit process and minimize burden on taxpayers, practitioners, and Service examiners alike.

10

Exceptions & meaning →

A. Overview

(1) To better understand tax controversy surrounding the use of cost segregation

studies, it is important to review the relevant legal history and the motivations of taxpayers to allocate costs to personal property. The legislative and judicial history of asset classification, depreciation, and Investment Tax Credit (ITC) are closely related. Accordingly, much of the discussion will focus on the rules and decisions impacting several interrelated sections of the IRC (including ITC that was revoked in 1986).

(2) The IRC has historically authorized depreciation deductions as an allowance for

the exhaustion, wear and tear, and obsolescence of property used in a trade or business or for the production of income (§ 167 and the regulations thereunder). The deduction has generally been calculated with respect to the adjusted basis and useful life (or recovery period) of the property by utilizing an appropriate depreciation method. At one time, salvage value was also a factor in the computation. Buildings and structural components have substantially longer depreciable lives than tangible personal property. The shorter the useful life (or recovery period) of any given property will result in a larger annual tax deduction to the taxpayer. Therefore, it is desirable for taxpayers to maximize costs allocable to tangible personal property to accelerate depreciation deductions and reduce tax liability. This chapter provides a brief historical perspective of the statutes, regulations and major court cases that relate to cost segregation studies.

Exceptions & meaning →

B. Early History of Depreciation

(1) For about 20 years after the introduction of our present income tax system in

1913, taxpayers were generally given freedom to determine depreciation allowances. Both individuals and corporations could claim a reasonable allowance for depreciation of property arising out of its use or employment in the business or trade. The deductions claimed were not challenged unless it could be shown by clear and convincing evidence that they were unreasonable. Prior to 1934, a taxpayer had wide leeway as to the amount which could be written off each year against current income as an allowance for the cost of machinery, equipment, and buildings. As long as the taxpayer’s policy was consistent and in accordance with sound accounting practice, the tax authorities raised little question, realizing that the cost could be written off only once. See Announcement 71-76, 1971-2 C.B. 503.

(2) In 1934, the Treasury Regulations (Treas. Reg.) were amended to provide that

the burden of proof would rest upon the taxpayer to sustain the depreciation deduction claimed. Taxpayers became responsible to furnish full and complete information with respect to the cost or other basis of the assets related to the claimed depreciation. The required information for each asset included the age, condition and remaining useful life, the portion of their cost or other basis, which

11

had been recovered through depreciation allowances for prior taxable years, and any other information as the Commissioner may require in substantiation of the deduction claimed. Whatever plan or method of depreciation a taxpayer would choose to adopt, it “must be reasonable and must have due regard to operating conditions during the taxable period.” T.D. 4422, 1934-1 C.B. 58.

Exceptions & meaning →

C. Bulletin F

(1) The earliest edition of Bulletin “F” was a pamphlet issued in 1920, which

contained no schedule of suggested average lives, but defined depreciation as follows: “Depreciation means the gradual reduction in the value of property due to physical deterioration, exhaustion, wear, and tear through use in trade or business.” Obsolescence was treated as a separate and supplemental factor in computing the depreciation allowance where the facts supported an additional amount. Bulletin “F” was first revised in 1931, at which time the first schedule of suggested lives was published as a separate pamphlet. The schedule provided useful lives for individual assets used by industry groups. In Bulletin “F,” the Internal Revenue Service (Service) explicitly frowned on the use of a composite rate of depreciation; rather, the Service advocated depreciation by items or by groups of items having practically identical physical characteristics and length of life. In conjunction with the burden shifting from the Service to the taxpayer regarding depreciation deductions, useful life became largely determined by reference to standardized lives prescribed in Bulletin “F” and a taxpayer had a heavy burden of proof to sustain any shorter life for an individual asset.

(2) Bulletin “F" underwent a second revision in 1942 and provided a useful life

guide for various types of property based on the nature of a taxpayer's business or industry. Bulletin “F” identified over 5,000 assets used in 57 different industries and activities and described two procedures for computing depreciation for buildings:

  1. Composite Method: A depreciation chart provided a composite rate for fourteen different types of buildings, including all installed building equipment. The recommended rates ranged from 1.5% per year for good quality warehouses and grain elevators to 3.5% per year for lesser quality theaters. These composite depreciation rates correspond to useful lives ranging from 28.5 years to 66.7 years.
  2. Component Method: Taxpayers could elect to depreciate building equipment separately from the structure. A list provided lives for various types of structures, ranging from 50 years for apartments, hotels, and theaters, to 75 years for warehouses and grain elevators. A separate list provided lives for over 100 items of installed building equipment, ranging from 5 to 25 years, with certain installed building equipment listed as having the same life as the life of the building in which it was installed.

(3) Bulletin “F” also allowed taxpayers to either depreciate individual items on a

separate basis or to combine assets into composite, classified, or group

12

accounts and depreciate the group account as a single asset. Historically, some taxpayers have interpreted this to mean that assets can be segregated into components and depreciated separately.

Exceptions & meaning →

D. Codification of Depreciation Changes

(1) In 1954, major changes were made to depreciation laws. Aside from the

authorization of new methods of depreciation, § 167(d) was added which authorized written agreements between the Service and taxpayers specifically dealing with the useful life and rate of depreciation of any property.

(2) In 1956, the ability to depreciate on an account basis (first allowed in Bulletin

“F”) was codified in Treas. Reg. § 1.167(a)-7(a). The regulations moved away from the concept of physical life, focusing instead on the period of time the property was used in the trade or business of the taxpayer. See Treas. Reg. § 1.167(a)-1(a). Also, as part of a policy designed to reduce administrative controversies, the Service codified a policy that it would only re-determine estimated useful life when the change in the useful life is significant and there is a clear and convincing basis for the redetermination. See Treas. Reg. § 1.167(a)-1(b).

(3) In Shainberg vs. Commissioner, 33 T.C. 241 (1959), the Service challenged the

taxpayer’s method of depreciation of segregating buildings and the various items of equipment in the buildings into separate component groups. The Tax Court held that the taxpayer could calculate depreciation using a component grouping method as was their right under the regulations. In general, the courts have sustained the estimated useful lives assigned by taxpayers such as a 40year life for the building structure, a 15-year life for the roofs, plumbing, wiring and elevators, and a 10-year life for the paving, ceilings, and heating and air conditioning systems.

Exceptions & meaning →

E. Guideline Life System

(1) Revenue Procedure (Rev. Proc.) 62-21, 1962-2 C.B. 418, superseded Bulletin

“F.” Instead of thousands of asset classifications, assets were grouped into approximately 75 broad industrial classifications and by certain broad general asset classifications, with a “Guideline Life” established for each of these classes. The guideline lives were about 30-40 percent shorter than Bulletin “F” lives and about 15 percent shorter than the lives in actual use by taxpayers. Use of the guideline lives required taxpayers to meet a reserve ratio test (complex provision). The Rev. Proc. represented a fundamental change by treating assets as a class rather than as individual assets; even though assets within a class were heterogeneous with respect to ages, useful lives, and physical characteristics. The asset class for buildings included "the structural shell of the building and all integral parts thereof,” as well as “equipment which services normal heating, plumbing, air conditioning, fire prevention and power requirements, and equipment such as elevators and escalators.” The Rev. Proc. listed 13 different types of buildings, with guideline lives ranging from 40

13

years for apartments, hotels, and theaters, to 60 years for warehouses and grain elevators. The Guideline Life system did not address repair and maintenance expenditures.

(2) Revenue Ruling (Rev. Rul.) 66-111, 1966-1 C.B. 46, addressed the use of

component depreciation for used real property and distinguished its facts from those in Shainberg, Rev. Rul. 66-111 decided that "when a used building is acquired for a lump sum consideration, separate components are not bought; a unified structure is purchased” such that the value of components (e.g., ceilings, floors, electrical systems, etc.) of a used building cannot be separated from the value of the building as a whole. Thus, the cost basis of used real property cannot be allocated into separate component accounts for determining a composite life in computing depreciation; rather, an overall useful life for the building must be determined based upon the building as a whole. The ruling was later modified by Rev. Rul. 73-410, 1973-2 C.B. 53, which held that the component method of computing depreciation may be utilized for used real property if: 1) the cost of acquisition is properly allocated to the various components based on their value; and 2) useful lives are assigned to the component accounts based on the condition of such components at the time of acquisition. See also Lesser v. Commissioner, 352 F.2d 789 (9th Cir. 1965).

(3) Rev. Rul. 68-4, 1968-1 C.B. 77, concluded that “it is not proper to use the

component method of computing depreciation by assigning the guideline class life from Rev. Proc. 62-21 to the structural shell of a building and assign different useful lives to the other integral parts or components of the building. Rev. Proc. 62-21 may only be used where all the assets of the guideline class (building shell and its components) are included in the same guideline class for which one overall composite life is used for computing depreciation."

Exceptions & meaning →

F. Asset Depreciation Range (ADR) System

(1) Rev. Proc. 72-10, 1972-1 C. B. 721, superseded Rev. Proc. 62-21 and set forth

the Class Life Asset Depreciation Range (ADR) system for tangible assets placed in service after 1970. The purpose of the ADR system was to minimize controversies about useful life, salvage value, and repair and maintenance expenditures. It also abolished the controversial reserve ratio test. Under the elective ADR system, all tangible assets were grouped into more than 100 asset guideline classes (generally corresponding to those set out in Rev. Proc. 62-21) based on the business and industry of the taxpayer. Each class of assets (other than land improvements and buildings) was given a class life as well as a range of years (called "asset depreciation range") that was approximately 20 percent above and below the class life. A taxpayer could select a depreciation period from this range, and it would not be challenged by the Service. Thus, the ADR system disassociated an asset’s depreciation period from its useful life but treated it as the useful life for all income tax purposes, even though the depreciation period could be significantly shorter than the actual useful life. However, buildings were generally excluded from the ADR system (except for a 3-year transitional period). The ADR system served

14

as a comprehensive scheme for dealing with property, including repair and maintenance expenditures (via an optional repair allowance) and salvage value. The asset guideline set forth in Rev. Proc. 72-10, was superseded by Rev. Proc. 77-10, 1977-1 C.B. 548, and served as an update to the asset guideline classes and class lives.

Exceptions & meaning →

G. Accelerated Cost Recovery System (ACRS)

(1) In 1981, Congress enacted the ACRS (Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 –

P.L. 97-34) to simplify the depreciation rules and to stimulate the economy by allowing greater deductions over shorter periods. ACRS eliminated salvage value, minimized exceptions and elections, and moved away from the useful life concept. ACRS allowed depreciation deductions (this term is used for convenience; since ACRS is not based on estimated useful lives, cost recovery under it may not technically qualify as depreciation) for recovery property over a predetermined recovery period by applying a statutory percentage to its basis (cost). These statutory percentages were set forth in a series of tables. In contrast to the elective ADR system, ACRS was mandatory and provided only five (later six) recovery periods. ACRS allowed for a faster cost recovery of assets than had been allowed under previous rules (e.g., the 40-year life for real property was reduced to a 15, 18, or 19-year recovery period, depending on the placed-in-service date of the property). ACRS was generally applicable for property placed in service from 1981 through 1986.

(2) ACRS prohibited component depreciation as a method of computing

depreciation for buildings. ACRS required the depreciation deduction for any component of a building to be computed in the same manner as the deduction allowable for the building, beginning on the later of the date the component is placed in service, or the building is placed in service. See former § 168(f)(1); Proposed Treas. Reg. §§ 1.168-2(e) and 1.168-6. The driving force behind this action was to eliminate controversies surrounding the determination of qualifying § 1245 property (as explained below).

Exceptions & meaning →

H. Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System (MACRS)

(1) In 1986, Congress enacted the Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System

(Tax Reform Act of 1986 – P.L. 99-514). Cost recovery is now based on the applicable depreciation method, the applicable recovery period, and the applicable convention, as outlined in § 168. MACRS provided two depreciation systems: the general depreciation system and the alternative depreciation system (applicable for property used outside the United States, tax-exempt use property, property for which an alternative depreciation system election has been made, and a couple of other finite categories not germane to this discussion). MACRS also required appropriate basis adjustments to compute subsequent year deductions and modified other ACRS provisions including property classifications. The recovery period for buildings and structural components increased dramatically. For example, the 15, 18, or 19-year recovery periods for real property became 39 years for nonresidential real

15

property (31.5 years for nonresidential real property placed in service before May 13, 1993) and 27.5 years for residential rental property, under the general depreciation system. Under the alternative depreciation system nonresidential real property has a 40-year recovery period and residential rental property has a 40-year recovery period if placed in service before January 1, 2018, and a 30year recovery period if placed in service after December 31, 2017 (for more information, see Rev. Proc. 2021-28, 2021-27 I.R.B. 5). In Rev. Proc. 87-57, 1987-2 C.B. 687, as modified by Rev. Proc. 2019-08, 2019-03 I.R.B. 347, the Service furnished optional tables to provide applicable deduction percentages under MACRS.

(2) The classification of property under MACRS is important because it affects the

applicable depreciation method, recovery period, and convention. Each item of property depreciated under MACRS is assigned to a property class, which establishes the item’s recovery period. The applicable recovery periods for MACRS are determined by statute or by reference to class lives. Class lives for MACRS are set forth in Rev. Proc. 87-56, 1987-2 C. B. 674. This Rev. Proc. establishes two broad categories of depreciable assets: 1) asset classes 00.11 through 00.4 that consist of specific assets used in all business activities; and 2) asset classes 01.1 through 80.0 that consist of assets used in specific business activities. The same item of depreciable property can be described in both an asset category (asset classes 00.11 through 00.4) and an activity category (asset classes 01.1 through 80.0), in which case the item is classified in the asset category (unless it is specifically included in the activity category). See Norwest Corp. & Subs. v. Commissioner, 111 T.C. 105 (1998) (item described in both an asset and an activity category should be placed in the asset category). Chapter 4 - Principal Elements of A Quality Cost Segregation Study and Report provides an overview of asset classifications and recovery period determinations.

(3) MACRS continued the prohibition against the use of the component method of

depreciation. Although MACRS repealed ACRS § 168(f)(1), which related specifically to components of § 1250 class property, it enacted § 168(i)(6), which provides that improvements made to real property are depreciated using the same recovery period applicable to the underlying property as if the underlying property were placed in service at the same time the improvements were made. Regarding improvements, the statute refers to § 1245 property and § 1250 property. Section 168(i)(12) provides that the terms “§ 1245 property” and “§ 1250 property” have the meanings given such terms by § 1245(a)(3) and § 1250(c), respectively.

Exceptions & meaning →

I. Sections 1245 and 1250 Property

(1) In 1962, Congress enacted the provisions of §§ 1245 and 1250 (Revenue Act of

1962 – P.L. 87-834). These Code sections result in the conversion of capital gain to ordinary income on the disposition of a property, to the extent its basis has been reduced by an accelerated depreciation method. The definitions of property for purposes of §§ 1245 and 1250 are essential for determining

16

eligibility for a number of other Code provisions (including §§ 167, 168, 179, and former § 48). One of the primary issues in cost segregation studies is the proper classification of assets as either § 1245 or § 1250 property. The main difference between §§ 1245 and 1250 is whether the provisions apply to the entire amount or an applicable percentage of the gain.

(2) Section 1245(a)(3) provides that "§ 1245 property" is any property which is or

has been subject to depreciation under § 167 and which is either personal property or other tangible property (not including a building or its structural components) that was used as an integral part of certain activities. Such activities include manufacturing, production, or extraction; furnishing transportation, communication, electrical energy, gas, water, or sewage disposal services. Certain other "special use" property also qualifies as § 1245 property but is not relevant to this discussion. It is important to note that a building or its structural components is specifically excluded from the definition of § 1245 property.

(3) Treas. Reg. § 1.1245-3 defines "personal property," "other tangible property,"

"building," and "structural component" by reference to Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1. This regulation relates to former § 48 which was enacted in 1962 along with §§ 1245 and 1250. § 48 allowed an Investment Tax Credit (ITC) based on the "applicable percentage" of the investment in tangible depreciable property placed in service during the taxable year. The ITC was later repealed in 1986.

(4) Section 1250(c) defines "§ 1250 property" as any real property, other than §

1245 property, which is or has been subject to an allowance for depreciation. In other words, § 1250 property encompasses all depreciable property that is not § 1245 property.

Exceptions & meaning →

J. Investment Tax Credit - § 48

(1) Eligible ITC property is defined in former § 48(a)(1) with reference to § 38 (in

fact, eligible property is often referred to as "§ 38 property"). Eligible property included tangible personal property (other than heating or air conditioning units) and other tangible property (primarily machinery and equipment) that was closely integrated into the taxpayer's trade or business. Land, buildings, structural components contained in or attached to buildings, and other inherently permanent structures generally were not eligible for ITC. Local law was not controlling with regard to classifying property as tangible personal property for purposes of ITC.

(2) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(c) defines “tangible personal property” as any tangible

property except land and improvements thereto, such as buildings or other inherently permanent structures (including items which are structural components of such buildings or structures). Thus, buildings, swimming pools, paved parking areas, wharves and docks, bridges, and fences are not tangible personal property. Tangible personal property includes all property (other than structural components) which is contained in or attached to a building. Thus, such property as production machinery, printing presses, transportation and

17

office equipment, refrigerators, grocery counters, testing equipment, display racks and shelves, and neon and other signs, which is contained in or attached to a building constitutes tangible personal property for purposes of the credit allowed by § 38. Further, all property that is in the nature of machinery (other than structural components of the building or other inherently permanent structure) is considered to be tangible personal property even though located outside a building. For example, a gasoline pump, hydraulic car lift or automatic vending machine, although annexed to the ground, is considered to be tangible personal property.

(3) The Senate Report accompanying the enactment of the Revenue Act of 1978

provided additional insight into Congressional intent by providing further examples of qualifying and non-qualifying property:

  • [T]he committee wishes to clarify present law by stating that tangible personal property already eligible for the investment tax credit includes special lighting (including lighting to illuminate the exterior of a building or store, but not lighting to illuminate parking areas), false balconies and other exterior ornamentation that have no more than an incidental relationship to the operation or maintenance of a building, and identity symbols that identify or relate to a particular retail establishment or restaurant such as special materials attached to the exterior or interior of a building or store and signs (other than billboards). Similarly, floor coverings which are not an integral part of the floor itself such as floor tile generally installed in a manner to be readily removed (that is it is not cemented, mudded, or otherwise permanently affixed to the building floor but, instead, has adhesives applied which are designed to ease its removal), carpeting, wall panel inserts such as those designed to contain condiments or to serve as a framing for picture of the products of a retail establishment, beverage bars, ornamental fixtures (such as coats-ofarms), artifacts (if depreciable), booths for seating, movable and removable partitions, and large and small pictures of scenery, persons, and the like which are attached to walls or suspended from the ceiling, are considered tangible personal property and not structural components. Consequently, under existing law, this property is already eligible for the ITC. [S. Rep. No. 1263, 95th Cong., 2d Sess. 117 (1978), reprinted in 1978-2 C.B. Vol. 1 315, 415.]

(4) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1) defines a "building" as any structure or edifice

enclosing a space within its walls, and usually covered by a roof, the purpose of which is, for example, to provide shelter or housing, or to provide working, office, parking, display, or sales space. The term includes, for example, structures such as apartment houses, factory and office buildings, warehouses, barns, garages, railway or bus stations, and stores. It also includes any such structure constructed by, or for, a lessee even if such structure must be

18

removed, or ownership of such structure reverts to the lessor, at the termination of the lease.

(5) Specifically excluded from the definition of the term "building" are: (i) a structure

which is essentially an item of machinery or equipment, or (ii) a structure which houses property used as an integral part of an activity specified in [former] § 48(a)(1)(B)(i) if the use of the structure is so closely related to the use of such property that the structure clearly can be expected to be replaced when the property it initially houses is replaced. Factors which indicate that a structure is closely related to the use of the property it houses includes the fact that the structure is specifically designed to provide for the stress and other demands of such property, and the fact that the structure could not be economically used for other purposes. Thus, the term “building” does not include such structures as oil and gas storage tanks, grain storage bins, silos, fractionating towers, blast furnaces, basic oxygen furnaces, coke ovens, brick kilns and coal tipples.

(6) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(2) provides that "structural components" includes such

parts of a building as walls, partitions, floors, and ceilings, as well as any permanent coverings therefor such as paneling or tiling; windows and doors; all components (whether in, on, or adjacent to the building) of a central air conditioning or heating system, including motors, compressors, pipes and ducts; plumbing and plumbing fixtures, such as sinks and bathtubs; electric wiring and lighting fixtures; chimneys; stairs, escalators, and elevators, including all components thereof; sprinkler systems; fire escapes; and other components relating to the operation or maintenance of a building.

(7) However, the term "structural components" does not include machinery the sole

justification for the installation of which is the fact that such machinery is required to meet temperature or humidity requirements, which are essential for the operation of other machinery or the processing of materials or foodstuffs. Machinery may meet the "sole justification" test provided by the preceding sentence even though it incidentally provides for the comfort of employees, or serves, to an insubstantial degree, areas where such temperature or humidity requirements are not essential. For example, an air conditioning and humidification system installed in a textile plant to maintain the temperature or humidity within a narrow optimum range, which is critical in processing particular types of yarn, or cloth is not included within the term "structural components."

Exceptions & meaning →

K. Tests for Distinguishing §§ 1245 and 1250 Property

(1) There is no general bright-line test for segregating property into § 1245 property

and § 1250 property classifications. Each situation is factually intensive and is dependent on the particular facts and circumstances involved.

(2) From a regulatory standpoint, the primary test for determining whether an asset

is § 1245 property eligible for ITC is to ascertain that it is not a building or other inherently permanent structure, including items which are structural components of such buildings or structures. In other words, if an asset is not a

19

building or a structural component of a building, then it can be § 1245 property. The determination of structural component hinges on what constitutes an inherently permanent structure, how permanently the asset is attached to such a structure and whether it relates to the operation or maintenance of the structure. See Treas. Reg. §§ 1.48-1(c)-(e).

(3) Early administrative rulings by the Service on ITC focused on the use of a

"functional” or “equivalency” test. This test is based on the determination that if the primary use of property is to provide for the functions normally served by inherently permanent structures or structural components thereof, then the property should be so classified. Several courts, however, rejected this approach.

(4) In Rev. Rul. 75-178, 1975-1 C.B. 9, the Service reconsidered its position based

on the contrary case law. It states, “The use of a functional or equivalency test (1) to classify property as inherently permanent where it is not itself physically attached to the land, or (2) to classify property as a structural component where it is not an integral part of (and therefore a permanent part of) a building, is no longer the criteria to be used to classify property. Rather, the problem of classification of property as ‘personal’ or ‘inherently permanent’ should be made on the basis of the manner of attachment to the land or the structure and how permanently the property is designed to remain in place.” Thus, the test to be used to determine whether an asset is tangible personal property is the inherently permanent test.

Exceptions & meaning →

L. Inherently Permanent Test

(1) The seminal case involving the determination of whether an asset is inherently

permanent is Whiteco Industries, Inc. v. Commissioner, 65 T.C. 664 (1975). The Tax Court noted that “tangible personal property” is not intended to be defined narrowly, nor to follow the rules of State law where fixation to the land is a basis for distinguishing personal property from other property. It further stated that assets accessory to the operation of a business, such as machinery, printing presses, office equipment, individual air-conditioning units, display racks and shelves, etc., generally constitute tangible personal property for purposes of § 48, even though such assets may be termed fixtures under local law. Based on an analysis of prior case law, the Tax Court put forth six questions designed to ascertain whether a particular asset qualifies as tangible personal property. These questions, also referred to as the six " Whiteco factors," are:

20

  1. Is the property capable of being moved, and has it in fact been moved?

  2. Is the property designed or constructed to remain permanently in place?

  3. Are there circumstances, which tend to show the expected or intended lengths of affixation, i.e., are there circumstances, which show that the property may or will have to be moved?

  4. How substantial of a job is the removal of a property and how timeconsuming is it? Is it “readily removable”?

  5. How much damage will the property sustain upon its removal?

  6. What is the manner of affixation of the property to the land?

(2) It should be noted that movability is not determinative in measuring

permanence. The court in Whiteco held that affixation to land does not per se exclude the property from the category of tangible personal property. Additionally, in L.L. Bean, Inc. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1997-175, aff'd, 145 F.3d 53 (1st Cir. 1998), the court held that the mere fact that a structure is theoretically capable of being moved does not conclusively establish that it is not inherently permanent.

(3) Examiners should also consider the following additional factors when

addressing permanency (some of which may overlap with the Whiteco factors):

  • History of the item or similar items being moved;

  • Manner in which an item is attached to a building or to the land;

  • Weight and size of the item;

  • Function and design of the item;

  • Intent of the taxpayer in installing the item;

  • Time, cost, manpower, and equipment required to move the components;

  • Time, cost, manpower, and equipment required to reconfigure the existing space if the item is removed;

  • Effect of the item’s removal on the building; and

  • Extent the item can be reused after removal.

(4) See AmeriSouth XXXII, Ltd. V. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2012-67; Trentadue

v. Commissioner, 128 T.C. 91 (2007); PDV America, Inc. and Subs. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2004-118; Hospital Corp. of America and Subs. v. Commissioner, 109 T.C. 21 (1997).

(5) Please note that land improvements may or may not be inherently permanent.

Asset Class 00.3 of Rev. Proc. 87-56 describes land improvements as depreciable improvements made directly to or added to land, whether such improvements are § 1245 property or § 1250 property. Examples of land improvements include sidewalks, roads, canals, waterways, drainage facilities, sewers, wharves and docks, bridges, fences, landscaping, shrubbery, and radio and television transmitting towers. Buildings and structural components are specifically excluded from the category of land improvements. Land

21

improvements may also be included in some activity asset classes such as asset class 57.1 of Rev. Proc. 87-56.

Exceptions & meaning →

M. Hospital Corporation of America Case

(1) In Hospital Corporation of America v. Commissioner, 109 T.C. 21 (1997) ( HCA ),

the taxpayer classified as tangible personal property certain items relating to hospital facilities and claimed depreciation deductions using a 5–year recovery period. The Service took the position that a number of those items were structural components of the related buildings and that they must be depreciated over the same recovery period as the buildings to which they related. The Service also argued that using a different recovery period for the disputed property items than for the buildings to which they relate in effect results in component depreciation, which is a method that is no longer permitted under ACRS and MACRS (§ 168(f)(1) and § 168(i)(6), respectively). Thus, according to the Service, the tests developed under the ITC to differentiate between § 1245 property and § 1250 property were inapplicable to ACRS and MACRS.

(2) The Tax Court held that at the time ACRS was enacted, Congress did not

intend to redefine § 1250(c) to include property which was considered under long-standing precedent to constitute § 1245 property. Thus, the precedent that was developed to ascertain whether property constituted eligible § 38 property for purposes of ITC was equally applicable to ascertain whether property constituted § 1245 property for purposes of ACRS/MACRS. Conversely, to the extent that property did not qualify as eligible § 38 property for purposes of ITC, the property cannot constitute § 1245 property for purposes of ACRS/MACRS. The Court further held that the prohibition contained in § 168 against the use of component depreciation applied only to § 1250 property.

(3) In an Action on Decision (AOD-1999-008), the Service acquiesced to the

decision in HCA to the extent that the term “tangible personal property” as defined under the ITC remained applicable under both ACRS and MACRS. The Service, however, did not agree with the court’s determinations as to whether the various assets at issue constituted tangible personal property.

Exceptions & meaning →

N. Electrical Distribution Systems

(1) Pursuant to HCA, cost segregation methodologies previously used to allocate

the cost of a building between ITC property and structural components likewise can be used for segregating § 1245 property from § 1250 property. However, this does not necessarily mean that an asset is exclusively either § 1245 property or § 1250 property; certain assets can contain characteristics of both code sections. Regarding primary and secondary electrical distribution systems, the court in HCA concluded that the portion of the cost of the primary and secondary electrical distribution systems corresponding to the percentage of the electrical load carried to the hospitals' equipment constituted as § 1245 property, whereas the portion corresponding to building operations constituted

22

as § 1250 property. As a result of the ruling in HCA, the Tax Court followed its precedent in Morrison, Inc. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1986-129, and Scott Paper Co. v. Commissioner, 74 T.C. 137 (1980).

(2) In Scott Pape r, the court focused on the ultimate uses of power at the

taxpayer's facility and distinguished the power used in the overall operation or maintenance such as lighting, heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning of the building from the power used to operate the taxpayer's machinery. It held that items which occur in an unusual circumstance and do not relate to the operation or maintenance of a building should not be structural components despite being listed in Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(2). To the extent that the primary electric carried electrical loads to be used for the taxpayer’s production processes or other such qualifying uses, the investment credit was allowed for the primary electric improvements; to the extent that the primary electric related to the overall operation or maintenance of buildings, they were structural components of such buildings such that they did not qualify as tangible personal property for purposes of the ITC. This became known as the functional allocation approach. Hence, the court made an allocation of the facility’s primary electric between § 1245 property and § 1250 property.

(3) In Morrison, the court followed the functional allocation approach from Scott

Paper and held that the electrical distribution systems were not structural components to the extent of the load percentages that were carried to equipment (§ 1245 property). On appeal, 891 F.2d 857 (11th Cir. 1990), the Circuit Court affirmed the decision in the Tax Court. It also made three broad announcements with regard to the electrical distribution system issue. First, taxpayers can claim ITC on a percentage basis. Second, it adopted the Tax Court’s method of focusing on the ultimate use of electricity distributed with regard to the electrical system. Third, the Tax Court’s method is consistent with the ITC’s purpose to provide an incentive for businesses to make capital contributions. Subsequent to the Eleventh Circuit’s opinion in Morrison, the Service issued AOD-1991-019 in which it stated that the Service would not challenge the functional allocation approach set forth in Scott Paper to determine the eligibility of electrical systems of a building to qualify as § 38 property. For a more detailed explanation of the functional allocation approach, please see Chapter 8.A. - Electrical Distribution Systems.

(4) Case law has extended the reasoning of Scott Paper to such items as electrical

wiring, outlet receptacles, electrical connectors, telephone connection equipment, fire protection systems, water piping and lines, drain lines, gas lines, and plumbing and gas connectors. See AmeriSouth, supra, HCA, supra; Morrison, supra; Texas Instruments, Inc. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo 1992306; Duaine v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo.1985–39. Please note, however, that the functional allocation approach is only applied to a building’s primary and secondary electrical distribution systems.

23

Exceptions & meaning →

O. Incentives for Cost Segregation and Cost Recovery

(1) The IRC provides numerous incentives for taxpayers to perform cost

segregation studies and allocate costs to § 1245 property. Aside from a shortened cost recovery period (since § 1245 property has shorter recovery periods than § 1250 property), certain incentives generally apply to tangible personal property (§ 1245 property) and not real property (§ 1250 property). Some of these incentives include:

  • § 168(k), Special Allowance for Certain Property (i.e., Bonus Depreciation)

  • § 179, Election to Expense Certain Depreciable Business Assets

(2) Other incentives included in the IRC, however, may reduce the need for a

taxpayer to perform a cost segregation study because they give preferential treatment for certain qualifying § 1250 property. Some of these incentives include:

  • § 168(e)(6), Qualified Improvement Property

  • Former § 168(e)(6), Qualified Leasehold Improvement Property

  • Former § 168(e)(7), Qualified Restaurant Property

  • Former § 168(e)(8), Qualified Retail Improvement Property

  • Former § 1400L, Tax Benefits for New York Liberty Zone

  • Former § 1400N, Tax Benefits for Gulf Opportunity Zone

(3) The requirements and restrictions for using the above incentives can be

complex. In addition, the eligibility and the amount of the deduction allowed by the above incentives has changed over time. Exercise special attention to the placed-in-service date of the property at issue. You may wish to contact the Practice Network that has jurisdiction over the incentive to ensure proper allocation of the provisions.

Exceptions & meaning →

P. Audit Guidance

(1) The Service issued a series of Field Directives to effectively use resources in

the classification and examination of a taxpayer who is recovering costs through depreciation of tangible property used in the operation of a business. The directives were issued for a variety of industries including casinos, restaurants, retail industries, biotech and pharmaceutical industries, and auto dealerships. The directives contained matrices and related definitions as tools to reduce unnecessary disputes and foster consistent audit treatment. The directives specified that if the taxpayer’s tax return position was consistent with the recommendations in the matrix, then examiners should not make adjustments to categorization and lives. If the taxpayer reported assets differently, however, then adjustments should be considered. See Chapter 7 - Industry Specific Guidance of this Guide for matrices applicable to various industries.

24

Exceptions & meaning →

Q. Summary

(1) This chapter has provided a legal framework for cost segregation by providing a

brief history of depreciation, discussing various asset classification and cost recovery models, defining relevant terms, examining the former ITC, explaining tests for distinguishing § 1245 property from § 1250 property, showing how cost segregation principles transferred from the ITC to current cost recovery systems, clarifying how cost segregation applies to building systems, enumerating incentives for cost segregation, and conversing about audit tools.

(2) It cannot be overemphasized that the classification of assets is a factually

intensive determination. There are no bright-line tests for segregating property into § 1245 property and § 1250 property classifications. The use of cost segregation studies by taxpayers has increased since the 2013 publication of the final tangible regulations. Thus, examiners need to examine and evaluate a cost segregation study in light of the applicable statutes, regulations, and judicial precedent.

25

Exceptions & meaning →

III. Chapter 3 - Cost Segregation Approaches

A. Introduction

(1) Cost segregation studies are conducted for a variety of reasons (e.g., income

tax, financial accounting, insurance purposes, and property tax). For income tax purposes, cost segregation studies involve the allocation (or reallocation) of the total cost (or value) of property into the appropriate property classes and recovery periods in order to properly compute depreciation deductions. The results of cost segregation studies are typically summarized in an accompanying cost segregation report. Currently, there is no standard format for either cost segregation or cost segregation reports.

(2) The methodology or approach utilized in allocating total project costs to various

assets is critical to achieving an accurate cost segregation study. The terms “methodology” and “approach” are often used interchangeably in discussions of cost segregation; however, to simplify, the term “approach” is used in this ATG. Also, in this ATG, the term “cost segregation” refers to the process of performing cost segregation and the term “cost segregation study” refers to the written report that conveys the results of the cost segregation. This chapter summarizes some of the more common approaches to cost segregation and their potential drawbacks. This discussion should assist the examiner in evaluating the accuracy of the cost segregation and in performing a risk analysis with respect to the depreciation deductions based on the cost segregation.

(3) Cost segregation is generally performed for either newly constructed property or

acquired property. Each of these situations requires a very different overall approach.

(4) Newly constructed property, which includes remodels of existing properties and

additions to existing properties, usually involves construction that was completed for the taxpayer that has occurred relatively recently. The cost segregation is normally performed either at the completion of the construction project or soon after. At this point, direct cost information (from contractors, vendors, suppliers, etc.) and indirect cost information (from architects, engineers, construction testing firms, local government building departments, etc.) is generally readily available from the taxpayer. Also, construction documents that were used for the construction project (construction drawings, specifications, contract documents, etc.) are generally readily available as well.

(5) Acquired property typically includes a combination of land, buildings, land

improvements, and personal property located on the land or in the buildings purchased by the taxpayer. The acquired property could have been constructed recently or far in the past. The available cost and construction information may range from as much as that available for a newly constructed property down to nothing more than the purchase price of the acquired property.

26

(6) When construction cost information for the acquired property is not available, it

must be estimated using the construction cost data, methods, and techniques normally employed for a property appraisal. These estimated property costs (replacement cost new (RCN)), which include indirect costs, are then adjusted for the asset’s age and condition at the acquisition date, including physical depreciation, functional obsolescence, and economic obsolescence. These adjustments are generally expected to be different among the various items of acquired property (e.g., a building and its structural components, land improvements, and personal property), given that each of these items of property have varying expected useful lives, levels of use, and may have been constructed and/or installed on different dates. The total replacement cost new less depreciation (RCNLD) of the acquired items of property, along with the fair market value (FMV) of the land, should reasonably approximate the total purchase price of the acquired property.

Exceptions & meaning →

B. What are the Most Common Approaches Utilized for Cost Segregation Studies?

(1) Various approaches may be used in completing cost segregation, including:

  1. Detailed Engineering Approach from Actual Cost Records,

  2. Detailed Engineering Cost Estimate Approach,

  3. Survey or Letter Approach,

  4. Residual Estimation Approach,

  5. Sampling or Modeling Approach, and

  6. “Rule of Thumb” Approach.

(2) Examiners should not necessarily expect to see the approach that was used for

a cost segregation mentioned in a cost segregation report. Some cost segregation reports may describe the approach that was used for the cost segregation in great detail and some cost segregation reports may not mention the approach that was used at all. However, based on the information in this chapter, an examiner should be able to recognize the attributes of the cost segregation and identify the approach that was used (and also identify the potential drawbacks of the approach). Other approaches not mentioned here may be used, although most are merely derivatives of the approaches discussed in this chapter.

27

Exceptions & meaning →

C. What are the Attributes of the Various Cost Segregation

Approaches?

(1) The following discussion takes a closer look at the steps involved and the attributes

of each of the approaches listed above. Keep in mind that these are the steps normally taken when completing cost segregation. The examiner's responsibility is to review the steps taken in the cost segregation and to evaluate the accuracy of the cost segregation and, additionally, to evaluate the quality of the accompanying cost segregation report. Chapter 5 - Review and Examination of Cost Segregation Study provides guidance in how to review cost segregation and cost segregation reports.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.1. Detailed Engineering Approach from Actual Cost Records

(1) The detailed engineering approach from actual cost records, also called the

“detailed cost approach” or “direct cost method,” uses cost information from contemporaneous construction and accounting records. In general, it is the most methodical and accurate approach, relying on solid documentation of the construction costs and minimal cost estimating. Construction documentation, such as construction drawings, specifications, contracts, job reports, change orders, payment requests, and vendor and supplier invoices, are used to determine unit costs. The use of actual cost records in this approach contributes to the overall accuracy of cost allocations, although issues may still arise as to the proper classification of specific assets. Refer to Chapter 6.F. Construction Process, for a discussion of a typical construction project and an explanation of the construction cost information and documentation mentioned above.

(2) The detailed engineering approach from actual cost records is generally

applicable only to new construction, where detailed direct cost information (from contractors, vendors, suppliers, etc.) and indirect cost information (from consultants, testing firms, local government building departments, etc.) is readily available.

(3) The detailed engineering approach from actual cost records typically includes

the following activities:

a. Identify the specific project and assets that will be analyzed in the cost

segregation.

b. Obtain information on all direct and indirect project costs and

substantiate the total project cost.

c. Conduct a site visit to inspect the facility. Determine the nature of the

facility, its intended use, and identify the specific assets that are contained within the facility and on the facility site.

d. Photograph specific assets for reference. Request any available

photographs that document the condition of the property prior to the

28

start of construction as well as progress photographs that document the progress of the construction during the construction project.

e. Review record drawings, specifications, contracts, bid documents,

contractor pay requests, change order detail, and any other construction cost information or documentation that is available.

f. Assign the specific assets identified in the document review and site

visit to property classes and recovery periods (e.g., land, land improvements, building, equipment, furniture and fixtures, and other items of tangible personal property).

g. Prepare quantity take-offs for all assets and use contractor cost

information to compute unit costs.

h. Apply unit costs to each asset to determine its total cost basis.

Reconcile the total costs basis obtained from quantity take-offs to the total actual contractor costs.

i. Allocate indirect costs to the appropriate assets. This allocation is

normally done on a pro rata basis for indirect costs applicable to the entire project and on a specific basis for indirect costs applicable only to specific assets.

j. Group assets with similar class lives, recovery periods, and placed-in service dates to simplify depreciation computations and the entry of the assets into the taxpayer’s fixed assets system.

(4) Even though the detailed engineering approach from actual cost records

generally provides the most accurate cost allocations for the assets, the examiner should recognize that the proper cost basis and recovery periods of the § 1245 property analyzed in the cost segregation could still be an issue even when this approach is used.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.2. Detailed Engineering Cost Estimate Approach

(1) The detailed engineering cost estimate approach (or detailed estimate

approach) is similar to the detailed cost approach. The difference is that the detailed estimate approach estimates costs, rather than using actual costs. This approach is used when cost records are not available such as for an acquisition of property comprised of land, existing buildings, land improvements, and personal property. In the context of an acquisition, additional steps must be taken to determine the values of the acquired assets, such as addressing physical depreciation and functional obsolescence in the detailed cost approach.

(2) The detailed estimate approach is methodical, relying on solid documentation

and using construction-based documents such as blueprints, specifications, contracts, job reports, change orders, payment requests, invoices, appraisals, etc. When estimates are required, they are based on costing data, either from contractors or from reliable published sources (e.g., R. S. Means or Marshall

29

Valuation Service). The sources of estimating data are clearly referenced, including identification of the specific volume, page, and item number. Further, consistent estimating techniques and unit cost data sources are used for all of the items that comprise the actual cost.

(3) In essence, the steps for this approach are the same as the detailed cost

approach, except for Step C.1.g (in which costs come from contractor estimates or estimating guides). However, if detailed cost estimates are prepared methodically, then the total RCNLD of the buildings, land improvements, and personal property should reasonably approximate the total purchase price of the property less the FMV of the land.

(4) A field inspection is recommended for all quality studies, whether the studies

are for new or used properties. When construction drawings and specifications are limited or are not available, which is often the case for used or acquired property, field inspection of the property is a critical step. This field inspection should document the physical details of the building, type of construction, materials used for construction, the assets contained in the building, the size, and types of building systems (HVAC, plumbing, fire protection, electrical, data and communications, etc.), and any land improvements (such as parking lots, sidewalks, site lighting, etc.) that were included in the purchase of the property and the condition of that property at the time of purchase. It is important that this field inspection be completed thoroughly and accurately as it forms the starting point for estimating the construction costs and depreciation for each item of property.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.3. Survey or Letter Approach

(1) The survey or letter approach is an alternative method for estimating costs for

newly constructed property. In this approach, contractors and subcontractors are contacted via a survey or letter to provide information on the cost of specific assets that they installed on a particular project. These costs are then used in one of the engineering approaches or in the residual estimation approach (discussed in the following section). Cost allocation using the survey approach involves the following steps:

  • Complete Steps C.1.a – 1.f of the detailed engineering approach from the

actual cost records to identify the specific property items that require cost estimates. Estimates should be reconciled to an actual cost, either to a line-item cost or to an individual system cost (e.g., plumbing, electrical).

  • Divide property items by contractor and/or subcontractor.

  • Ask contractors and/or subcontractors to provide the quantities and prices

of specific property items.

  • Use unit cost estimates obtained from the surveys to determine and

allocate property costs.

(2) In situations where the contractor provides actual cost data, the allocations may

be reasonably reliable. However, when contractor data is obtained from other sites or projects, the data may not be comparable or reliable. The amount of

30

detail provided by different contractors may also vary. The wide disparity in cost estimation methods dictates the use of caution to ensure that the total allocated costs do not exceed the actual total project cost.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.4. Residual Estimation Approach

(1) The residual estimation approach is an abbreviated method in which only short lived asset costs (e.g., 5- or 7-year property) are determined. Short-lived asset costs are added together and then subtracted from the total project cost. The remaining or “residual” cost is then simply assigned to the building and/or other long-lived assets. Although this method is simpler and less time consuming than the engineering approaches, it can also be less accurate.

(2) It should be recognized that this method generally does not reconcile project

costs. In general, residual costs are not estimated or checked for reasonableness. A proper and “reasonable” residual cost should always be determined and then added back to the total of all short-lived asset costs to check if the total project cost is reconciled.

(3) It should also be understood that different estimation techniques for short-lived

assets can produce a skewed result in favor of § 1245 property (e.g., § 1245 property based on single-unit costs for high quality construction, while the building is based on gross square footage).Sampling or Modeling

Exceptions & meaning →

Approach

(1) The sampling or modeling approach uses a created model (or template) to

analyze multiple facilities that are nearly identical in construction, appearance, and use (e.g., fast food chains and retail outlets). The use of sampling minimizes resources and costs compared to conducting studies on all properties.

(2) Typical steps are:

  • Stratify properties by facility type (e.g., free-standing facility, mall location,

leased or owned property, etc.).

  • Perform a cost segregation study by sampling properties within each

stratum.

  • Based on the results in the prior step, develop a standard model for each

type of facility.

  • Apply the costs derived from the model(s) to the population on a

percentage basis. For example, the model may indicate that 10% of the project costs are allocable to 5-year property. This same percentage is then applied to each facility within the same stratum.

(3) A frequent issue is the accuracy of the sampling results. In some cases, the

sampling method may not be statistically valid. In addition, a population less than 50 could limit the accuracy of a sampling technique, unless an appropriate sampling error is considered. Also, despite the fact that facilities within certain

31

strata may appear to be very similar, variations in building codes, geographic location, and material and labor costs may make it difficult to determine an appropriate model. Statistical sampling is discussed in more detail in Chapter 5

- Review and Examination of a Cost Segregation Study.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.6. “Rule of Thumb” Approach

(1) Some cost segregation studies are merely based on a “rule of thumb”

approach. In general, this approach uses little or no documentation and is based on a preparer's “experience” in a particular industry or with a particular type of property (e.g., residential rental property). For example, a preparer will estimate the amount of § 1245 property as a fixed percentage of project cost by relying on previously determined “industry averages” (e.g., 40% for a manufacturing facility). An examiner should view this approach with caution since it lacks sufficient documentation to support its allocation of project costs.

Exceptions & meaning →

D. What approach is Required by the IRS?

(1) The Internal Revenue Service (Service) has not established any requirements

or standards for the preparation of cost segregation studies. The courts have addressed component depreciation but have not specifically addressed the methodologies of cost segregation studies.

(2) The Service has addressed this issue but only briefly, i.e., Revenue Ruling 73 410, 1973-2 C.B. 53, Technical Advice Memorandum (TAM) 7941002 (June 25, 1979), Chief Counsel Advice 199921045 (April 1, 1999). These documents all emphasize that the determination of § 1245 property is factually intensive and must be supported by corroborating evidence. In addition, an underlying assumption is that the study is performed by "qualified individuals” and “professional firms” that are competent in design, construction, auditing, and estimating procedures relating to building construction. See TAM 7941002.

(3) Despite the lack of specific requirements for preparing cost segregation studies,

taxpayers still must substantiate their depreciation deductions and classifications of property. Substantiation using actual costs is more accurate than using estimates. However, in situations where estimation is the only option, the methodology and the source of any cost data should be clearly documented. If estimated properly, the total RCNLD of the improvements and personal property should reasonably approximate the difference between the total purchase price and the FMV of the land. It is not an appropriate cost estimation methodology to apply a pro-rata step-up factor to the individual costs estimated for the various improvements and personal property merely to reconcile to the total purchase price of the improvements and personal property, as established by reducing the property’s purchase price by the FMV of the land.

(4) For example, assume the total purchase price of an acquired warehouse

property is $5 million and the FMV of the land is $1.88 million, which leaves

32

$3.12 million as the purchase price of the improvements and personal property. A cost segregation study estimated the total RCNLD of the improvements at $2.6 million including $1.2 million for the building. The § 1245 property was estimated at $800,000 and the land improvements at $600,000 totaling $1,400,000. The study then multiplied the estimated costs of each of these items by a factor of 1.2 to step up the total estimated RCNLD of the items to the total purchase price of the improvements and personal property. The results of this step-up ($520,000) increased the RCNLD of the § 1245 property to $960,000 and the RCNLD of the land improvements to $720,000 totaling $1,680,000. The step-up also increased the RCNLD of the building by $240,000 to $1,440,000.

(5) This step-up should be scrutinized by the examiner because the sum of the

RCNLD estimates ($2,600,000) does not tie to the total purchase price of the improvements and personal property ($3,120,000). This is indicative of inaccuracies in the cost segregation study. Taxpayers must substantiate their segregation of buildings, land improvements, and § 1245 property from the total purchase cost of the acquired property less the FMV of the land. Applying a pro-rata step-up factor to the improvements and personal property is not an acceptable method of establishing the depreciable basis of the acquired items. An analysis of the available data and methodology should be conducted to assess and determine the source of the difference (i.e., is the difference attributable to items of depreciable property or to land).

(6) Typical reasons for the estimated RCNLD of the items of depreciable property

to be in error include:

  • Incorrect FMV of the land;

  • Failure to properly identify all the parcels of land, assets, building

components, quantities, etc.;

  • Utilizing incorrect cost estimates and factors;

  • Utilizing incorrect depreciation/obsolescence factors; and

  • Failure to properly account for indirect costs.

Exceptions & meaning →

E. Summary and Conclusions

(1) Cost segregation studies are prepared for a variety of reasons (e.g., income

tax, financial accounting, insurance purposes, property tax), and many different methodologies and procedures are used. While the Service does not prescribe a specific methodology, there are certain approaches (e.g., studies based on actual costs or on proper estimation techniques) that produce more accurate and reliable allocations. Despite the use of one of these more reliable methods, issues may still arise with respect to the proper classification of § 1245 property.

(2) Approaches that yield accurate cost allocations expedite the Service's review,

saving time and resources for taxpayers, practitioners, and Service examiners alike. A study that is both accurate and well documented is considered (in this ATG) a “quality” cost segregation study. The specific characteristics that

33

comprise a quality study are described in Chapter 4 - Principal Elements of a Quality Cost Segregation Study and Report.

34

Exceptions & meaning →

IV. Chapter 4 - Principal Elements of a Quality Cost Segregation Study and Report

A. Introduction

(1) As discussed in the last chapter, there is no standard format for cost

segregation studies. Thus, examiners will encounter a wide variety of studies and reports, as well as supporting documentation. For example, some studies will be very brief and other studies may be quite voluminous and complex. Regardless of the length of a study or the methodology used, a cost segregation study and report should always:

  • Classify assets into property classes (e.g., land, land improvements,

building, equipment, furniture, and fixtures);

  • Explain the rationale (including legal citations) for classifying assets as

either IRC § 1245 or § 1250 property; and

  • Substantiate the cost basis of each asset and reconcile total allocated

costs to total actual costs.

Exceptions & meaning →

B. What is a “Quality” Cost Segregation Study?

(1) A “quality” cost segregation study is a study that is both accurate and

well-documented with regard to the three points above. Quality studies greatly expedite the Service’s review, thereby minimizing the audit burden on all parties. A quality study contains a number of characteristics, which are set forth below.

Exceptions & meaning →

C. Principal Elements of a Quality Cost Segregation Study

(1) The 13 principal elements of a quality study are:

  • Preparation by an Individual with Expertise and Experience,

  • Detailed Description of the Methodology,

  • Use of Appropriate Documentation,

  • Interviews Conducted with Appropriate Parties,

  • Use of a Common Nomenclature,

  • Use of a Standard Numbering System,

  • Explanation of the Legal Analysis,

  • Determination of Unit Costs and Engineering “Take-Off,”

  • Organization of Assets into Lists or Groups,

  • Reconciliation of Total Allocated Costs to Total Actual Costs,

  • Explanation of the Treatment of Indirect Costs,

  • Identification and Listing of § 1245 Property, and

  • Consideration of Related Aspects (e.g., § 263A, Change in Accounting

Method, and Sampling Techniques).

35

Exceptions & meaning →

C.1. Preparation by an Individual with Expertise and Experience

(1) The preparation of cost segregation studies requires knowledge of both the

construction process and the tax law involving property classifications for depreciation purposes. Unfortunately, there are no prescribed qualifications for cost segregation preparers. However, a preparer’s credentials and level of expertise may have a bearing on the overall accuracy and quality of a study.

(2) In general, a study by a construction engineer is more reliable than one

conducted by someone with no engineering or construction background. However, the possession of specific construction knowledge is not the only criterion. Experience in cost estimating and allocation, as well as knowledge of the applicable tax law are also important criteria.

(3) A quality study identifies the preparer and always references their

credentials, experience, and expertise in the cost segregation area .

Exceptions & meaning →

C.2. Detailed Description of the Methodology

(1) Chapter 3 – Cost Segregation Approaches discusses the most common

approaches and methodologies used in preparing cost segregation studies. However, an actual study may be based upon a variant or combination of methods and, in fact, may not even identify by name the method used.

(2) A quality study always describes the methodology that was used and

details the steps that were taken to classify assets and determine costs .

Exceptions & meaning →

C.3. Use of Appropriate Documentation

(1) A quality study uses the best available documentation to classify assets

and determine costs. Documentation supporting a quality study will vary, depending on whether a property is new or used or whether original construction documents are available. Contemporaneous documentation is the most reliable and trustworthy. The documentation in a quality study for both new and used properties is detailed below.

  • New construction

o Allocation of Land and Land Development Costs

  • A quality study explains the treatment of land and land

development costs, (e.g., survey, subdivision costs, and temporary roads). Generally, these costs are allocated to nondepreciable land accounts. Also included in this account are the costs of improvements or land that are transferred to a local municipality (to obtain approval for subdividing or for a change in use).

o Site Visit.

  • A quality study includes a site visit to gain a better perspective

and understanding of the design and purpose of the project, as

36

well as the use of specific assets. Before-and-after photographs are used to establish land and site preparation costs (i.e., surveying, clearing, grubbing, general grading, and compaction).

o Construction Documents, Blueprints, Construction Drawings,

Specifications and Contractor Payments

  • A quality study reviews all pertinent construction

documentation . The taxpayer’s capital expenditure request is reviewed to ascertain the intended functional use of a building and other assets included in the project. Site, architectural, and engineering plans, as well as "as-built" or record drawings, blueprints and bid documents, are all reviewed and referenced in a quality study. The specific assets deemed to be § 1245 property are clearly highlighted or otherwise identified on the “as-built” or record drawings. Project specifications are analyzed to determine conformity to the blueprints. Purchase and change orders are also reviewed to ascertain cost information, changes in costs, and details of the work performed.

  • A quality study reviews the “General Contractor's

Applications for Payment” (AIA Forms G-701, G-702, G-703, and G-704) to ascertain what was actually paid for during construction. In addition, subcontractor payment applications, as well as invoices paid for items outside the scope of the general contractor’s work, will be reviewed to provide greater insight and detail of the construction. Actual or estimated costs are crossreferenced to the supporting documentation.

  • Acquired or Used Properties

o Cost segregation studies on used real property should be performed

by qualified appraisers and should properly allocate the purchase price between the non-depreciable land, building and personal property based on their value as of the date of purchase. See AmeriSouth XXXII, Ltd. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2012-67.

o Purchase Price Allocations

  • A quality study documents how the purchase price was

allocated between land, land improvements, building and other assets. Land value is always determined first and is based on “highest and best use.” In simple terms, highest and best use means the probable use of land that results in its highest value. The balance of the purchase price is then allocated to the building and to other assets based on their value as of the date of purchase.

37

o Address Physical Deterioration and Functional Obsolescence

  • The lack of cost records and the age of a property add to the

uncertainty in determining its value or cost. In making this determination, a quality study always accounts for the physical deterioration and functional obsolescence of assets. It also provides the documents and the corroborating evidence used to determine values or costs.

o Site Visit

  • Similar to quality studies completed for new construction, a quality

study for acquired or used properties includes a site visit, as well as photographic evidence, to assist in identifying the assets and in determining the allocations of values or costs.

o Review of Purchase or Lease Agreements and Appraisals

  • As discussed above under new construction, original construction

documents, such as construction drawings, specifications, change orders and contractor pay applications, are used in a quality study to classify assets, and determine costs. When original construction documents are not available, as is often the case with acquired or used property, a quality study will support its allocations by using other corroborating evidence (e.g., purchase/lease agreements, appraisals). A quality study will review the purchase agreement as a first step. This is important to identify the assets acquired and to identify any contract allocations of the purchase price. If the property is leased, the lease agreement will be reviewed and documented. A quality study will also review any appraisals, if applicable. The availability of historical construction records will also be addressed in a quality study (i.e., if these are not available, the study will indicate what efforts were made to obtain these records).

Exceptions & meaning →

C.4. Interviews Conducted with Appropriate Parties

(1) Interviews with contractors and subcontractors, as well as with taxpayers and

property managers, are quite valuable in ascertaining the specific use of a property and the construction process involved. A quality study documents all interviews conducted with appropriate parties, thus adding credibility to the depth and accuracy of its study. However, the Examiner should recognize that subcontractor work details can be difficult to obtain since taxpayers generally have had no direct contact with them. In addition, general contractors may also be reluctant to share certain information because of confidentiality (e.g., profit margins).

38

Exceptions & meaning →

C.5. Use of Common Nomenclature

(1) The use of creative or misleading nomenclature to describe property items,

rather than common and clearly understood terms, detracts from the quality of a study. “Creative” descriptions may be used to disguise the true nature or character of an asset (e.g., a building sewage or water piping system referred to as "process piping"; an emergency exit sign termed "decorative placard").

(2) A quality study always uses terminology consistent with the blueprints

and other project documents (e.g., contract specifications, pay requests, etc.) . The use of common and clearly understood terms facilitates the Service’s review and avoids the confusion caused by misleading terms.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.6. Use of a Standard Numbering System

(1) The use of a standard numbering system, such as the Construction

Specification Institute (CSI) Master Format Division, is helpful. A quality study numbers assets consistent with the contract bid documents and pay requests. This numbering system facilitates classifying property for computing depreciation and thus expedites the Service’s exam.

(2) The CSI format categorizes costs by specific building systems or components,

such as concrete, carpentry, metals, woods, and plastics, mechanical, electrical, and lighting. Other typical groupings of assets may include land, land improvements, furniture and fixtures, electrical systems, plumbing systems, equipment, etc. Refer to Special Topics Chapter 6.F. – Construction Process, which provides a more detailed discussion of standard numbering systems.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.8. Determination of Unit Costs and Engineering “Take-off”

(1) Once property items or assets have been identified and assigned to property

classes (e.g., building and personal property), their respective costs must be determined. To determine a cost for each unit or class of property in a project, total project costs must generally be broken down. This breakdown process is commonly known as engineering “take-offs”.

39

(2) In a quality study, engineering "take-offs" are carefully documented to

show derived unit costs, and individual property units are clearly identified or highlighted on the "as-built" blueprints. For new construction, the cost of property items in an engineering take-off can generally be obtained from actual cost records. However, when actual costs are not available, costs must be estimated.

(3) Cost estimates can vary widely depending on which estimating guide is used

and whether costs are for "high" or "low" quality construction. In a quality study, cost estimates are always reconciled to an acquisition price or a total project cost to ensure the accuracy of an allocation. The proper use of an estimation technique is another frequent source of audit controversy. A quality study minimizes this controversy by clearly explaining and documenting the methodology used to assign costs to each asset.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.9. Organization of Assets Into Lists or Groups

(1) Typically, a study lists assets by recovery period (e.g., land, land improvements,

furniture and fixtures, electrical systems, plumbing systems, equipment). To facilitate the Service’s review, a quality study should list assets and generally tie to a taxpayer's fixed asset ledger.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.10. Reconciliation of Total Allocated Costs to Total Actual Costs

(1) It is important that the same estimating technique be used on all of the items

that reconcile to a purchase price, a project cost, or to a particular property cost. If different methods or cost guides are used on different property items (e.g., one method for tangible personal property and a different method for the building), cost distortions arise. A quality study always reconciles total allocated costs to total actual costs, to ensure the accuracy of its allocations.

(2) A quality study also considers and lists separately acquired § 1245

property to pre-vent possible duplication. For example, if the total project cost includes furniture, fixtures, and equipment (FFE), then it is appropriate to allocate costs to those items. However, if FFE is acquired separately and not included in the total project cost, then it is not appropriate to assign costs to FFE.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.11. Explanation of the Treatment of Indirect Costs

(1) A quality study lists all the costs associated with a particular project,

including both direct and indirect costs, and explains the treatment of any indirect costs. Direct costs are the labor and material costs for specific items or assets. Indirect costs, also referred to as "allocables," are intangible costs that are incident to the construction of a facility. Indirect costs must be allocated proportionately to the basis of the specific assets to which they relate.

(2) Indirect costs may also include expenditures that should not be allocated to the

entire project but rather assigned to the property class to which they relate. Costs to survey and sub-divide land, and general grading are typically allocable

40

only to land. On the other hand, costs for building permits, general conditions, and contractor overhead and profit are typically allocated to assets on a prorata basis.

(3) Generally, indirect costs do not relate to the placement of business machinery,

or furniture and fixtures since these assets are typically purchased and installed under separate con-tracts. However, indirect costs that specifically relate to components of personal property may be assigned to § 1245 property. For example, costs for special consultants (e.g., for computer wiring and process engineering) or costs to design the computer system may be assigned directly to that system. In addition, it may be reasonable to allocate certain indirect costs, such as liability insurance, bonds, and overhead/profit, where it can be shown that the total amount of the indirect cost is based upon the pro rata cost of each class of property.

(4) The treatment of indirect costs is another area of frequent controversy. A

quality study explains the purpose of each indirect cost and describes its allocation.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.12. Identification and Listing of § 1245 Property

(1) A quality study lists § 1245 property (including amounts) and shows any

property originally classified as § 1250 property that is reclassified to § 1245 property.

Exceptions & meaning →

D. Principal Elements of a Quality Cost Segregation Report

(1) A cost segregation report reflects a study’s methodology and conclusions. The

amount of detail included in a report varies considerably since there is no standard or prescribed format. The following elements are found in a quality report:

Exceptions & meaning →

D.1. Summary Letter/Executive Summary

(1) A quality report contains a summary to identify: the preparer, the date of

the study, the taxpayer (or client), the subject property, and the property units classified as land, land improvements, building or personal property.

Exceptions & meaning →

D.2. Narrative Report

(1) A quality report discusses the theory, definitions, and the rationale behind

the study in the narrative section. This section generally includes a more detailed description of the property/facility (i.e., a physical description and an explanation of the use for which it is intended, as well as a legal description of the property and its location). In addition, the narrative section provides a thorough discussion of the regulations, rulings and court cases that support classifying certain assets as § 1245 property. The narrative also discusses the types and sources of data used (e.g., cost records, contracts, purchase

42

agreements, published estimates) as well as how they were used. A list of potential data sources is included in Special Topics Chapter 6.F. – Construction Process.

Exceptions & meaning →

D.3. Schedule of Assets

(1) A quality report has a schedule of assets that are the focus of the study.

Generally, this schedule ties directly to the taxpayer's depreciation records. When a taxpayer reallocates costs of assets already "on the books," a quality report clearly identifies the specific assets impacted (and includes depreciation records from both before and after the reallocation).

Exceptions & meaning →

D.4. Schedule of Direct and Indirect Costs

(1) A quality report lists all direct and indirect costs associated with a project.

Indirect costs allocated to § 1245 property are clearly identified and explained. Separately-acquired assets are listed and discussed in the report to avoid duplication errors. Costs subject to § 263A are also addressed.

Exceptions & meaning →

D.5. Schedule of Property Units and Costs

(1) A quality report provides a detailed schedule of property units and costs

(with property descriptions) that are segregated into land, § 1245 property, and § 1250 property. This schedule is the final product of the study and serves as the basis for computing depreciation.

Exceptions & meaning →

D.6. Engineering Procedures

(1) A quality report describes the engineering procedures and methodology

for determining the cost of each property unit. It also identifies the specific taxpayer records that were reviewed and discusses whether actual cost records or estimating techniques were utilized to break costs into smaller property units. A record of inspections and/or interviews is included as well. The use of a common nomenclature or a standard numbering system is also referenced and/or explained. Note that the engineering procedures used to perform a quality study will differ based on whether the subject of the study is new construction or used properties, as well as on the amount of the contemporaneous construction documentation available. The engineering procedures used for quality studies of new properties and used or acquired properties are discussed in step C.3. – Use of Appropriate Documentation of this chapter.

Exceptions & meaning →

D.7. Statement of Assumptions and Limiting Conditions

(1) A quality report describes the general understanding and conditions

applicable to the report. This information may also provide an indication of the overall quality of the study.

Exceptions & meaning →

D.8. Certification

(1) A quality report certifies that the person who signed the report actually

developed the analysis, opinions, and conclusions of the report. This

43

section may also include the resume or state the credentials and/or level of experience of the preparer.

Exceptions & meaning →

D.9. Exhibits

(1) A quality report generally includes various exhibits, such as the “Client

Cost Sources” and the “Cost Source Reconciliation.” These exhibits show the “book” (accounting) records on which the preparer relied in deriving total costs and may include a reconciliation of the study to the fixed asset ledger. Photographs and/or videos may also be included as exhibits to assist in identifying and understanding the assets in the study.

Exceptions & meaning →

E. Summary and Conclusions

(1) This chapter described the principal elements of a "quality" cost segregation

study and report. The degree to which a cost segregation study/report conforms to these elements will likely dictate the scope and depth of an examination. A quality study and report will expedite the exam process, as indicated in Chapter 5 – Review and Examination of a Quality Cost Segregation Study and Report and ultimately minimize audit burden on taxpayers, practitioners, and examiners alike.

44

Exceptions & meaning →

V. Chapter 5 - Review and Examination of a Cost Segregation Study

A. Introduction

(1) The preceding chapters described the legal framework for classifying assets

(Chapter 2), common methodologies used to segregate costs (Chapter 3), and elements of a quality cost segregation study and report (Chapter 4).This chapter provides suggested audit steps for reviewing and examining a cost segregation study.

(2) The appropriate audit steps depend on the nature and size of the cost

segregation project as well as on the overall quality of the study. Cost segregation is a factually intensive determination that is based on complex tax law and engineering analysis. While examiners may be able to evaluate the adequacy of some cost segregation studies, other studies may require specialists with expertise, industry or construction experience and specialized training.

(3) The Engineering Program in LB&I business unit of the IRS is the principal

source of technical expertise for examining cost segregation studies. The Computer Audit Specialist (CAS) Program in LB&I is also available to provide assistance when a study is based on statistical sampling. Formal advice, using the referral process, should be solicited through the LB&I website and the Specialist Referral System (SRS). Informal advice through consultation is also available by contacting your engineering or computer audit specialist group. The Senior Revenue Agents in the Deductible and Capital Expenditures Practice Network (DCE PN) are also available to assist examiners with this issue. Refer to the DCE PN website for up-to-date information and guidance on this issue or to submit an inquiry.

(4) Cost segregation studies and fixed asset reviews typically utilize documents

and cost information prepared for purposes of the construction process; Special Topics Chapter 6.F. – Construction Process, provides a brief overview of the construction process. Cost segregation studies can be examined using a step- by-step approach. The suggested audit steps below may not apply to all cost segregation studies, however, each step should be carefully considered and determined to be applicable or not before moving on to the next one.

Exceptions & meaning →

B. Steps for Examining a Cost Segregation Study and Report

B.1. Initial Risk Analysis

(1) Risk analysis is the process that compares the potential benefits to be derived

from examining a specific area on a tax return with the resources needed to complete the examination.

45

(2) Step 1: Review Copy of The Cost Segregation Study Report for Initial Risk

Analysis Purposes.

  • Every cost segregation study should have a report that summarizes the results of the cost segregation study. The report should provide:

o Background regarding the subject property,

o An explanation of the methodology used by the preparer,

o Details regarding the assets classified in the study,

o The applicable class lives and recovery periods of the assets, and

o The rationale and authority for the property classifications made in the

Study.

  • Refer to Chapter 4 for a discussion of the principal elements of a quality cost segregation study and report.

  • In reviewing a cost segregation study report for risk analysis purposes, one must read the report to obtain a general understanding of the study methodology and the property classifications made therein. The following steps are suggested when reviewing a cost segregation report for risk analysis purposes:

o Request a Copy of the Cost Segregation Study Report. Refer to the

IDR Exhibits in Special Topics Chapter 6.G. – Information Document Requests for suggested language.

o Read the Entire Report with Emphasis on the Property

Classifications.

o Review the Property Units and the Types of Assets.

  • Assets are generally classified by cost segregation studies into

various units or groups of assets and are often listed in both a "Summary" and a "Detail" format.

A “Unit (or Asset) Group” is a group of individual assets that

together form a larger assembly that is considered to be and treated as a single asset. The “Property Unit Summary” is a list summarizing the Unit

Groups by asset class or recovery period (i.e. land, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 27.5 and/or 39-year property.) The “Property Unit Detail” is a listing of the individual assets

that comprise each Unit Group. This list describes the individual assets and indicates the cost basis of the asset as determined in the study.

  • An example of a Unit Group is “Kitchen Equipment Plumbing” (which is made up of a group of individual assets). For this Unit Group, the Property Unit Detail would list the

46

individual assets (for example floor drain, grease trap, sanitary piping, sink, water supply piping, etc.) that make up the “Kitchen Equipment – Plumbing” Unit Group and provide the cost basis of each of the individual assets as determined in the cost segregation study.

  • Abbreviated methodologies may not classify assets into Unit

Groups, Property Unit Summary or Property Unit Detail. Nevertheless, assets should be identified, sup-ported and documented in a cost segregation report.

(3) Step 2: Verify the Cost Basis and Reconcile Depreciation Records

  • Cost Segregation Studies are used to classify taxpayer assets into shorter recovery periods to accelerate the depreciation deductions for the assets. The study results should be easily reconcilable to the taxpayer’s depreciation or fixed asset schedules.

    • Examiners should reconcile the cost basis of property in a study to the cost basis contained in the taxpayer's books and records.

o Request Detailed (Asset-by-Asset) Depreciation Schedules that tie

to the tax return. Determine how the study assets are shown on the depreciation schedules.

o Review Tax Depreciation Schedules to verify that tax basis

reconciles with the study and note any differences. Are fixtures, furnishings and equipment included in the study? Are they located on other depreciation or fixed asset schedules? Have these costs been duplicated?

o Request Prior Year Tax Depreciation Schedules that correspond to

the study’s assets. Do these schedules reconcile to depreciation for prior year returns? Property reclassified to a shorter recovery period must be depreciated using the proper method pursuant to IRC § 168(b). For example, if straight-line depreciation was used for other property placed in service for a given recovery period during the same year that the reclassified assets were placed in service, then § 168(b)(3) requires that the reclassified assets must also be depreciated using the straight-line method. The election to use straightline depreciation is irrevocable pursuant to § 168(b)(5).

(4) Step 3: Conduct A Risk Analysis to Evaluate Audit Potential

  • Conduct a risk analysis to evaluate the audit potential and determine audit scope.

o Review the descriptions in the Property Unit Detail schedule to

determine the type of property in each unit (or group).

47

o Review the individual assets in each Property Unit Detail

schedule. Is each asset classified properly? (The asset matrices included in Chapter 7 can be of great assistance in this review.)

o Compare the Study’s Property Descriptions and Classifications to

Revenue Procedure 87-56, 1987-2 C.B. 674. Is the property included in the proper Asset Class? Are there any deviations that may indicate a potential audit issue? Identify specific assets that might need to be viewed during a tour of the facility.

  • Common situations suggesting audit potential include:

o Mixed asset types in the same unit (or group). (i.e., assets with

different recovery periods).

o Building structural components or leasehold improvements classified

with improper shorter-lived § 1245 recovery periods.

o Minimal or no dollar amounts assigned to land, non-depreciable land

improvements, building, or other longer-lived assets.

o Use of “creative” nomenclature, inconsistent titles and/or descriptions

to disguise the true character of an asset. All asset descriptions should be clear and understandable. Does the nomenclature used for assets in the study agree with the nomenclature used in the construction records and documents?

  • Request Additional Information (as needed) to determine audit potential. In some cases, it may be more appropriate and efficient for the preparer of the study to respond to the document requests. Supporting documents may include computer files, hardcopy files, plans, etc. A CAS can assist in viewing computer files not ordinarily viewable on IRS computers.

o Issue IDRs to determine the classification of items not readily

understood or that are described in the report using an ambiguous description. Refer to Special Topics Chapter 6.G. – Information Document Requests for suggested language.

o Request contemporaneous records (permits, design studies, contractor

payment records, AIA payment documents such as G702 and G703, contracts, purchase orders, invoices) to verify the costs and descriptions of property as well as to ascertain their functional use. This will facilitate the determination of the proper asset classification pursuant to Revenue Procedure 87-56. For example, machinery located in a chemical plant is 5-year property instead of 7-year property if it meets the requirements of Asset Class 28.0 (refer to Special Topics Chapter 6.C. – Depreciation Overview for information on asset classes).

48

o Request project information, such as the Capital Expenditure Request

(CER) or Authorization for Expenditure (AFE), to verify project costs and identify related purchases. This information may also help determine the intended use of the property.

  • Summarize Your Preliminary Findings. Determine the tax impact of potential audit issues, such as:

o Assets with a cost basis that is questionable, disputed, or

unsubstantiated.

o Assets that have been misclassified and given an improper recovery

period.

o Double deductions for separately acquired assets.

o The use of improper depreciation methods.

o Incorrect placed-in-service dates.

o Large look-back computations (i.e., the study reflects a change in

method of accounting, with the return reflecting a deduction for depreciation not deducted in prior years).

  • Determine the Need for Specialists (e.g., Engineers and/or Computer Audit). Specialists may be required to assist in the examination of complex projects. It is important that specialists be involved in the audit as early as possible. Informal assistance may also be requested when needed.

o A study with significant tax impact generally requires the assistance of

specialists. These studies will typically have a large number of assets, or complex assets.

o A study that allocates estimated costs between § 1245 and § 1250

property (particularly electrical or plumbing component systems) typically requires the assistance of an Engineer who is experienced in construction and construction estimating. Engineers can provide the expertise needed for the proper development and resolution of the issue.

o Studies involving numerous assets or allocations may require the

assistance of a CAS to process the data and/or evaluate any statistical sampling methods.

  • Determine the Scope and Depth of Your Examination. Risk analysis is a subjective process based on the experience, knowledge, and judgment of the examiner. Guidelines provided in the previous chapters will assist Examiners in evaluating the overall accuracy and adequacy of a study as well as in determining audit potential and scope. Studies with little tax impact should be closed expeditiously. Studies with significant tax impact

49

may require specialist assistance and should be considered for additional review and examination.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.2. Examination

(1) The examination of the cost segregation issue should proceed if the Risk

Analysis identifies audit potential due to the asset classifications in the study, and required materiality thresh-olds of the specific examination are met.

(2) Step 4: Review the Cost Segregation Study Report for Examination

Purposes

  • Request a copy of the Cost Segregation Study Report, if not

previously done for the Risk Analysis. Refer to the IDR Exhibits in Special Topics Chapter 6.G – Information Document Requests for suggested language.

  • Request a copy of the Letter of Engagement to determine the scope of

the study.

  • Determine the Nature of the Fee Arrangement.

o Many firms charge a fee based primarily on the size of the project. Out of-pocket expenditures are generally added to this cost.

o Some firms use contingency fees where cost is based primarily on the

tax benefits received from a study. Contingency fee arrangements create the incentive to maximize the amount of costs attributed to § 1245 property, usually through "aggressive" legal interpretations and/or by inappropriate cost or estimation techniques. Accordingly, examiners should closely scrutinize studies performed on contingency fees. Refer to Circular 230.

  • Evaluate the Study with respect to its depth, accuracy and methodology and consider the following questions: What methodology was used (see

Chapter 3 – Cost Segregation Approaches)? How does the study and report compare to the quality elements described in Chapter 4 – Principal Elements of a Quality Cost Segregation Study and Report?

  • Determine the Cost Allocation Process used in the Study and the Source of any Unit Costs. The following questions may assist in determining the Cost Allocation Process: How were costs allocated? Were actual costs or estimates used? How were unit costs determined?

  • Request Contemporaneous Documentation to Substantiate and Verify the Cost Basis of Assets.

  • Determine Whether Cost Basis was Properly Allocated to land, nondepreciable land improvements (clearing, grubbing, general land grading) and/or other property types aside from those considered by the study.

o Consider if any project costs were allocated to land or land

improvements. Many studies allocate almost all costs to building and

50

personal property, instead of allocating appropriate amounts to land, land improvements or other long-lived assets. In the case of acquired property, it is often appropriate to assign a large portion of an acquisition price to land prior to allocating the remaining purchase price to other property. See “Allocating Purchase Price of Acquired Property” later in this chapter.

(3) Step 5: Interview the Cost Segregation Study Preparer

  • An interview with the preparer of the cost segregation study is an efficient way to obtain detail regarding the methodology used for the study as well as answers on the classification of questionable assets and the reasoning behind those classifications.

o Schedule an Interview with the Preparer. If possible, this should be

completed before or contemporaneous with the on-site inspection. The interview should address the scope and assumptions of the study and any observations of the project or facilities. Possible interview questions include:

  • Were the properties inspected at the time of the study?

  • Were photographs and/or video media taken and/or relied upon in

classifying property?

  • Were sampling techniques used?

  • What cost estimating guides were used? Where are the guides

located (for purposes of verifying estimates)?

  • What documentation was used to establish the cost basis and

particular use of a property item?

  • How was the cost of each property item identified, segregated, and

classified?

  • Where are the supporting workpapers located?

(4) Step 6: Inspect the Property

  • In some instances, the only way to resolve a question regarding the proper classification of an asset is to actually inspect the asset as installed in the taxpayer’s facility. An inspection can provide information to the examiner on the purpose and use of an asset as well as details of the installation and construction of the asset.

  • In general, the Service Engineer (if assigned) is responsible for arranging the on-site inspection, which provides the opportunity to view the assets in question. Inspections also help identify underground utilities, off-site improvements and general grading costs that may have been misclassified as § 1245 or § 1250 property. Overall, the inspection provides information to assist in determining classifications of § 1245 and § 1250 property.

51

o Prior to Scheduling the Tour, Complete your Review of the Study

to identify specific assets and concerns that require inspection.

o Prepare a List of Assets/Items that Warrant Inspection and provide

it to the taxpayer beforehand. Ask additional questions and/or view additional property components during the tour as needed.

o Plan the Inspection to Minimize Time and Travel Costs. For cases

involving multiple properties of similar character, consider inspecting only a representative number of properties or facilities.

o Take a Camera or Video Recorder (Camcorder) to record the

condition of the property. Confirm beforehand that photography will be permitted.

o Request that the Property Manager/Maintenance Engineer be

Available During the Tour. It is important that someone familiar with the physical attributes and workings of the property be available to answer questions and provide access to non-public areas.

o Request that the Preparer Attend the Tour. The preparer should be

able to identify the physical attributes of specific assets and explain how they were classified.

o Request Access to Plans, Drawings and Contract Documents that are

located on-site.

o Prepare an IDR in duplicate so that any requested items received

during the inspection can be noted and an acknowledgement copy of the IDR can be left with the taxpayer.

o View the Project Site and Document Features that impact the cost

allocations and property classifications. Consider the following points:

  • Location - Record the address and locate it on a map for future

reference. What is the character of the neighborhood and how does the location impact land value? Is there any other property for sale in the area? Note the real estate company name and the address of the property for future reference.

  • Topography - Observe the topography and determine whether the

land was initially hilly or low-lying. Did the project include the general grading of the land? Were large amounts of fill required in order to build?

  • Site Conditions - Determine whether the project included the

subdividing or rezoning of land. Did it require environmental or land use permits, or the construction of access roads? Were off-site improvements (e.g., streets, sidewalks, sewers, storm drains) constructed? Were any of these improvements dedicated to the local municipality?

  • Condition of Property - Is the property new or old, worn or

renovated? Were the materials modern or old?

52

  • Project Records - Where are the original project records (e.g.,

drawing, plans, contracts, payment records) located? Ask for the names of the employees who may have particular knowledge of the construction. Request interviews with such individuals as needed.

  • Individual Assets - View each challenged asset to gain a thorough

understanding of the facts and circumstances that affect its classification and cost. Ask the site manager how the facility is used and how individual assets operate.

Cost Data - Discuss the methodology that was used to

determine the cost of assets. Were standard cost guides used to estimate costs? Ask on-site maintenance and facility operations personnel about local construction and repair costs to verify the estimated costs in the study.

o Prepare Notes and Drawings for future reference.

  • Obtain sufficient information to properly classify each challenged

asset.

  • When possible, obtain local cost data to verify estimates and cost

allocations.

(5) Step 7: Review and Verify the Asset Classes and Recovery Periods of

Property

  • A major goal of a Cost Segregation Study examination is to verify the proper classifications and recovery periods of the assets included in the study.

  • Review the study again to determine whether the property classifications assigned to the assets in the study are correct. This review is done in greater detail than the initial review performed for risk analysis purposes. The goal is to verify the proper recovery period of all assets and to identify possible land or non-depreciable land improvements classified as depreciable property in the study. As in the initial risk analysis review, the property matrices in Chapter 7 can be of great assistance in this detailed review.

o Are Assets Classified into Proper Groups according to Asset

Class or Recovery Period? Consider the following assets:

  • Land

  • Non-Depreciable Land Improvements (i.e., non-recurring land

preparation costs such as general land shaping and grading)

  • Depreciable Land Improvements

  • Buildings, Structural Components and Other § 1250 Property

  • Office Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment

53

  • Information Systems

    • Building Systems (e.g., mechanical, electrical, plumbing)

    • Process Systems (e.g., process piping)

    • Non-Residential Real Property

    • Other Miscellaneous Property

o Are Assets Assigned to the Proper Asset Class and Recovery

Period?

  • The classification of assets as either § 1245 or § 1250 property is a

factually intensive determination with no bright line tests.

List Assets into the Proper Asset Class and Recovery Period. Refer to Chapter 2 – Legal Framework, and to Special Topics

Chapter 6.D. – Relevant Court Cases for a summary of the pertinent law and judicial precedent with respect to the classification of property. Recovery periods are either specifically assigned by statute (§

168 and the Regulations thereunder) or are determined pursuant to Rev. Proc. 87-56, 1987-2 C.B. 674. Refer to Special Topics Chapter 6.C. – Depreciation Overview, for further information on recovery periods.

  • Common Audit Issues

o A common issue is the allocation of specific components or portions of

a building system to § 1245 property. The issue often arises as a result of poor documentation and/or improper legal support.

  • Example 1: Some studies may include a specific component of a

building's electrical system (e.g., plug outlet, switch, branch circuit) as being allocable to the piece of tangible personal property that it supports (e.g., dishwasher, garbage disposal, etc.). Accordingly, the component item is treated as § 1245 property (e.g., 7-year MACRS). However, if that same electrical component item can be used for other pieces of equipment, the Service examiner may consider it to be part of the building’s general electrical system. Accordingly, it would then be classified as part of the building as § 1250 property (39-year MACRS).

  • Example 2: Some studies allocate a portion of the primary

electrical feeder circuit that carries electricity to one specific item of equipment or machinery as § 1245 property. The use of a "standard" percentage of electrical costs is a common approach. However, in the Service’s view, these types of allocations should be based on usage or load studies designed to ascertain the percentage of electricity allocable to specific § 1245 property (as

54

opposed to supporting the general function or maintenance of the building). Examiners can also check whether a company was reimbursed for the sales tax paid on electricity used in manufacturing; this information may provide insight as to the correct percentage. In summary, the examiner should conduct an in-depth analysis of the allocation and supporting documentation when a standard percentage is used. Refer to Chapter 8.A. for a discussion of the proper methodology for the functional allocation of an electrical distribution system.

  • Example 3: Some taxpayers have filed claims based on cost

segregation studies of leased property. Typically, leases were assigned to 39-year recovery property on the originally filed tax returns. Subsequently, the taxpayer redetermines its allowable depreciation on the basis that the acquisition was for goodwill rather than for the lease. The benefit is a potential 15-year amortization of goodwill pursuant to § 197 (if the acquisition otherwise qualifies under § 197). Examiners should closely scrutinize allocations of this type.

(6) Step 8: Research the Law, the Regulations and Appropriate Rulings

  • Before reaching a final conclusion on the classification of a specific asset, the examiner should have conducted all the necessary research and reviewed all the relevant court cases, rulings and regulations that relate to asset classification and the challenged asset. While some assets may, at first glance, appear to be building-related, there may be revenue rulings or court cases that have concluded that these assets are instead tangible personal property (e.g., electrical wiring, HVAC, decorative millwork).

  • Special Topics Chapter 6.D. – Relevant Court Cases contains a summary of pertinent court cases that relate to the classification of property for depreciation purposes. The examiner should read and study these cases for guidance. An examiner must also recognize that the determination of class life for a particular asset is factually intensive, and that the determination may vary with a particular industry and/or with the specific use by the taxpayer.

  • Industry-specific guidance is included in Chapter 7.E. Casinos, Chapter

7.C. Restaurants, Chapter 7.B. Retail, Chapter 7.D. Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical, Chapter 7.F Auto Dealerships, Chapter 7.G Auto Manufacturing, and Chapter 7.H Residential Rental Property. It is anticipated that specific guidance for additional industries will be developed in the future and will be added to Chapter & - Industry Specific Guidance as it becomes available.

(7) Step 9: Cost Analysis

55

  • Once the proper classifications and recovery periods for the assets have been established, the next step, if required, is to perform a Cost Analysis. In a Cost Analysis, the examiner considers how the study allocated the project construction costs to the individual assets, evaluates whether the allocation was performed properly, and determines whether the cost basis of the assets as shown in the study is correct.

  • The methodology used for the Cost Analysis depends on whether the assets are part of a newly constructed facility or are part of an existing facility that was acquired by the taxpayer. The difference in Cost Analysis methodologies between these two situations is due to the different methods used to perform studies for these properties. Actual construction cost information is nearly always available for Newly Constructed properties; however, it is rarely available for acquired properties. Property appraisal approaches and construction cost estimating techniques are often used to determine the construction costs for acquired properties.

  • To properly perform a Cost Analysis, knowledge of construction and construction estimation is required and will most often involve the assistance of a Service Engineer. Because performing a Cost Analysis is also very time consuming, they should only be completed if there are significant questions regarding the proper basis amounts assigned to the assets on the study.

  • If a cost analysis is required, see Step 12 below.

(8) Step 10: Summarize the Findings and Discuss the Challenged Assets with

the Taxpayer

  • If the preliminary conclusion is that the taxpayer has misclassified certain assets, the examiner should meet with the taxpayer as soon as practical to discuss his/her findings and the reasoning behind them. This discussion may clear up any misunderstandings and disagreements as to the facts and may provide an opportunity to resolve the issue. Scribe the issue, industry or entity and provides an overview and general information on unique business practices.

(9) Step 11: Prepare the Final Report or the Notice of Proposed Adjustments

  • At the conclusion of the examination, the examiner (Revenue Agent and/or Specialist) should prepare and issue a final report. The regulations under § 1.168(i)-7 allow a taxpayer to account for its MACRS property by treating each asset as being in a Single Asset Account (SAA) or by combining two or more asset in a Multiple Asset Account (MAA). Make the necessary adjustments to the basis of each asset affected by the cost segregation study, or to the basis of each multiple asset account (MAA) affected in which the taxpayer established an MAA, rather than making adjustments in a contra account. The record keeping rules under Treas.

56

Reg. § 1.167(a)-7(c) require the adjustment on an asset-by-asset (or MAA-by-MAA) basis. This is especially important since the issuance of the 2014 § 168 disposition regulations. See the Capitalization of Tangible Property Audit Techniques Guide for more information about accounting for, and dispositions of, MACRS property. Specialists should consider having the examiner calculate the depreciation or amortization adjustments to ensure that all pertinent factors are included in the computation. Adjustments to the construction period interest may also be applicable. Consider if proposed adjustments should be treated as a Service initiated change in accounting method and, if so, follow the guidance in Rev. Proc. 2002-18. The Methods of Accounting and Timing Practice Network is available to assist Examiners with the method changes.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.3. Other Considerations

(1) Depending on the methodology used for the cost segregation study, the type of

indirect costs that were part of the construction, and whether the study is changing the classification of existing assets, the following steps should be considered as part of the examination.

(2) Step 12: Perform a Cost Analysis

  • Step 12a: Cost Analysis of Newly-Constructed Property

o Actual cost records should be available for Newly-Constructed

Properties. This information can most likely be obtained from the cost segregation study preparer, the taxpayer, the project Architect, the project construction manager, or the general contractor. Cost records should be requested for significant property items only. Significant in this situation is defined based on the materiality amounts of the specific examination.

  • Gather Background Information.

Secure total project costs by requesting information related to

the construction project billings. Review construction drawings and specifications.

  • Construction drawings and specifications identify property

items, construction methods and locations of items within the structure.

  • Review the record drawings (often called “as-built” drawings)

if they are available. Record drawings are prepared at the end of the construction project and incorporate all changes to the original building design made during construction, so they represent a record of what was actually constructed.

57

These drawings are generally available from the taxpayer, the project Architect, the project general contractor or the construction manager. Other possible sources include the local building department, local fire department or the taxpayer’s insurance carrier. Review the most “up-to-date” drawings as well. These drawings include the latest revisions made by the Architect and Engineers and are typically found in the taxpayer’s facilities engineering or maintenance departments or the property manager’s office depending on the type of facility.

  • Request copies of the building permit and certificate of

occupancy (C of O), which can assist in establishing the construction start date and the placed in service date.

  • Request photographs of the site showing the condition of the

property before the project began. This will help determine whether significant site preparation or general grading costs were incurred.

  • Request Contemporaneous Records to Substantiate the Cost

Basis of Assets in the Study.

Contract documents specify how payments are made and

typically require payment requests to be broken down into individual items of property. Refer to Special Topics Chapter 6.F. on the Construction Process for a discussion of how payments to contractors and suppliers are made and documented in a typical building construction project. For purchases made outside the construction contract (i.e.

furniture or equipment) or for indirect costs (i.e. Architectural/Engineering fees, plan review fees, etc.), purchase orders and invoices are a good source of cost data.

  • Analyze the Total Project Costs.

Review the General Contractor’s and major Subcontractor

Requests for Payment (i.e. AIA G702 and G703). Particular attention should be made to the final pay applications, as these should be more indicative of the final total construction cost. Review any construction costs that may not be shown on the

pay applications, including change orders, indirect costs, and out-of-pocket costs. Test for completeness by looking for any missing elements (e.g., land shaping costs may be in a separate contract). Review invoices for any pre-purchased or owner-furnished

equipment. On large construction projects, the taxpayer may

58

separately pre-purchase items that have a long delivery time (e.g., large capacity electrical sub-stations or transformers) or may directly purchase large equipment items such as air handling units to avoid the contractor markup. The contractor may also install owner-furnished equipment. The examiner should verify if any pre-purchased owner-furnished equipment is included in the total project cost and that the cost of such equipment is treated appropriately.

  • Reconcile Total Project Costs in the Taxpayer's Records with

the Total Project Costs in the Study.

Request a copy of the taxpayer's general ledger data to support

the fixed asset amounts on the depreciation schedule. How does it compare to the amounts shown in the study?

  • Typically, the property unit numbers or reference numbers

found in a study do not track the taxpayer's accounting entries. Find out what sources the preparer used in preparing the study.

  • Verify that the total project cost in the study reconciles to the

total cost basis of assets in the taxpayer's books and records. The Examiner is in the best position to do this since he/she is the most familiar with the taxpayer’s accounting methods. The Examiner will also know where to look for other costs that should be in the building account but may have been expensed or otherwise entered improperly into another account.

Compare all data with the contemporaneous cost records. List any unsupported basis for potential disallowance.

  • Reconcile Detailed Cost Breakdowns to individual property

elements.

Actual cost records should be used whenever possible. Review the taxpayer's internal "Job Cost Reports." Typically, a

preparer relies on these documents to derive the unit costs (assuming that the cost and description of the assets in the Job Cost Reports are accurate).

  • The study methodology should be disclosed in the

Assumptions and Limiting Conditions section of the report.

  • A careful analysis of the Job Cost Reports may yield

significant audit adjustments. The following is an example

59

illustrating how the taxpayer does not always properly classify items that are listed in this report.

  • The Job Cost Report includes a code for Furniture and Fixtures. Within this code are multiple records of vendors from whom the taxpayer claimed to have purchased items, such as furniture and fixtures. The preparer included the total cost as § 1245 property and listed it in the study as "FF&E." However, upon requesting contracts for each of the vendors under this heading, the Service Examiner discovered that some of these assets were actually § 1250 property and, therefore, concluded that these costs were erroneously included in "FF&E." Therefore, it is important that the examiner review the vendor contracts in the Job Cost Reports, especially those that detail the “Description of Work”, to verify asset costs.

  • Prepare a List of Items/Costs that are Not Properly

Substantiated.

  • Compute the Correct Costs (as necessary) for individual items

or groups of property.

  • Review the Cost Segregation Study Report Again.

Review the study for its style and order of presentation. The

narrative typically describes the order of the development of costs and the spreadsheets show the analysis and sequence. Review the study’s conclusions, recommendations, assumptions

and limiting conditions. Verify that the assumptions and limiting conditions are

consistent with the facts developed from the inspection and the review of the drawings and specifications.

  • Analyze How the Detailed Cost Breakdown was Prepared.

Review Direct Costs.

  • Confirm that the direct costs are properly classified as either

§ 1250 or § 1245 property, and identify any questionable items for further review.

Review Indirect Costs.

  • Ensure that indirect costs are properly allocated to their

respective assets.

  • Indirect costs generally relate to the land, certain land

improvements, and/or the building or other structures. Indirect costs generally do not relate to the placement of

60

machinery or furniture and fixtures. However, there are exceptions, such as for the design of a manufacturing line. Refer to Chapter 4 – Principal Elements of a Qualified Cost Segregation Study and Report, for additional discussion of indirect costs.

  • Studies often use large spreadsheets and sophisticated

formulas to compute the allocation of indirect costs (generally on a pro-rata basis). The examiner should verify any formula by testing the allocations of indirect costs to ensure they do not exceed the total indirect costs.

  • Identify Potential Audit Issues.

Site Preparation, General Grading and Land Shaping Costs

  • Building and facility projects often require general grading, site preparation and other costs to make the site suitable for a proposed use. These costs, along with costs for stripping existing forest and vegetation (called clearing and grubbing) in addition to grading and compaction to provide a level site, are generally non-depreciable costs allocable to the basis of the land. A study may exclude these costs as being outside the scope of its work. In other instances, a study may argue that none of these costs are allocable to non-depreciable land improvements. Whether these types of costs are included in the study or not, the examiner should determine all land preparation costs included in the project, analyze them, and allocate them to non-depreciable land improvements, building, and/or depreciable land improvements. Before-and-after photographs may help with this determination. Also, the examiner should inspect the taxpayer's books and records to determine how these items were treated for both financial and tax purposes.

§ 1245 Property – Did the Study Utilize Cost Estimates or Actual

Cost Records?

  • Review the § 1245 and § 1250 property listings and identify

the most significant items. The examiner should check the contractor payment records (e.g., AIA Form G-702) to see if actual costs of these items were used in the study or whether these item costs were based on some sort of allocation or estimate.

  • For example, if the Form G-702 shows $1.2 million for the

"electrical" division work and the study shows or allocates

61

$1.8 million to specialized § 1245 electrical equipment, then there may be a problem with the study’s cost determination. In this case, the examiner should request additional information to determine the source of the $1.8 million allocation. Note that this is only a quick check since additional equipment or other property purchased by the taxpayer outside the construction contract may significantly affect this type of comparison.

Potential Problems with Residual Methods.

  • When a residual approach has been used, the examiner must be especially careful when reviewing § 1245 property costs. In essence, this method estimates the § 1245 property costs and then simply assigns the remaining portion of the total cost to § 1250 property. In general, the § 1250 residual cost is neither estimated nor checked for reasonableness. All too often the result of this procedure is that the § 1245 property cost is too high and the § 1250 property cost is too low.

  • Cost estimates can also be manipulated to produce unreasonably high estimates for § 1245 property. This is because there are a wide variety of cost data publications that may be used, and some of these have relatively high estimates for costs.

  • Most data sources have a higher cost for installing only one unit (e.g., a single electrical outlet) as opposed to installing 10 or 100 units. Economies of scale, "Quantity discounts" and competitive bidding may significantly reduce the actual unit cost. Accordingly, estimates for multiple units based on a single unit cost may be incorrect. The following is an example of this problem.

  • Assume that 500 of the 120-volt electrical outlets (duplex receptacle) in a particular building have been determined to qualify as § 1245 property. The R. S. Means DataBase, 2003 Edition, page 464, line 4015, lists a total price of $34.50 per 120-volt duplex receptacle. Based on this data, a study may estimate that the 500 outlets have a total installed cost of $17,250 (500 x $34.50). However, this estimate should be reviewed or compared with the contractor’s actual price to determine its validity. When the taxpayer awarded the contract, the contractor submitted a schedule of cost for each item of work, such as for plumbing, electrical, heating, and site work (Forms G-702 and G-703). The examiner

62

should review Forms G-702 and G-703 to determine the cost that the contractor assigned to the electrical work. If the Form G-703 indicates that $120,000 was assigned to electrical receptacles and there were 5530 receptacles to install, then the actual unit cost to install each receptacle is only $ 21.70 per outlet. The total actual cost for the 500 outlets is therefore only $10,850 (500 x $21.70). The total actual cost compared to the estimated cost ($17,250) may result in a significant difference. Note that cost estimates based on either the R. S. Means data or on the contractor's actual costs would need to be increased by any applicable indirect costs.

Potential Problems with “Rule of Thumb” Methods

  • While the documentation of costs drawn from the use of a

"rule of thumb" method is typically sketchy and inadequate, the examiner should not categorically reject a study involving the use of "rule of thumb." The documentation needs to be examined and verified on its own merits to determine if cost recovery properties are accurately identified and placed into proper recovery periods.

(3) Step 12b: Cost Analysis of Existing or Acquired Property

  • Allocating Purchase Price of Acquired Property

o Cost segregation is applied both to determine the classification of

property and to allocate the cost basis of property. This section focuses on cost segregation studies involved in allocating cost basis when acquiring a group of assets. Such allocations generally must rely on determining the fair market values of the acquired assets.

o In this audit technique guide, new property and particularly new

building construction projects receive much attention in the chapters addressing cost segregation studies and reports. However, cost segregation is not limited to newly-constructed property. Cost segregation also applies to the acquisition of a group of assets often acquired for a lump sum, such as real estate or a trade or business. Approaches for segregating newly constructed property rely on contemporaneously billed and itemized costs, published costs of new property, or other estimated costs new. To determine the fair market values of the acquired assets, appraisal practices and procedures must be relied on to allocate/segregate a lump sum basis.

o In the case of an acquisition including a combination of depreciable

improvements and non-depreciable property for a lump sum (e.g., buildings, land improvements, § 1245 property, and land), the basis for

63

depreciation cannot exceed an amount which bears the same proportion to the lump sum as the value of the depreciable property at the time of acquisition bears to the value of the entire property at that time; Treas. Reg. § 1.167(a)–5, apportionment of basis. The relevant inquiry is the fair market values of the properties at the time of acquisition. Whether an opinion of value is provided in a report styled as a cost segregation study or an appraisal report, any opinion of value should be developed and reported by appropriate standards of the professional appraisal practice (typically USPAP, Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice).

o Examiners should consider seeking the expertise of IRS Engineers

and Appraisers when examining value and allocation issues.

  • Real Estate Allocations

o In allocating a lump sum price paid for real estate, appropriate

appraisal practices and procedures must be applied to determine the fair market values of the non-depreciable land and each of the depreciable assets (buildings, land improvements and personal property). The cost segregation study should explain the standard of value that is applied. When performing a risk analysis of a cost segregation study, examiners should also consider whether value opinions were provided by a competent and qualified appraiser.

o The fair market value of land should be based on the highest and best

use of the land as though vacant, even if the land has improvements. The land value may equal the value of the total real estate even if the real estate has substantial improvements when such improvements do not contribute value to the property. Whereas land has value, improvements contribute value. The value of the total real estate, less the value of the land, results in the contributory value of the improvements. Accordingly, it is inappropriate to estimate the value of the land by subtracting the estimated value of the improvements from the lump real estate price. Basis assigned to land in this residual fashion may result in understating the appropriate basis in the land and overstating the appropriate basis in the depreciable improvements. Examiners should also be wary if a cost segregation study relies solely on local assessed values rather than appropriately determining fair market values.

  • Section 1060 Allocations

o Section 1060 prescribes special allocation rules for determining a

transferee’s (buyer’s) basis and a transferor’s (seller’s) gain or loss in an applicable asset acquisition. An applicable asset acquisition is any transfer of assets (either directly or indirectly) that constitutes a trade

64

or business and with respect to which the purchaser’s basis in such assets is determined wholly by reference to the consideration paid for them. See § 1060(c).

o A group of assets constitutes a trade or business if i) the use of the

assets would constitute an active trade or business under § 355 or, ii) its character is such that goodwill or going concern value could under any circumstances attach to such group of assets. See Treasury Regulation (Treas. Reg.) § 1.1060-1(b)(2).

o The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 – P.L. 101-508,

amended § 1060(a) to provide that where the parties to an applicable asset acquisition agree in writing as to the allocation of any amount of consideration, or as to the fair market value of any of the assets transferred, that agreement is “binding” on the transferee and the transferor unless the Commissioner determines that the allocation (or fair market value) is not appropriate. See § 1060(a)(2). The House Report accompanying the amendment to § 1060(a) explained that:

  • “A written agreement regarding the allocation of consideration to,

or the fair market value of, any of the assets in an applicable asset acquisition will be binding on both parties for tax purposes, unless the parties are able to refute the allocation or valuation under the standards set forth in the Danielson case. The parties are bound only with respect to the allocations or valuations actually provided in the agreement. * * *

  • The committee does not intend to restrict in any way the ability of

the Internal Revenue Service to challenge the taxpayers’ allocation to any asset or to challenge the taxpayers’ determination of the fair market value of any asset by any appropriate method, particularly where there is a lack of adverse tax interests between the parties. See H. Rept. 101-881, at 351 (1990).”

o In Commissioner v. Danielson, 378 F.2d 771, 775 (3d Cir. 1967), the

Court of Appeals ruled that a taxpayer can challenge the tax consequences of a written agreement “as construed by the Commissioner only by adducing proof which in an action between the parties to the agreement would be admissible to alter that construction or to show its unenforceability because of mistake, undue influence, fraud, duress, etc.” The Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit has expressly adopted the Danielson rule. See Peterson v. Commissioner, 827 F.3d 968 (11th Cir. 2016); Plante v. Commissioner, 168 F.3d 1279, 1280-1281 (11th Cir. 1999); Bradley v. United States, 730 F.2d 718, 720 (11th Cir. 1984); and North American Rayon Corp. v. Commissioner, 12 F.3d 583, 589 (6th Cir. 1993).

65

o In Peco Foods, Inc. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2012-18, aff’d 522

Fed. Appx. 840 (11th Cir. 2013), the taxpayer purchased two poultry processing plants in applicable asset acquisitions under § 1060. As part of the acquisitions, Peco Foods entered into written agreements with the seller allocating the purchase price among the acquired assets. In addition, Peco Foods hired an outside consulting firm to perform a cost segregation study on the acquired plants, and subsequently filed a Form 3115 with its tax return to change its accounting method and reclassify certain property from nonresidential real property to tangible personal property. The IRS disputed these changes, arguing that the taxpayer could not modify the purchase price allocations and subdivide them into component assets in a manner at odds with the allocation schedules. The Tax Court held that Peco Foods was bound by the clear and unambiguous terms of the original allocation schedules and could not deviate from its characterization of those assets. Thus, the taxpayer was not allowed to change its method of accounting for the acquired assets pursuant to its cost segregation study. It is unclear whether the holding in Peco Foods would apply to acquisitions other than applicable asset acquisitions under § 1060.

o Where the parties to an applicable asset acquisition do not agree in

writing to the allocation of consideration of the assets, § 338(b)(5) applies. In general, sellers and purchasers must allocate the consideration under the residual method as described in Treas. Reg. §§ 1.338-6 and 1.338-7 to determine the transferee’s basis in, and the transferor’s gain or loss from, each of the assets transferred. See Treas. Reg. § 1.1060-1(a).

  • In addition to the steps previously discussed for Newly-Constructed Property, the following audit steps for existing properties should be considered.

o Review the Acquisition Documents to determine the assets

purchased. Determine whether there was a written purchase price allocation agreed to by the buyer and seller (you may need to contact the seller). If there was an allocation between personal and real property, then the written purchase price allocation is binding on the taxpayer and cannot be changed by a taxpayer’s subsequent cost segregation study. Only the Service can challenge a contract allocation. See § 1060(a); Danielson, supra. If there was not a written price allocation, then the examiner should address the study and go to the next step. See Peco Foods, supra.

o Review the Escrow Documents and Payment Records to

substantiate the overall purchase price.

o Ensure that the Land has been Properly Valued.

66

  • Request a copy of the appraisal that provides the opinion of the fair

market value of the property. The appraisal should indicate the value of the land and improvements separately. Land included in the purchase price is valued first. The value of land should be determined at its “highest and best use.” Properties tend to appreciate based on the value of land.

  • Land value should not be reduced for any pre-existing

environmental contamination because the prior owners are often held responsible for this and/or the property is generally insured for this situation.

o Ensure that Older Properties are Adjusted for Depreciation.

  • Assets and asset groupings must be carefully reviewed and

scrutinized to determine their physical and economic condition.

  • Older items may be physically deteriorated or functionally or

economically obsolete and should be assigned a value commensurate with their condition or use. For example, a building may have been pre-wired for telephones but, if it is a “non-digital” system, it may have a low value.

o Ensure that Replacement Cost Values are Properly Adjusted for

the actual condition and remaining economic useful life of the assets.

  • The value of used components must be reduced from the

replacement cost new value in proportion to the observed economic obsolescence or physical depreciation as compared to similar new assets. This principle is discussed in regard to the “ Helipot Building” in Lesser v. Commissioner, 42 T.C. 688 (1964), aff’d, 352 F.2d 789 (9th Cir. 1965), acq., 1966-2 C.B. 5, cert. Denied, 384 U.S. 927 (1966).

o Review the Contract Files for information regarding the original

construction and any subsequent repairs or modifications. This information should be used when viewing the existing condition of the building to verify, if possible, that the original contract work was performed.

o Review the Construction Drawings. The existing structure should be

compared to the record drawings (commonly called “as-built” drawings) to help identify subsequent repairs and modifications. In many instances for an acquired property, full construction drawings are not available or are minimal.

o Consider Demolition Expenses.

  • Assets scheduled to be demolished should have no basis or value

assigned to them.

67

  • § 280B provides that the demolition cost of any structure is a

capital cost chargeable to the land. Any abandonment losses incurred in connection with a demolition should also be considered for capitalization to the land. See TAM 9131005 (Apr. 25, 1991).

(4) In summary, the examiner should ensure that:

  • The study methodology for the proper allocation of the purchase price between the non-depreciable land and depreciable building and personal property must be based upon their values as of the date of purchase.

  • The value of property items must take into account the physical wear and tear of each property item and any economic or functional obsolescence.

(5) Step 13: Review Sampling Techniques (If Necessary)

  • Taxpayers may utilize sampling techniques to minimize the time and costs associated with performing an analysis on all the properties (refer to the discussion in Chapter 4.C. on Cost Segregation Methodologies). Sampling may also be used with cost documents. The use of sampling adds another level of difficulty when examining these studies. The examiner should take the following steps in reviewing a taxpayer’s sampling technique.

  • Request the Assistance of Engineers and Computer Audit Specialists.

o If the taxpayer has used any form of sampling in a study, it is

imperative that a CAS be consulted to review the sampling method. The CAS will use Rev. Proc. 2011-42, 2011-37 I.R.B. 318, as guidance in evaluating the adequacy of the statistical sampling program. If needed, the CAS will request that a statistical sampling coordinator be assigned to specifically review the sampling procedures used by the taxpayer. An engineer can also assist in the review of strata and property groups, and the cost allocations of property.

o Sampling techniques may also be a useful tool for examiners when

reviewing the adequacy and accuracy of a cost segregation study. Consultation and/or referral to a statistical sampling coordinator in the CAS Program is highly recommended to develop a reliable and supportable sample.

  • Understand the Sampling Technique.

o In situations involving large numbers of substantially identical

properties, a study may use sampling or estimation techniques to select specific properties on which a “full” cost segregation study is performed. This approach, often referred to as “modeling,” is typical for retail or food chain operations, where a “cookie-cutter” type of structure is involved.

68

o The taxpayer may have a limited number of “prototype” structures,

such as free-standing units, locations in strip/enclosed malls, fullservice locations, carryout units, leased properties. The population is stratified by prototype to form groups of similar structures.

o Sampling within each prototype group is then performed with the

results projected to the entire population within that prototype. The projection of sampling results is limited to items and years included in the original population. The results cannot be extrapolated to years outside this population. The application of “extrapolation with a haircut” to items or years not included in the sampled population is not allowed for cost segregation studies.

o Adjustments made by an examiner to the cost allocation performed on

a sampled item are projected to the overall population to determine the overall adjustment. Based on which strata the adjusted sample resides in, the adjustment to the overall population may be significantly more than the adjustment made to the sampled item. This should be considered when performing a risk analysis on cost segregation studies that use statistical sampling.

  • Determine/Evaluate the Degree of Similarity Between Properties Within a Group

o The determination of the similarity between properties within a

prototype group is difficult and creates a potential area of dispute. The examiner should be aware that while the appearance of a particular structure may be very similar to the prototype, differences could exist.

o The rationale for stratifying properties is generally based on factors

such as the style of the structure (e.g., location in strip/enclosed mall as opposed to a free-standing location), geographical location, and total square footage, leased, or owned. A stratification that is based on relatively unimportant factors or irrelevant similarities, such as the total number of windows in a structure or the total square footage of the site, is highly suspect and generally warrants further analysis.

o Geographic variations due to physical site characteristics, climate,

building codes and union versus nonunion labor, may create a wide disparity in structure costs. Therefore, stratification of otherwise similar properties across wide geographical areas may not be an accurate approach. Accordingly, the methodology should be carefully reviewed, as the “sampled” property may not be relevant to the other properties within the strata or group.

o CAS and engineers should be involved to properly analyze and

evaluate the strata and groupings, as well as the sampling methodology.

69

  • Review the Sampling Methodology.

o When conducted properly, statistical sampling is a reliable technique

when the risk (sampling error) of not examining 100 percent of the properties can be accurately determined.

o The use of a modeling technique is a reliable technique, provided the

standard models or templates are properly analyzed and are similar to their respective groups (i.e., appropriate stratification into similar groups).

o Judgment sampling is another technique, but this technique does not

rely on statistical methodology and is highly subjective. Therefore, it warrants greater scrutiny by the examiner.

  • Potential Issues.

o Improper sampling techniques (regardless of the methodology used)

that do not reflect a valid estimate.

o A relatively small number of units in the population (less than 100) can

yield a small sample size. However, small sample size can be overcome by the application of a proper statistical sampling methodology and the utilization of the least advantageous limit computed at a 95% one-sided confidence level.

  • Simply stated, the least advantageous limit is computed as the

point estimate plus or minus the sampling error, where the result provides the least benefit to the taxpayer.

  • Many taxpayers simply use the point estimate without regard to the

sampling error, thereby ignoring the risk of error inherently associated with sampling techniques.

o Missing records, substitution of missing items, missing documentation,

and the use of estimated costs.

o Properties that may not be appropriate for sampling (e.g., small

number of dissimilar properties).

o Inappropriate stratification of properties and faulty statistical sampling

within each stratum.

o Use of judgment sampling, which is highly subjective and thus may be

of limited value.

(6) Step 14: Consider § 263A.

  • The uniform capitalization (UNICAP) rules of § 263A require the capitalization of all direct costs and certain indirect costs properly allocable to real property and tangible personal property produced by the taxpayer. Self-constructed assets and property built under contract are treated as property “produced” by the taxpayer. Therefore, changes to the class life

70

or basis of an asset may require a concurrent adjustment of UNICAP costs.

  • Furthermore, § 263A(f) requires the capitalization of certain interest expenses incurred in connection with the production of property. The interest capitalization rules under Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8 contain precise definitions of designated property and include inherently permanent structures in the definition of real property. In summary, all real property and certain tangible personal property are subject to the interest capitalization rules. Therefore, changes to real and tangible personal property costs may impact the amount of capitalized interest.

  • Taxpayers may attempt to exclude all § 1245 property from interest capitalization by arguing that § 1245 property is tangible personal property that does not meet the classification thresholds of Treas. Reg. § 1.263A8(b)(1). However, § 1245 property that is an inherently permanent structure is subject to interest capitalization without any restrictions. In general, the standard for determining whether an item of property is inherently permanent for purposes of § 263A and § 199 is broader than the standard for cost recovery (depreciation). For more discussion and analysis used to determine whether an item is inherently permanent under various Code provisions, see Chapter 6.E. - Inherently Permanent

Standard.

  • For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, a small business taxpayer is not required to capitalize costs including interest under § 263A. A small business taxpayer is a taxpayer that (a) has average annual gross receipts of not more than $25 million for the 3 prior tax years (adjusted annually for inflation), and (b) is not a tax shelter as defined in § 448(d)(3). If the taxpayer has not been in existence for the three-year period mentioned above, § 448(c)(3) provides rules for determining if the taxpayer has met the gross receipts test for the period.

  • Ideally, a taxpayer’s books and records should consider and comment on the treatment of UNICAP when amounts are restated for prior tax years based on a cost segregation study. Refer to Special Topics Chapter 6.A. –

Uniform Capitalization for a summary of the major provisions of § 263A. Specific questions regarding § 263A can be referred to the Inventory & § 263A Practice Network.

(7) Step 15: Consider Change in Accounting Method

  • In general, it is the position of the Service that a change in an adopted depreciation method, recovery period or convention for depreciable property resulting from the reclassification of property is a change in accounting method. Such a change requires the consent of the Commissioner (i.e., the taxpayer must generally file a Form 3115, Application for Change in Accounting Method) and the adjustment to

71

taxable income is made pursuant to § 481(a). Accordingly, claims for adjustment to a taxpayer’s adopted depreciation method based on a cost segregation study performed after the original return was filed should not be allowed. Instead, the taxpayer should use the voluntary method change procedures provided in Rev. Proc. 2015-13, 2015-5 I.R.B. 419, (or successor) to change its depreciation method on a prospective basis by filing a Form 3115. See IRM 4.11.6.

  • Some of the more common issues encountered in this area include:

o Use of incorrect revenue procedure for implementing change in

accounting method (i.e., use of automatic change procedures instead of non-automatic change procedures);

o Terms of applicable revenue procedure(s) not properly applied;

o Change is not made to a permissible method;

o Form 3115 is not filed;

o Taxpayers want to add items to the original Form 3115, as filed;

o Lack of records to substantiate the § 481(a) adjustment;

o Informal claims filed in lieu of Form 3115;

o Informal claims filed prior to preparation of cost segregation study; and

o Lack of detail to determine basis and recovery periods.

  • Prior to the issuance of final regulations under § 446(e), the issue of whether a change in depreciation method, convention, or recovery period constitutes a change in accounting method was unsettled due to conflicting court opinions. However, Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(ii)(d)(2)(i) and Example 9 of Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(iii), effective for taxable years ending on or after December 30, 2003, provide that each such change constitutes a change in accounting method. Refer to Special

Topics Chapter 6.B. for a more detailed discussion on Change in Accounting Methods. You can refer specific questions regarding change in accounting methods to the Methods of Accounting and Timing Practice Network.

(8) Step 16: Penalty for Cost Segregation Study Preparer:

  • Chief Counsel Advice (CCA) 201805001 provides an example of when an engineer tax consultant was liable for the IRC 6701 penalty for aiding and abetting understatements of tax. The CCA concluded that the engineer prepared and furnished to each client a cost segregation report that mischaracterized components of a building that was nonresidential real property with a 39-year recovery period as tangible personal property with a shorter recovery period (e.g., 5-year property). The engineer knew that their taxpayer-clients would use the cost segregation reports in connection with the preparation of individual and corporate tax returns. Thus, the engineer knew or had reason to believe that those taxpayer-clients would

72

use the reports as guidance to claim excessive depreciation deductions when filing their income tax returns. The CCA also concluded that the engineer knew the reports, if relied upon, would result in understatements of tax liability. Under § 6701, the penalty is $1,000 for each individual return and $10,000 for each corporate return.

Exceptions & meaning →

C. Summary and Conclusions

(1) Using the steps outlined in this chapter, the Service examiner can evaluate the

adequacy and accuracy of a cost segregation study and determine the proper classification and cost of property. The need for a specialist, such as a CAS or an Engineer, should also be evaluated and determined as soon as possible. The guidance in this Audit Techniques Guide is designed to facilitate the audit process and minimize burden on taxpayers, practitioners, and examiners alike.

73

Exceptions & meaning →

VI. Chapter 6 - Special Topics

A. Uniform Capitalization

A.1. Introduction

(1) The allocation of project costs in cost segregation studies for self-constructed

assets may be impacted by the Uniform Capitalization (UNICAP) rules of IRC § 263A. In addition, the interest capitalization rules of § 263A(f) may also apply. A brief summary of these provisions is presented below.

Exceptions & meaning →

A.2. Application of the Capitalization Rules Under § 263A

(1) The UNICAP rules require the capitalization of all direct costs and certain

indirect costs allocable to real property and tangible personal property produced by the taxpayer. For purposes of the uniform capitalization rules, to “produce” means to construct, build, install, manufacture, develop, improve, create, raise, or grow (See § 263A(g)(1); Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-2(a)(1)(i)). Self-constructed assets and property built under contract are treated as property “produced” by the taxpayer and the rules under § 263A govern.

(2) In addition, § 263A(f) requires the capitalization of interest expense when the

taxpayer produces certain property. The interest capitalization rules under Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8 contain precise definitions of designated property and include inherently permanent structures in the definition of real property. In summary, all real property and certain tangible personal property are subject to the interest capitalization rules. Therefore, any change in the allocation of costs between real and tangible personal property may have an impact on the amount of capitalized interest. Many taxpayers attempt to exclude all § 1245 property from interest capitalization arguing that the § 1245 property is tangible personal property that does not meet the classification thresholds of Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(b)(1). Most of the § 1245 property in these situations are inherently permanent structures (real property) subject to interest capitalization without any restrictions.

(3) For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, a small business taxpayer is

not required to capitalize costs including interest under § 263A. A small business taxpayer is a taxpayer that (a) has average annual gross receipts of not more than $25 million for the 3 prior tax years (adjusted annually for inflation), and (b) is not a tax shelter as defined in § 448(d)(3). If the taxpayer has not been in existence for the three-year period mentioned above, § 448(c)(3) provides rules for determining if the taxpayer has met the gross receipts test for the period.

(4) The following text summarizes the capitalization rules of § 263A and the interest

capitalization rules of § 263A(f). Further detail and updates can be obtained from the Inventory and § 263A Practice Network (PN). Also, § 263A adjustments generally involve a change in accounting method. Refer to Special Topics Chapter 6.B. – Change in Accounting Method for more information.

74

Exceptions & meaning →

A.3. Capitalization of Costs Under § 263A

(1) How does § 263A identify the costs subject to capitalization? Any cost which

(but for § 263A and the regulations thereunder) may not be taken into account in computing taxable income for any taxable year is not treated as a cost properly allocable to property produced or acquired for resale. Thus, for example, any cost (or portion of cost) that is not deductible is not properly allocable to property produced or acquired for resale.

(2) In addition, any cost required to be capitalized under § 263A may not be

included in inventory or charged to capital accounts or included in basis any earlier than the taxable year during which the amount is incurred within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.446 1(c)(1)(ii).

(3) What costs are capitalized under § 263A? Except as otherwise provided, direct

costs and all indirect costs that are properly allocable to property produced must be capitalized. Indirect costs are properly allocable to property produced when they directly benefit or are incurred by reason of the performance of production activities. For a producer, the direct costs generally include direct material and direct labor. The regulations include examples of indirect costs (See Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-1(e)(3)(ii)). Examples of indirect costs required to be capitalized to the extent they are properly allocable to property produced are:

  • bidding costs

  • capitalizable service costs (including capitalizable mixed service costs)

  • cost recovery allowances (however, remember depletion is only allocated

to inventory produced and sold during the year)

  • engineering and design costs

  • employee benefit expenses

  • handling costs

  • indirect labor costs

  • indirect material costs

  • insurance

  • interest (see special rules under § 263A(f))

  • licensing and franchise costs

  • officers' compensation

  • pension and other related costs

  • purchasing costs

  • quality control

  • rent

  • repairs and maintenance

  • spoilage

  • storage costs

  • taxes

  • tools and equipment

  • utilities

75

(4) Producers must capitalize costs (other than interest) whether incurred before,

during, or after the production period of property. Interest is only capitalized during the production period of property. Pre-production costs are subject to capitalization if the property is held for future production or if it is reasonably likely that the property will be produced at a future date. Thus, costs of storing raw materials and property taxes for real property held for development are required to be capitalized. Some issues may arise in determining the taxpayer's intent and the taxpayer’s change in intent. Production period costs are costs incurred beginning on the date on which production of the property begins and ending on the date on which the property is ready to be placed in service or is ready to be held for sale. Post-production costs are costs incurred after the actual production and may include storage and handling costs incurred while holding the property produced for sale after production.

(5) Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-1(f) sets forth various detailed or specific cost allocation

methods that a taxpayer may use to allocate interest costs to property produced. Under Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-1(f) a taxpayer may use a specific identification method, burden rate method, standard cost method, or any other reasonable method to allocate costs. In addition, in lieu of these methods, producers may use the simplified production methods provided in Treas. Reg. §§ 1.263A-2(b) and (c).

Exceptions & meaning →

A.4. Capitalization of Interest Under § 263A(f)

(1) Treas. Reg. §§ 1.263A-8 through 1.263A-15 provides guidance with respect to

the capitalization of interest under § 263A(f). These regulations are effective for 1995 and after, or at taxpayer's election, 1994. For years prior to the final regulations, Notice 88-99, 1988-2 C.B. 422, and temporary regulations provide guidance with respect to the capitalization of interest.

(2) For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, a small business taxpayer is

not required to capitalize costs including interest under § 263A. A small business taxpayer is a taxpayer that (a) has average annual gross receipts of not more than $25 million for the 3 prior tax years (adjusted annually for inflation), and (b) is not a tax shelter as defined in § 448(d)(3). If the taxpayer has not been in existence for the three-year period mentioned above, § 448(c)(3) provides rules for determining if the taxpayer has met the gross receipts test for the period.

(3) Interest is capitalized with respect to each unit of designated property . Interest

is capitalized during each computation period; the amount of interest that is capitalized is a function of:

  • the amount of accumulated production expenditures;

  • the amount of outstanding debt(s) on each measurement date; and

  • the interest rate of the outstanding debt(s).

(4) In determining the amount of outstanding debt, traced debt is considered first.

The excess expenditure amount is the amount (if any) by which the accumulated production expenditures exceed the amount of traced debt.

76

Interest on non-traced debt, up to the excess expenditure amount, must be capitalized, based upon a weighted average interest rate. Pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-9(d), taxpayers may elect not to trace debt. See Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-9.

(5) Designated property is defined in § 263A(f)(1) and Treas. Reg. § 1.263A 8(b)(1). In general, § 263A(f) applies to designated property. Designated property is any property that is produced and that is:

  • Real property; or,

  • Tangible personal property (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-2(a)(2)) that meets any of the following classification thresholds:

o Property with a class life of 20 years or more that is not inventory in the

hands of the taxpayer or a related person;

o Property with an estimated production period (as defined in Treas.

Reg. § 1.263A-12) exceeding 2 years; or

o Property with an estimated production period exceeding 1 year and

estimated cost of production exceeding $1,000,000.

(6) Note: All real property is subject to the rules of § 263A(f); the classification

thresholds only apply to tangible personal property.

(7) The classification thresholds are applied individually to each unit of property.

(8) Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(1) defines real property. Real property includes land,

unsevered natural products of land, buildings, and inherently permanent structures. Any interest in real property, including fee ownership, coownership, a leasehold, an option, or a similar interest is real property. Unsevered natural products of land include growing crops and plants (that have a pre-productive period more than 2 years), mines, wells, and other natural deposits. Real property includes the structural components of both buildings and inherently permanent structures.

(9) Inherently permanent structures include property that is affixed to real property

and that will ordinarily remain affixed for an indefinite time. Examples are swimming pools, roads, bridges, tunnels, paved parking areas and other pavements, special foundations, wharves and docks, fences, inherently permanent advertising displays, inherently permanent outdoor lighting facilities, railroad tracks and signals, telephone poles, power generation and transmission facilities, permanently installed telecommunications cables, broadcasting towers, oil and gas pipelines, derricks and storage equipment, grain storage bins and silos. For purposes of this section, affixation to real property may be accomplished by weight alone. See Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3).

(10) Property may constitute an inherently permanent structure even though it is not

classified as a building for purposes of former § 48(a)(1)(B) and Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1. Any property not otherwise described in Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3) that constitutes other tangible property under the principles of former § 48(a)(1)(B) and Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(d) is treated for the purposes of Treas.

77

Reg. § 1.263A-8 as an inherently permanent structure. See Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3).

(11) A structure that is property in the nature of machinery or is essentially an item

of machinery or equipment is not an inherently permanent structure and is not real property. In the case, however, of a building or inherently permanent structure that includes property in the nature of machinery as a structural component, the property in the nature of machinery is real property. A structure may be an inherently permanent structure, and not property in the nature of machinery or essentially an item of machinery, even if the structure is necessary to operate or use, supports, or is otherwise associated with, machinery. See Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(4).

Exceptions & meaning →

B. Change in Accounting Method

B.1. Introduction

(1) A taxpayer may conduct a cost segregation study on used or previously existing

property and then re-compute its depreciation deductions for prior years. The underlying incentive for preparing these studies for Federal income tax purposes is the significant tax benefits derived from utilizing shorter recovery periods and accelerated depreciation methods for computing depreciation deductions. Examiners need to be aware of the potential issues relating to these re-computations, including the need for taxpayers to notify the Internal Revenue Service (IRS or Service) that it intends to make a change in accounting method for those items identified in the cost segregation study. This chapter provides a brief overview of the applicable law in this area.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.2. Historical Service Position

(1) It has been the long-standing position of the Service that a taxpayer adopts a

permissible method of accounting in the tax year a depreciable asset is placed in service, relative to the depreciation method, recovery period (but not useful life), or convention for the depreciable property. A taxpayer adopts an impermissible method of accounting relative to depreciable property when it is treated in the same way on two or more consecutively filed returns. Once a method is adopted, a change in depreciation method, recovery period (but not useful life), or convention resulting from a reclassification of such property, results in a change in method of accounting. Such a change requires the consent of the Commissioner (i.e., the taxpayer must generally file a Form 3115, Application for Change in Accounting Method), and the adjustment to taxable income is made pursuant to § 481(a). If a taxpayer has adopted a method of accounting, the taxpayer may not change the method by amending its prior income tax returns. See Rev. Rul. 90-38, 1990-1 C.B. 57. Accordingly, amended returns or claims for adjustment, based on a cost segregation study performed after the original return was filed for the placed-in-service year and the original return for the subsequent tax year, should generally be disallowed on the basis that the taxpayer is attempting to make a retroactive method change. See § 446(e) and IRM 4.11.6.7.5.

78

(2) The Service's historical position is that a change in computing depreciation

under §§ 167, 168, or 197, or former §§ 168 (ACRS), 1400I, 1400L(b), or 1400L(c) generally is a change in method of accounting under § 446(e) for which the consent of the Commissioner is required. However, this position was successfully challenged by several taxpayers in litigation with respect to depreciable property subject to § 168 (MACRS property). See Brookshire Brothers Holding, Inc. & Subsidiaries v. Commissioner, 320 F.3d 507 (5th Cir. 2003), Green Forest Manufacturing Inc. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2003-75, and O’Shaughnessy v. Commissioner, 332 F.3d 1125 (8th Cir. 2003); but contrast Kurzet v. Commissioner, 222 F.3d 830 (10th Cir. 2000). Because of these decisions, there was inconsistent treatment of taxpayers with respect to whether a change in computing depreciation under § 168 was a change in method of accounting under § 446(e).

(3) Final regulations under § 446(e), T.D. 9307, 71 F.R. 78066 (December 28,

  1. (final regulations), address the circumstances under which a change in calculating depreciation or amortization is a change in method of accounting under § 446(e). These regulations adopt, with modifications, temporary regulations published in the Federal Register on January 2, 2004. The final regulations provide that the following are changes in method of accounting under § 446(e):
  • A change in the treatment of an asset from non-depreciable or nonamortizable to depreciable or amortizable, or vice versa, Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(ii)(d)(2);

  • A correction to require depreciation in lieu of a deduction for the cost of depreciable or amortizable assets that had been consistently treated as an expense in the year of purchase, or vice versa, Treas. Reg. § 1.446 1(e)(2)(ii)(d)(2);

    • A change in the depreciation or amortization method, period of recovery, or convention of a depreciable or amortizable asset, Treas. Reg. § 1.446 1(e)(2)(ii)(d)(2)(i); and,

    • A change to or from claiming the additional first year depreciation deduction provided by, for example, § 168(k), former § 1400L(b), or former § 1400N(d) under certain circumstances, Treas. Reg. § 1.4461(e)(2)(ii)(d)(2)(ii).

(4) Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(iii), Example 9, provides an illustration of a change

in accounting method due to changes in depreciation method, recovery period and convention, all resulting from a cost segregation study.

(5) The final regulations clarify that a change in depreciation due to a posting or

mathematical error, or a change in underlying facts, is not an accounting method change because the rules in Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(ii)(a) and (b) also apply to a depreciation change.

(6) In addition, Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(i) provides that an accounting

method change does not include an adjustment in the useful life of a

79

depreciable or amortizable asset for which depreciation is determined under § 167 (other than under § 168, former § 1400I, former § 1400L(c), former § 168, or an additional first year depreciation deduction provision of the IRC). This rule does not apply if a taxpayer is changing to or from a useful life (or recovery period or amortization period) that is specifically assigned by the Code, regulations, or other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

(7) Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(iii) provides that the making of a late

depreciation or amortization election or the revocation of a timely valid depreciation or amortization election is not a change in method of accounting, except as otherwise expressly provided by the Code, regulations, or other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

(8) Finally, Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(v) provides that any change in the

placed in-service date of a depreciable or amortizable asset is not treated as a change in accounting method.

(9) The final regulations under § 446(e) only apply to a change in depreciation

made by a taxpayer for a depreciable or amortizable asset placed in service by the taxpayer in a tax year ending on or after December 30, 2003, regardless of whether the change in depreciation is a change in method of accounting.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.3. Change in Litigating Position

(1) On January 28, 2004, the Associate Chief Counsel (P&SI) issued a Change in

Litigating Position Notice (“Notice”) regarding the application of § 446(e) to changes in computing depreciation. See Notice CC-2004-007, as clarified by Notice CC-2004-024 (July 12, 2004).

(2) The Notice provides that the Service’s position continues to be that a change in

computing depreciation under §§ 167, 168, 197, former §§ 1400I, 1400L(b), or 1400L(c), or ACRS, is a change in method of accounting under § 446(e) for which the consent of the Commissioner is required. However, for depreciable or amortizable property that is treated as a capital asset and placed in service in taxable years ending before December 30, 2003, the Service will no longer litigate the issue of whether such a change in computing depreciation is a change in method of accounting under § 446(e).

(3) The change in the Service's litigating position does not apply to a change in the

treatment of property from a non-capital asset (for example, inventory, materials, and supplies) to a capital, depreciable or amortizable asset (or vice versa), or to a change from expensing the cost of depreciable or amortizable property to capitalizing and depreciating or amortizing such cost (or vice versa). These changes are a change in method of accounting under § 446(e). Accordingly, examiners should consult with their local Chief Counsel attorneys should a taxpayer assert that these changes are not a change in method of accounting.

80

Exceptions & meaning →

B.4. Peco Foods Case

(1) In Peco Foods, Inc. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2012-018, aff’d 522 Fed.

Appx. 840 (11th Cir. 2013), the taxpayer purchased two poultry processing plants in applicable asset acquisitions under § 1060. As part of the acquisitions, Peco Foods entered into written agreements with the seller allocating the purchase price among the acquired assets. Peco Foods then hired an outside consulting firm to perform a cost segregation study on the plants and filed a Form 3115 with its return to change its accounting method and reclassify certain property from nonresidential real property to tangible property. Id. At *3. The IRS disputed these changes, arguing that the taxpayer could not modify the purchase price allocations and subdivide them into component assets in a manner at odds with those schedules. The Tax Court held that Peco Foods was bound by the clear and unambiguous terms of the original allocation schedules and could not deviate from its characterization of those assets. Id. At *12. Thus, the taxpayer was not allowed to change its method of accounting for the acquired assets pursuant to its cost segregation study. It is unclear whether the holding in Peco Foods would apply to acquisitions other than applicable asset acquisitions under § 1060.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.5. Tangible Regulations – Treas. Reg. §§ 1.263(a)-1, -2, -3

(1) The final tangible property regulations under Treas. Reg. §§ 1.263(a)-1, -2, and

-3 (final regulations), published on September 19, 2013, are generally effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

(2) Taxpayers have used cost segregation studies to determine what constitutes §

1245 (personal) or § 1250 (real) property for many years. Historically, these cost segregation studies have resulted in advantageous depreciation deductions for taxpayers. With the issuance of the final tangible property regulations, the demand for cost segregation studies is on the rise.

(3) In many cases, taxpayers who previously decided not to conduct cost

segregation studies for depreciation purposes are hiring specialists with engineering expertise to determine units of property for purposes of determining whether certain costs improve a unit of property under Treas. Reg. § 1.263(a)3. Even taxpayers that conducted these studies in the past are once again hiring specialty firms or CPAs to take another look at their units of property and associated costs.

(4) Cost segregation studies now serve additional purposes. For example, not only

do these studies reclassify a building’s components into assets with shorter class lives, but they also identify building systems for purposes of determining whether costs are for an improvement to the building structure or building systems under Treas. Reg. § 1.263(a)-3. These studies are also used to identify functionally interdependent plant property and to determine individual components or groups of components that perform a discrete and critical function under these final regulations. Such items may represent a change in accounting method in which the taxpayer must file a Form 3115 to request consent for the change.

81

(5) The Examiner should request and review all cost segregation (or similar)

studies, past and present and may need to engage the services of an IRS Engineer to determine whether the study was conducted properly.

(6) The Examiner should also consider if the taxpayer’s adjustments due to a cost

segregation study represent a change in accounting method and if the changes were implemented properly following the appropriate revenue procedures. See Rev. Proc. 2015-13, 2015-5 I.R.B. 419, (or successor) and Rev. Proc. 2023-24, 2023-28 I.R.B. 1207, (or successor) for current guidance. See the Capitalization of Tangible Property Audit Technique Guide for additional guidance on Treas. Reg. §§ 1.263(a)-1 to -3.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.6. Revenue Procedures Involving Method Changes

(1) To file a Form 3115 with the Service, a taxpayer needs to follow the procedures

outlined in the applicable revenue procedure. Although taxpayers generally argue that they are simply reclassifying property placed in service in prior years to “correct” class lives, this reclassification results in a change in recovery period, depreciation method and/or convention.

(2) Taxpayers who have adopted an impermissible method of accounting for

depreciation (or amortization) and have either (1) claimed no depreciation, or (2) claimed less than or more than the allowable amount of depreciation and are making a change described in Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e)(2)(ii)(d), are generally required to file a Form 3115 under either the automatic change or non-automatic change procedures (i.e., the voluntary method change procedures) to change the method of accounting. A taxpayer cannot change an adopted accounting method by filing an amended return unless specific guidance allows for an exemption.

(3) The general voluntary method change procedures are found in Rev. Proc.

2015-13 (or successor) with the list of automatic changes found in Rev. Proc. 2023-24 (or successor). As provided in Rev. Proc. 2015-13, Section 6, for an automatic change, the original Form 3115 must be attached to the taxpayer’s timely filed (including extension) original federal income tax return implementing the change in method of accounting for the year of change. Also, a duplicate copy of the Form 3115 must be filed with the IRS office in Ogden, UT no earlier than the first day of the year of change and no later than the date the taxpayer files the original Form 3115 with the federal income tax return for the year of change. If the automatic change procedures of Rev. Proc. 2015-13 (or successor) do not apply to a taxpayer’s situation, the non-automatic change procedures should be followed.

(4) The following is a list of the more common compliance issues involving

accounting method changes:

  • Compliance issues for non-automatic method changes:

o Was the ruling letter granting consent to the change followed?

82

o Is the method the taxpayer implemented consistent with the facts

presented and the representations made in the consent agreement?

o Is the § 481(a) adjustment, correct?

o Exam may perfect the method change as an examination adjustment

when deemed appropriate.

o A TAM is required to revoke or modify the ruling letter.

  • Compliance issues for automatic method changes:

o Did the taxpayer fully comply with the provisions in the voluntary

method change procedure (Rev. Proc. 2015-13 or successor)?

o Is the method the taxpayer implemented consistent with the automatic

method change provisions described in Rev. Proc. 2023-24 (or successor) for the designated change number?

o Is the § 481(a) adjustment, correct?

o Exam may perfect the method change as an examination adjustment

when deemed appropriate.

o A TAM is necessary if the taxpayer made the method change in

compliance with the applicable procedures, but the examiner wants to revoke or modify the method change.

(5) If after reviewing the taxpayer’s cost segregation study and its implementation,

the Examiner determines (1) the taxpayer is using an accounting method that does not clearly reflect income or is improper under § 446(b); or (2) the taxpayer changed its method of accounting without obtaining the consent of the Commissioner under § 446(e), the Examiner should use the involuntary method change procedures in Rev. Proc. 2002-18, 2002-1 I.R.B. 678, to resolve these accounting method issues. See IRM 4.11.6.7.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.7. Summary

(1) A change in the recovery period, depreciation method, and/or convention for

depreciable property is a change in accounting method. Once a method of accounting is adopted, a taxpayer is required to obtain the consent of the Commissioner through the timely filing of a Form 3115 to change the accounting method. Pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2015-13, a taxpayer may request automatic or non-automatic consent for the change. Although a Form 3115 may be subject to National Office review, it is generally the responsibility of the examiner to verify the propriety of the revised method of accounting for depreciation and the accuracy of the § 481(a) adjustment at the time of the examination. The examiner should evaluate the need to review the cost segregation study that formed the basis for the depreciation re-computations and the resultant change in accounting method.

(2) The issue regarding a change in accounting method with respect to the re computation of depreciation (e.g., those based on cost segregation studies) can be quite complex. Examiners should consult Treas. Reg. § 1.446-1(e) for further guidance. Examiners should also contact the Methods of Accounting and

83

Timing Practice Network for assistance regarding ongoing developments in this area, as well as determining the taxpayer’s compliance with the proper procedures for changing the accounting method and computing the adjustment pursuant to § 481(a).

Exceptions & meaning →

C. Depreciation Overview

C.1. Introduction

(1) To compute depreciation for assets subject to a cost segregation study, one

must use the proper property classification. The property classes control the applicable recovery period for assets, which are determined by statute or by reference to class lives. To determine the proper class lives, assets must be categorized into their appropriate asset classes. Cost segregation studies generally produce listings or groups of assets, based on asset classes under the Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System (MACRS). This chapter provides a summary of the applicable authorities and available guidelines for classifying property into their appropriate classes as well as guidelines for computing depreciation deductions by using the proper depreciation method, recovery period, and convention.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.2. MACRS

(1) IRC § 167(a) provides a depreciation allowance for the exhaustion, wear and

tear of property used in a trade or business or held for the production of income. The depreciation deduction provided by § 167(a) for tangible property placed in service after 1986 generally is determined under § 168, the Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System. MACRS prescribes two methods for determining depreciation allowances: (1) the general depreciation system in § 168(a) (GDS); and (2) the alternative depreciation system in § 168(g) (ADS). A taxpayer generally must use GDS unless the taxpayer is specifically required to use ADS or the taxpayer elects to use ADS. Under either depreciation system, the depreciation deduction is computed by using a prescribed depreciation method, recovery period and convention.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.3. Depreciation Periods and Conventions

(1) GDS contains ten property classes, based on the recovery period of an asset

(3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27.5, 39, or 50 years). Applicable depreciation methods include the 200% declining balance method, 150% declining balance method, and straight-line method. The depreciation methods under GDS are generally not elective, but a taxpayer may make an irrevocable election to use a less accelerated method under certain circumstances. However, 27.5-year property (residential rental property), 39-year property (nonresidential real property and qualified improvement property), 50-year property (railroad grading or tunnel bore), and certain 15-year property (i.e., qualified leasehold improvement property, qualified restaurant property, and qualified retail improvement property placed in service before January 1, 2018) must be depreciated using straightline depreciation. Note – qualified improvement property placed in service

84

before January 1, 2018, that also meets the definition of qualified leasehold improvement property, qualified restaurant property, or qualified retail improvement property is depreciable over 15 years using straight line depreciation as well.

(2) ADS must be used for the following property: 1) listed property used 50 percent

or less for business; 2) tangible property used predominantly outside the United States; 3) tax-exempt use property; 4) tax-exempt bond financed property; and 5) certain other finite categories of property that are not common. In addition, a taxpayer may make an irrevocable election to use ADS for any class of property eligible for depreciation under GDS and placed in service for a particular tax year. The recovery periods under ADS are generally longer than the recovery periods under GDS, and the straight-line method must be used.

  • For purposes of either GDS or ADS, there are three possible conventions:

Half-year, mid-month, and mid-quarter conventions.

  • The half-year convention applies to property other than residential rental

property, nonresidential real property, and railroad grading and tunnel bores. Under this convention, the recovery period begins or ends on the midpoint of the tax year that the property is placed in service or disposed of.

  • The mid-month convention applies to residential rental property,

nonresidential real property, and railroad grading and tunnel bores. Under this convention, the recovery period begins on the midpoint of the month that the property is placed in service.

  • The mid-quarter convention applies to property (other than residential

rental property, nonresidential real property, and railroad grading and tunnel bores) if more than 40% of the aggregate bases of such property is placed in service during the last three months of the tax year. Under this convention, the recovery periods for all property placed in service, or disposed of, during any quarter of a tax year begin on the midpoint of the quarter.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.4. Recovery Periods

(1) For purposes of either GDS or ADS, the applicable recovery period is

determined by statute or by reference to class life.

(2) The recovery period of residential rental property, nonresidential real property,

and railroad grading and tunnel bore, are established by statute. See §§ 168(c) and 168(g)(2)(c).

  • Residential rental property has a recovery period of 27.5 years for

purposes of GDS and 40 years for purposes of ADS (30 years for purposes of ADS for residential rental property placed in service after December 31, 2017).

85

o § 168(e)(2)(A) defines "residential rental property" as any building or

structure if 80 percent or more of the gross rental income is rental income from dwelling units.

  • Nonresidential real property has a recovery period of 39 years (or 31.5 years if the property was placed in service before May 13, 1993) for purposes of GDS and 40 years for purposes of ADS.

o § 168(e)(2)(B) defines "nonresidential real property" as § 1250

property which is not residential rental property or property with a class life of less than 27.5 years.

  • Railroad grading and tunnel bore have a recovery period of 50 years for purposes of both GDS and ADS. §§ 168(c) and 168(g)(2)(c).

  • 15-Year Real Property: Under MACRS, while real property generally has a recovery period of 39 years (nonresidential real property or 27.5 years (residential rental property), the following designated real property is 15year property:

o Qualified leasehold improvement property (QLIP), defined in former §

168(e)(6) circa 2005, placed in service between 10/22/2004 and 12/31/17. Qualified restaurant property (QRP), defined in IRC former § 168(e)(7) circa 2005, placed in service between 10/22/2004 and 12/31/17. Qualified retail improvement property (QRIP), defined in IRC former § 168(e)(8) circa 2009, placed in service between 12/31/2008 and 12/31/17.

o These properties have a recovery period of 15 years and must be

depreciated by the straight-line method and half-year convention (unless the mid-quarter convention applies). Under the alternative depreciation system (ADS) these properties have a recovery period of 39 years. See Chapter 6.H. for the § 179 and bonus depreciation treatment of QLIP, QRP, and QRIP.

  • Qualified Improvement Property (QIP)

o Placed in service after 12/31/2015 and prior to 1/1/2018 was defined in

§ 168(k)(3), Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act – P.L. 114-113 (PATH Act of 2015), and has a recovery period of 39 years for GDS and 40 years for ADS. QIP was created to make it eligible for bonus depreciation. QIP placed in service after 12/31/2015 and before 1/1/2018 has a recovery period of 15 years for GDS and 39 years for ADS if it also meets the definition of QLIP, QRP, or QRIP.

o QIP placed in service after 12/31/2017 is defined in § 168(e)(6), Tax

Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 – P.L. 115-97 (TCJA), and, as originally enacted, had a recovery period of 39 years for GDS and 40 years for ADS (and thus was not eligible for bonus depreciation). However, in

86

2020, the recovery period was retroactively changed with the addition of § 168(e)(3)(E)(vii), Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act – P.L. 116-136 (CARES Act), from 39 years to 15 years for GDS and from 40 years to 20 years for ADS, which also meant that QIP could be eligible for bonus depreciation.

o QIP is defined as any improvement to an interior portion of a building if

the improvement is placed in service after the date the building was first placed in service. However, QIP does not include any improvement attributable to the enlargement of the building, any elevator or escalator, or the internal structural framework of the building. The CARES Act also clarified the definition of QIP in § 168(e)(6)(A) to include only those improvements "made by the taxpayer" to an interior of the building…"

(3) Recovery Period for Qualified Real Property Table showing Placed in

Service Date Range and depreciable period for GDS and ADS purposes.

Placed
in Service
Range
Qualified Leasehold
Improvement
Property
(QLIP)
Qualified
Restaurant
Property **
(QRP)
Qualified Retail
Improvement
Property
(QRIP)
Qualified
Improvement
Property
(QIP)
10/22/2004 -
12/31/2008
15SL (GDS)
39 (ADS)
15SL (GDS)
39 (ADS)
NA
NA
1/1/2009 –
12/31/2015
15SL (GDS)
39 (ADS)
15SL (GDS)
39 (ADS)
15SL (GDS)
39 (ADS)
NA
1/1/2016 –
12/31/17
15SL (GDS)
39 (ADS)
15SL (GDS)
39 (ADS)
15SL (GDS)
39 (ADS)
39 GDS – 40 ADS*****
2018 and beyond
NA
NA
NA
15SL GDS – 20
ADS *******

SL (GDS), and 39-Yr SL (ADS).

** Initially, QLIP, QRP, and QRIP applied only to new improvements to the interior of the building. After 2008 QRP applies to the entire building for both new and purchased property and the 3-year rule was eliminated.

*** For property placed in service after 12/31/17, QIP replaces QLIP, QRP, and QRIP. QIP was retroactively given a GDS 15-year recovery period and ADS 20-year recovery period pursuant to the CARES Act.

(4) Section 168(i)(12) provides that the terms “§ 1245 property” and “§ 1250

property” have the meanings given such terms by § 1245(a)(3) and § 1250(c), respectively.

87

(5) Section 1245(a)(3) provides that "§ 1245 property" is any property which is or

has been subject to depreciation under § 167 and which is either personal property or other tangible property (not including a building or its structural components) that was used as an integral part of certain activities.

(6) Section 1250(c) defines "§ 1250 property" as any real property, other than §

1245 property, which is or has been subject to an allowance for depreciation. In other words, § 1250 property encompasses all depreciable property that is not § 1245 property.

(7) Section 1245(a)(3) provides that "§ 1245 property" is any property which is or

has been subject to depreciation under § 167 and which is either personal property or other tangible property (not including a building or its structural components) that was used as an integral part of certain activities. Such activities include manufacturing, production, or extraction, furnishing transportation, communication, electrical energy, gas, water, or sewage disposal services. Certain other "special use" property also qualifies as § 1245 property but is not relevant to this discussion. It is important to note that a building or its structural components is specifically excluded from the definition of § 1245 property.

(8) Treas. Reg. § 1.1245-3 defines "tangible personal property," "other tangible

property," "building," and "structural component" by reference to Treas. Reg.§ 1.48-1. This regulation relates to former § 48, which was enacted in 1962 along with §§ 1245 and 1250. Section 48 allowed an investment tax credit (ITC) based on the "applicable percentage" of the investment in tangible depreciable property placed in service during the taxable year. The ITC (§ 48) was later repealed in 1986. See the previous chapter, Chapter 2 - Legal Framework, for a description of the provisions set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.5. Class Lives

(1) Section 168(i)(1) provides that the term “class life” means the class life (if any)

that would be applicable with respect to any property as of January 1, 1986, under former § 167(m) as if it were in effect and the taxpayer were an elector. Prior to its revocation, former § 167(m) provided that in the case of a taxpayer who elected the asset depreciation range system of depreciation, the depreciation deduction would be computed based on the class life prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury which reasonably reflects the anticipated useful life, and the anticipated decline in value over time, of the property to the industry or other group.

(2) Treas. Reg. § 1.167(a)-11(b)(4)(iii)(b) sets out the method for asset

classification under former § 167(m). Property is included in the asset guideline class for the activity in which the property is primarily used, regardless of whether the activity is insubstantial in relation to all the taxpayer's activities. Thus, for depreciation purposes, a taxpayer may be engaged in more than one activity. If a taxpayer uses assets in more than one activity, the cost of the asset is not allocated between the two activities; rather, the total cost of the asset will be classified for depreciation purposes according to the activity in which the

88

asset is primarily used. This determination may be made in any reasonable manner. In Rev. Proc. 97-10, 1997-1 C.B. 628, either a gross receipts test or a square footage test was used to determine whether a building was primarily used as a retail motor fuels outlet.

(3) For example, assume that a taxpayer owns and operates a hotel/casino

complex. The taxpayer is engaged in two business activities: casino operations and hotel operations. Assets used by the taxpayer in its casino operations are includible in the activity category that includes casino operations (asset class 79.0 Recreation of Rev. Proc. 87-56, 1987-2 C.B. 674). Assets used in hotel operations are includible in the activity category that includes hotel operations (asset class 57.0 Distributive Trades and Services of Rev. Proc. 87-56). If a particular asset is used in both activities, the total cost of the asset will be classified for depreciation purposes according to the activity in which the asset is primarily used; the cost of the asset is not allocated between the two activities. The determination of primary use may be made in any reasonable manner. For additional information, see IRS FSA 200203009.

(4) Asset classifications are based on how the asset is primarily used. In the case

of a lessor of property, the asset class for such property is determined as if the property were owned by the lessee. See Treas. Reg. § 1.167(a)-11(e)(3)(iii) and the following court cases for additional information and consideration.

  • Clajon Gas Co. L.P. v. Commissioner, 354 F.3d 786 (8th Cir. 2004), rev’g

119 T.C. 197 (2002): Pipelines leased to producers to transport natural gas fell under the asset class for producing natural gas regardless of ownership.

  • Saginaw Bay Pipeline Co. v. United States, 338 F.3d 600 (6th Cir.2003), rev’g 124 F.Supp.2d 465 (E.D. Mich. 2001): Every natural gas carriage pipeline which functions as a gathering pipeline is in the methane gas production process irrespective of the primary business of the owner of that pipeline.

    • Duke Energy Natural Gas Corp. v. Commissioner, 172 F.3d 1255 (10th Cir.1999), rev’g 109 T.C. 416 (1997): Based on the asset's primary use, the classification of natural gas gathering systems constituted as assets used in the production of natural gas.

(5) As stated earlier, GDS contains ten property classes, based on the recovery

period of an asset. For those classes of property not established by statute, the applicable recovery period is determined by reference to class life. See § 168(e)(1). It is also worth noting that qualified Indian reservation property, generally have shorter applicable recovery periods. See § 168(j)(1) and (2).

Exceptions & meaning →

C.6. Revenue Procedure 87-56

(1) Revenue Procedure 87-56, 1987-2 C.B. 674, sets forth the class lives of

property that are necessary to compute the depreciation allowances under §

89

168 (MACRS). The revenue procedure establishes two broad categories of depreciable assets:

  • Asset classes 00.11 through 00.4 that consist of specific assets used in all business activities.

  • Asset classes 01.1 through 80.0 that consist of assets used in specific business activities.

(2) The same item of depreciable property can be described in both an asset

category (asset classes 00.11 through 00.4) and an activity category (asset classes 01.1 through 80.0). In this situation, the item is classified to the asset category unless it is specifically excluded from the asset category or specifically included in the activity category. For additional guidance see below:

  • Norwest Corporation & Subsidiaries v. Commissioner, 111 T.C. 105 (1998) (item described in both an asset and an activity category (furniture and fixtures) should be placed in the asset category)

  • Rev. Rul. 2003-81, 2003-2 C.B. 126 (an asset included in both an asset category and an activity category is placed in the asset category, unless it is specifically excluded from the asset category or specifically included in the activity category).

(3) Revenue Procedure 87-56 contains tables of class lives and recovery periods.

To properly utilize Rev. Proc. 87-56, the following steps are suggested:

  • Check Asset Classes 00.11 through 00.4 that consist of specific assets used in all business activities to see if it contains a description of the asset in question.

o Refer below to Step 2 (if the asset is described in an asset category) or

to Step 3 (if the asset is not listed in an asset category).

  • If the subject asset is described in one of the asset categories, then check asset classes 01.1 through 80.0 that consist of assets used in specific business activities to find the activity to which the property relates or in which it is primarily being used.

o If the activity is described in one of the activity categories, read the text

(if any) under the title to determine if the property is specifically included in the activity category.

o If it is, then use the recovery period shown for the activity category

following the description of that activity.

o If the property is not specifically included in the activity category, or if

the property is specifically excluded from the activity category, then use the recovery period shown in the appropriate asset category.

  • If the asset is not listed in an asset category, then find the activity to which the property relates or in which the property is primarily being used and

90

use the recovery period shown in the appropriate column following the activity category description.

o If the property is not listed in an asset category and the activity to

which it relates is not included in one of the activity categories, then the property should be categorized as “Certain Property for which Recovery Periods assigned (Personal Property/§ 1245 Real Property with No Class Life).” Property in this category generally has a recovery period of 7 years for GDS or 12 years for ADS. Very few assets fall under this default category.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.7. Examples

(1) The following examples illustrate the use of Rev. Proc. 87-56 for determining

the proper asset recovery period. See also Appendix B of IRS Publication 946.

(2) Example 1: Richard Green is a paper manufacturer. During the year, he made

substantial improvements to the land on which his paper plant is located. Assume that these land improvements are depreciable property. He checks the asset categories and finds land improvements under Asset Class 00.3 Land Improvements. He then checks the activity categories and finds his activity, paper manufacturing, under Asset Class 26.1, Manufacture of Pulp and Paper.

  • If Richard had only looked at the asset categories, he would have

erroneously selected Asset Class 00.3, Land Improvements, and would have incorrectly used a recovery period of 15 years for GDS or 20 years for ADS. However, Richard uses the recovery period under Asset Class 26.1 Manufacture of Pulp and Paper, because it specifically includes land improvements. Thus, the land improvements have a 13-year class life and a 7-year recovery period for GDS. If he elects to use ADS, the recovery period is 13 years.

  • Note: It is presumed in this example that the subject land improvements

are directly associated with the factory site or production process, for example, effluent ponds or canals necessitated by the production process, or parking lots utilized by employees directly involved with the production process. However, those land improvements that are more closely associated with non-production activities, such as administrative or retail activities of the taxpayer, would be categorized in Asset Class 00.3 Land Improvements and have a 15-year recovery period under GDS. See Rev. Rul. 2003-81.

(3) Example 2: Sam Plower produces rubber products. During the year, he made

substantial improvements to the land on which his rubber plants are located. Assume that these land improvements are depreciable property. He checks the asset categories and finds land improvements under Asset Class 00.3. He then checks the activity categories and finds his activity, producing rubber products, under Asset Class 30.1, Manufacture of Rubber Products. Reading the

91

headlines and descriptions under Asset Class 30.1, Sam finds that it does not specifically include land improvements. Therefore, Sam uses the recovery period for Asset Class 00.3 Land Improvements. Thus, the land improvements have a 20-year class life and a 15-year recovery period for GDS. If he elects to use ADS, the recovery period is 20 years.

(4) Example 3: Pam Martin owns a retail-clothing store. During the year, she

purchased a desk and a cash register for use in her business. She checks the asset categories and finds office furniture under Asset Class 00.11 Office Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment. Cash registers are not specifically listed in any of the asset categories. She then checks the activity categories and finds her activity, retail store, under Asset Class 57.0 Distributive Trades and Services, which includes assets used in wholesale and retail trade. The description for this asset class does not specifically list office furniture or a cash register.

  • She looks back at the asset categories and uses Asset Class 00.11 for the

desk, since it constitutes office furniture. Thus, the desk has a 10-year class life and a 7- year recovery period for GDS. If she elects to use ADS, the recovery period is 10 years. For the cash register, Pam uses Asset Class 57.0 Distributive Trades and Services, because cash registers are not specifically listed in one of the asset categories but are assets used in retail business. Accordingly, the cash register has a 9-year class life and a 5-year recovery period for GDS. If she elects to use the ADS method, the recovery period is 9 years.

Exceptions & meaning →

C.8. Additional References for Determining the Proper Activity Category for Property

(1) The Standard Industrial Classification Manual (SIC) published by the Office of

Management and Budget can provide insight into the content of the asset classes described in Rev. Proc. 87-56. Care must be exercised because SIC does not make use of the same classification techniques and depreciation concepts of Rev. Proc. 87-56. While SIC has precise categorization by primary business activity using language very similar to that found in Rev. Proc. 87-56, the revenue procedure departs dramatically from the categorization scheme of SIC by establishing two broad categories of depreciable assets: (1) asset classes 00.11 through 00.4 that consist of specific assets used in all business activities; and (2) asset classes 01.1 through 80.0 that consist of assets used in specific business activities. However, the asset class numbers for the specific business activities described in Rev. Proc. 87-56 are largely taken from SIC.

(2) Additionally, it may be helpful to look at the North American Industry

Classification System (NAICS). NAICS was introduced in 1997 to replace the SIC system and more closely reflects the many new industries that have propagated since the establishment of the SIC system in 1937, including many service industries currently under-represented in the SIC system. Although the manner of categorization is similar under both SIC and NAICS, the category

92

codes are vastly different, which is why the Service generally does not look to NAICS for insight purposes. However, NAICS can be helpful (because of its expanded description of service industries) in determining in which one of two activity categories, a particular asset should be categorized.

Exceptions & meaning →

D. Relevant Court Cases

D.1. Introduction

(1) In addition to the legal framework presented earlier in Chapter 2, the court

cases listed below provide further guidance as to whether a particular asset constitutes § 1245 property or § 1250 property. Although the issue in many of the cases below relates to whether property is eligible for the now-expired investment tax credit (ITC), the precedent that was developed to ascertain whether property constituted eligible property for purposes of ITC is equally applicable to ascertain whether property constitutes as § 1245 property for purposes of ACRS/MACRS.

(2) Unfortunately, there are no bright-line tests for distinguishing § 1245 property

from § 1250 property. Each of the cases below is factually intensive. Additionally, opinions by different courts sometimes conflict; therefore, an ultimate determination of the categorization of an asset generally cannot be based upon reading merely one case. In addition to reading all of the cases on point, one must also consider whether the Service has acquiesced to a particular position or case. Advice should be sought where the asset at issue is not specifically discussed in any of the below opinions, if one is not sure of how to categorize a specific asset, or if the opinions are vague or conflicting.

Exceptions & meaning →

D.2. Arrangement of Information

(1) This chapter contains two tables to assist examiners in locating pertinent cases

that address specific assets:

(2) Table 1: Case Law by Case Name (in reverse chronological order)

(3) Table 2: Case Law listed by CSI MasterFormat Division (both 2020 (50

divisions) and 1995 (16 divisions))

(4) NOTE : Cost Segregation studies are often organized following the Construction

Specifications Institute (CSI) MasterFormat Division system. The CSI MasterFormat system is a master list of numbers and titles classified by construction trades (concrete, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, carpentry, masonry, steel, etc.) that was developed to simplify and facilitate communication within the construction industry. From 2004 through 2020 the system uses 50 divisions with 35 being active divisions and 15 reserved for future expansion. The inclusion of the CSI MasterFormat Divisions in these tables is for informational purposes only and is not an endorsement of either the Construction Specifications Institute or the MasterFormat system.

(5) For reference purposes, this chapter also contains a third table listing all the

CSI MasterFormat Divisions for both the 2020 and 1995 editions:

93

(6) Table 3: Listing of CSI MasterFormat Divisions (both 2020 (50 divisions) and

1995 (16 divisions))

Exceptions & meaning →

D.3. Table 1: Case Law by Case Name (Reverse Chronological Order)

94

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
128 T.C. 91
(2007)
Underground irrigation system
(§ 1250 land improvement)
Trellises (§ 1245)
5/28/1998







L.L. Bean, Inc. v.
Commissioner,
145 F.3d 53 (1st
Cir. 1998), aff’g
T.C. Memo. 1997-
175




Storage rack system (also
supports roof and walls) (§
1250)
Concrete slab floor (§ 1250)
Roof and wall panels (§ 1250)
Electrical system (§ 1250)
Heating/ventilation sys. (§
1250)
Fire protection system (§ 1250)
Mezzanine system (§ 1250)
N/A







12/10/1997 SuperValu Inc. v.
United States,
993 F.Supp. 1243
(D.Minn. 1997)
Refrigeration system (§ 1245) N/A
7/24/1997 Hospital Corp. of
America & Subs.
v. Commissioner,
109 T.C. 21
(1997)
Primary and secondary
electrical distribution sys. (§
1245/§ 1250)
Special electrical equip. and
branch wiring (§ 1245)
TV equipment and wiring (§
1245)
Telephone equip., wiring, jacks,
and intercom equip. (§ 1245)
Carpeting (§ 1245)
Vinyl wall covering (§ 1245)
Vinyl floor covering (§ 1245)
Kitchen water piping, grease
trap system, and steam lines,
(§ 1245)
Kitchen hoods and exhaust
system (§ 1245)
Patient corridor handrails (§
1245)
Over-bed fluorescent lights (§
1250)
Landmark case setting
precedent that criteria
developed to ascertain
whether property
constituted eligible
property for purposes of
ITC is equally applicable
to ascertain whether
property constitutes §
1245 property for
purposes of
ACRS/MACRS. In AOD
1999-008, the IRS
acquiesced in part
regarding definition of
tangible personal
property and non-
acquiesced in part
regarding determination
of individual assets in
dispute.

95

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
Partitions/room dividers (§
1245)
Bathroom accessories (§ 1250)
Acoustical ceilings (§ 1250)
Steam boilers (§ 1250)
6/6/1997


Schrum v.
Commissioner,
114 F.3d 1177 (4th
Cir. 1997), aff’g in
part and vac’g in
part without
published opinion,
T.C. Memo. 1995-
103, on remand
from 33 F.3d 426
(4th Cir. 1994),
aff’g in part and
vac’g in part, T.C.
Memo. 1993-124

Car wash facility structure (§
1250)
Plumbing system (§ 1245)
Electrical system (§ 1245)
This is a Fourth Circuit
case that follows the
precedent in A.C. Monk
and does not represent
the predominant view of
the issue.
11/4/1996 Boddie-Noelle
Enterprises. Inc. v.
_United States,_36
Fed.Cl. 722
(1996), aff’d
without published
opinion, 132 F.3d
54 (Fed.Cir. 1997)

Suspended ceilings (§ 1250)
Roof panels - mansard (§ 1250)
Electrical connected to
equipment (§ 1250)
Plumbing connected to
equipment (§ 1250)
Kitchen HVAC (§ 1250)
Decorative mirror (§ 1250)
Drive-thru window units (§
1250)

The court determined that
any items expressly listed
as a building or structural
component in the
regulations are excluded
from being tangible
personal property. This
approach is precedent
only for the Federal
Claims Court and has not
been followed by other
courts.
8/13/1996 Walgreen Co. &
Subs. v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1996-
374, on remand
from 68 F.3d 1006
(7th Cir. 1995),
rev’g 103 T.C. 582
(1994)

Partitions (drywall, glass) (§
1250)
Restroom partition (metal) (§
1250)
Doors, framing, millwork,
metalwork, trimwork (§ 1250)
Ceiling (drywall, acoustic) (§
1250)
N/A

96

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
Lighting fixtures and wiring (not
emergency/exit lighting) (§
1250)
Floor coverings (carpet, vinyl,
or tile) (§ 1250)
Decorative finishes, canopies,
signs, concrete piers (§ 1245)
3/7/1995















La Petite
Academy v.
_United States,_95-
1 USTC ¶ 50,193
(W.D.Mo. 1995),
aff’d without
published opinion,
72 F.3d 133 (8th
Cir. 1995)

La Petite
Academy v.
United States, 95-
1 USTC ¶ 50,193
(W.D.Mo. 1995),
aff’d without
published opinion,
72 F.3d 133 (8th
Cir. 1995)
Wall panels - magnetic (§ 1250)
Roof - mansard (§ 1250)
Fencing - playground (§ 1250)
Exterior façade lighting (§
1250)
Fire protection system (§ 1250)
Heat and smoke detectors (§
1250)
Emergency/exit lights (§ 1250)
Restroom accessories (§ 1250)
Kitchen grease trap (§ 1250)
Kitchen electrical service (§
1250)
Dumpster enclosure (fence and
concrete pad) (§ 1250)
Thermal recovery system (§
1250)
Doors – split (bypass) (§ 1250)

N/A






N/A
12/30/1993 Albertson’s, Inc. v.
_Commissioner,_38
F.3d 1046 (9th Cir.
1993), rev’g T.C.
Memo. 1988-582,
cert. denied 516
U.S. 807 (1995)


HVAC system (§ 1250)
N/A
2/25/1993 Grinalds v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1993-
66
Air conditioning units (§ 1250)
Partitions (§ 1250)
Walls (interior) (§ 1250)
Plumbing – restroom (§ 1250)
Elec. conduit – restroom (§
1250)
N/A

97

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
5/27/1992





















Texas Instruments
Inc. v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1992-
306















Texas Instruments
Inc. v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1992-
306


Waste treatment facilities (§
1245)
Drywall partitions (§ 1250)
Elec. switch gear structure (§
1245)
Water pump structure (§ 1250)
Water and fuel oil tanks (§
1250)
Lab and special rooms (§ 1250)
Concrete floor & columns (§
1245)
Concrete slab floor and wood
deck (§ 1250)
Window wall partitions (§ 1250)
Ceilings - suspended (§ 1250)
A/C in telephone room (§ 1245)
Plumbing for equipment (§
1245)
Emergency doors (§ 1250)
Localized fire protection system
(§ 1245)
Sprinkler heads (§ 1250)
Security fencing (§ 1245)
Interior landscaping (§ 1245)
Exterior landscaping (§ 1250)
Electrical – substations and
transformers (Cat. 1) (§ 1250)
Electrical – high voltage system
(Cat. 2) (§ 1250)
Electrical – spare transformers,
breakers, cable (Cat. 3) (§
1250)
Electrical – systems dedicated
to equipment (Cat. 4) (§ 1245)



N/A
















N/A
4/28/1992 Publix
Supermarkets,
Inc. v. United
HVAC system (§ 1250) N/A

98

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
_States,_26 Cl.Ct.
161 (1992)
5/14/1991 Wood v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1991-
205
Solar water-heating equip. (§
1245)
N/A
1/9/1990





















Morrison, Inc. v.
Commissioner,
891 F.2d 857
(11th Cir. 1990),
aff’g T.C. Memo.
1986-129
















Emergency lighting (§ 1245)
Kitchen elec. panel boards (§
1245)
Kitchen hand sinks (§ 1250)
Kitchen water piping (§ 1245)
Eliason doors (§ 1245)
Restroom accessories (§ 1250)
Decor window treatment (§
1245)
Lattice millwork (§ 1245)
Vanity cabinets/counters (§
1250)
Customer line screen (§ 1245)
Serving line concrete curb (§
1250)
Kitchen heat recovery unit (§
1245)
Floors - insulated (cooler,
freezer, garbage room) (§
1250)
Garbage room (§ 1250)
Kitchen walls & floor tiles (§
1250)
Kitchen air makeup unit (§
1245)
Kitchen drainage system
(grease trap) (§ 1245)
Electric water coolers (§ 1250)
Chandeliers and dimmers (§
1245)
Kitchen hot water heater (§
1245)
In AOD 1991-19, the IRS
acquiesced to the
functional allocation
approach based, in part,
on the_Morrison_ case.
























99

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
Primary electric distribution
system (§ 1245/§ 1250)
11/22/1988 McManus v.
United States,
863 F.2d 491 (7th
Cir. 1988), aff’g
700 F. Supp. 994
(W.D.Wis. 1987)
Airplane hangar (§ 1250)
Hangar doors & partitions (§
1250)
N/A
7/21/1988 Munford, Inc. v.
Commissioner,
849 F.2d 1398
(11th Cir. 1988),
aff’g 87 T.C. 463
(1986)
Truck loading platform (§ 1250)
Rail loading platform (§ 1250)
Refrigerated area (§ 1245)
N/A
9/15/1987 Lukens, Inc. v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1987-
464
Craneway structures (§ 1245) N/A
1/20/1987 Metro National
Corp. v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1987-
38
Partitions (gypsum drywall) (§
1245)
Partitions – glass storefront (§
1245/§ 1250)
Partitions – toilet/restroom (§
1250)
False ceilings with lighting (§
1250)
Exterior security lighting (§
1245)
Interior grow lights (§ 1245)
Exterior accent lighting (§ 1245)
Cabinets and hardware (§
1245)
Sprinkler heads (§ 1250)

N/A
11/13/1986
Piggly Wiggly
Southern, Inc. v.
Commissioner,
803 F.2d 1572
(11th Cir. 1986),
HVAC units (§ 1245)
HVAC units (§ 1245)
In AOD 1988-22, the IRS
non-acquiesced to the
court not using the sole
justification test for HVAC
systems.

100

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
aff’g 84 T.C. 739
(1985)
4/28/1986 Illinois Cereal
Mills, Inc. v.
Commissioner,
789 F.2d 1234
(7th Cir. 1986),
aff’g T.C. Memo.
1983-469, cert.
denied, 479 U.S.
995 (1986)
Electrical distribution system (§
1245/§ 1250) (95%/5%)
In AOD 1988-20, the IRS
non-acquiesced to the
use of the functional
allocation approach for
electrical systems. In
AOD 1991-19, the IRS
acquiesced to the
functional allocation
approach.
11/4/1985 Mallinckrodt, Inc.
v. Commissioner,
778 F.2d 402 (8th
Cir. 1985), aff’g
T.C. Memo. 1984-
532
Partitions (gypsum drywall) (§
1250)
N/A
1/24/1985 Duaine v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1985-
39
Concrete foundation slab (§
1250)
Kitchen wall and floor tiles (§
1250)
Plumbing, gas lines, electrical
conduits to equipment (§ 1245)
Interior and exterior ornamental
lighting fixtures (§ 1250)
N/A
8/6/1984 Shoney’s South,
Inc. v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1984-
413
Chandeliers and lanterns (§
1245)
In AOD 1986-48 the IRS
non-acquiesced that
certain lighting was
decorative and thus
eligible for the ITC.
6/17/1983 Consolidated
Freightways, Inc.
v. Commissioner,
708 F.2d 1385
(9th Cir. 1983),
aff’g in part and
rev’g in part, 74
T.C. 768 (1980)
Truck loading docks (§ 1250)
Dock overhead doors (§ 1250)
Dock lighting (§ 1250)
N/A
8/27/1982
A.C. Monk & Co.
v. United States,
Louvered wall (§ 1245) Court used adaptability
test for electrical systems

101

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments



686 F.2d 1058
(4th Cir. 1982),
aff’g in part and
rev’g in part,
E.D.N.C. No. 78-
126-CIV-4
(August 4, 1981),
on remand to 577
F.Supp. 4
(E.D.N.C. 1983)
Truck apron (concrete pad) (§
1245)
Restroom furnishings (§ 1250)
Railroad concrete platform (§
1250)
Elec. distribution system (§
1250)
Green storage room (§ 1250)
High bay portion of roof (§
1250)
Wiring for computer room (§
1245)
Environmental control rooms (§
1245)
Fire hose wall stations (§ 1250)
Storage sheds (§ 1245)
(not functional allocation
method). Opinion should
be followed only in cases
appealable to the Fourth
Circuit.
Court used adaptability
test for electrical systems
(not functional allocation
method). Opinion should
be followed only in cases
appealable to the Fourth
Circuit.
5/26/1982 Circle K Corp. v.
Commissioner,
T.C. Memo. 1982-
298
A/C units (roof) (§ 1250)
Cold storage room (§ 1250)
N/A
4/20/1981 Samis v.
Commissioner, 76
T.C. 609 (1981)
Boiler structure (concrete) (§
1250)
Energy plant (§ 1250)
A/C and heating system (§
1250)
N/A
4/28/1980 Scott Paper Co. v.
Commissioner, 74
T.C. 137 (1980)
Primary electric distribution
system (§ 1245/§ 1250)
Secondary electric distribution
system (§ 1245/§ 1250)
Landmark case setting
forth functional allocation
method for allocating
components of an
electrical distribution
system into §§ 1245/1250
property.
6/18/1979 Dixie Manor, Inc.
v. United States,
79-2 USTC ¶
9469 (W.D.Ky.
1979), aff’d, in
unpub. opinion,
A/C & heating units (roof) (§
1250)
Partitions (drywall) (§ 1250)
N/A

102

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
652 F.2d 57 (6th
Cir. 1981)
2/13/1978 Westroads, Inc. v.
Commissioner, 69
T.C. 682 (1978)
Elec. generating equip. (§
1245)
In AOD 1979-173, the
IRS acquiesced to the
result.
12/31/1975






Whiteco
Industries, Inc. v.
Commissioner, 65
T.C. 664 (1975)




Whiteco
Industries, Inc. v.
Commissioner, 65
T.C. 664 (1975)
Outdoor signs (billboards) (§
1245)





Outdoor signs (billboards) (§
1245)
Landmark case putting
forth factors for
determining whether
property is inherently
permanent. In AOD 1977-
142, the Service
acquiesced to the criteria
set forth for determining
whether property is
inherently permanent.
1/23/1974 Kramertown Co.,
Inc. v.
Commissioner,
488 F.2d 728 (5th
Cir. 1974), aff’g
T.C. Memo. 1972-
239
A/C & heating units (roof) (§
1250)
N/A
12/3/1973 Everhart v.
_Commissioner, 6_1
T.C. 328 (1973)
Sewage disposal system (§
1250)
Property is structural
component even though
not directly attached to
the building.
11/6/1973 King Radio Corp.,
Inc. v. United
States, 486 F.2d
1091 (10th Cir.
1973), aff’g
D.Kan., No. KC-
3320 (Oct. 30,
1972)
Partitions: movable sys. (§
1245)
Partitions (ceiling height) (§
1245)
Partitions (5’6” height) (§ 1245)
Doors (in partitions) (§ 1245)
In AOD 1972 WL 33204,
the IRS recommended
appeal of the Tax Court
case. In AOD 1975-580,
the IRS acquiesced to the
Circuit Court case.
6/12/1973 Coors v.
_Commissioner,_60
T.C. 368 (1973)
Duct work (filter system) (§
1250)
Saw room (§ 1250)
N/A

103

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
Valve-testing room (§ 1250)
5/24/1972 Central Citrus Co.
v. Commissioner,
58 T.C. 365
(1972)
Sweet rooms (§ 1245)
Blowers and coolers (§ 1245)
Electrical system (§ 1245/§
1250)
Elec. panel & transformer (§
1250)
Electrical outlets (§ 1250)
Elec. distribution system:
adapters, fuses, switches,
relays (§ 1245)
Lights: fluorescent, moisture-
proof (§ 1245)
Lights: spotlights & flood (§
1245)
Lights: ballast and exterior (§
1245)
In AOD 1972 WL 33052,
the IRS acquiesced to the
decision. Note that there
was a subsequent
change in statute to
replace the term “storage
facility” with the narrower
concept of a “facility used
… for the bulk storage of
fungible commodities.”
12/28/1970


Minot Federal
Sav. & Loan Ass’n
v. United States,
435 F.2d 1368
(8th Cir. 1970),
aff’g 313 F. Supp.
294 (D.N.D. 1970)

Partitions: movable sys. (§
1245)

Partitions: movable sys. (§
1245)
Determination of
structural component
based on permanency
test, not functional use
test.
3/26/1970 Fort Walton
Square, Inc. v.
Commissioner, 54
T.C. 653 (1970)
A/C and heating system (§
1250)
N/A
10/27/1969 Ponderosa
Mouldings Inc. v.
_Commissioner,_53
T.C. 92 (1969)
Sprinkler system (§ 1250) N/A
5/16/1968 Catron v.
_Commissioner,_50
T.C. 306 (1968)
Sorting and boxing room (§
1250)
Refrigerated room (§ 1245)
Landmark case that held
that a building could be
allocated into portions for
purposes of the ITC. In
AOD 1968 WL 16712, the
IRS acquiesced in result
only (not to the court’s
rationale). In AOD 1972

104

Date Case
Name/Citation
Asset Comments
WL 33051, the IRS
acquiesced to the
rationale of the court.
Exceptions & meaning →

D.4. Table 2: Case Law by CSI MasterFormat Divisions (2020 and 1995)

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
Division 03 –
Concrete
Division 03 –
Concrete
Division 03 – Concrete
Division
03 –
Concret
e
Division
03 –
Concret
e
Division 03 –
Concrete
030000 03000 Concrete slab floor
X L.L. Bean
030000 03000 Concrete slab floor &
wood deck
X Texas
Instruments
030000 03000 Concrete floor & columns X Texas
Instruments
030000
03000
Waste treatment facilities
X

Texas
Instruments
030000 03000 Truck loading platform X Munford
030000 03000 Truck loading dock
X Consol.
Freight.
030000 03000 Truck apron (concrete
pad)
X A.C. Monk
030000
03000
Railroad concrete
platform

X
A.C. Monk
030000 03000 Rail loading platform

X Munford
030000 03000 Floors - insulated (cooler,
freezer, garbage room)

X Morrison
030000 03000 Serving line concrete
curb
X Morrison

105

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
033000
03300
031000 03100 Concrete foundation slab
X
Duaine
Division 04 –
Masonry
Division 04 –
Masonry
Division 04 – Masonry
Division
04 –
Masonr
y
Division
04 –
Masonr
y
Division 04 –
Masonry
042000 04200 Car wash facility
structure
X Schrum
042000 04200 Boiler structure
(concrete)

X
Samis
Division 05 –
Metals
Division 05 –
Metals
Division 05 – Metals
Division
05 –
Metals
Division
05 –
Metals
Division 05 –
Metals
051000 05100 Craneway structures X

Lukens
Div. 06 –
Wood,
Plastics, &
Comp.
Div. 06 –
Wood,
Plastics, &
Comp.
Div. 06 – Wood, Plastics,
& Comp.
Div. 06
–
Wood,
Plastics
, &
Comp.
Div. 06
–
Wood,
Plastics
, &
Comp.
Div. 06 –
Wood,
Plastics, &
Comp.
062000
06200
Finish carpentry

X
AmeriSouth
064000 06400 Millwork
X AmeriSouth
064000
06400
Millwork, metalwork,
trimwork

X
Walgreen
064400
06440
Lattice millwork
X

Morrison
066300 05720
Patient corridor handrails X HCA
Div. 07 –
Thermal &
Moisture Prot.
Div. 07 –
Thermal &
Moisture
Prot.
Div. 07 – Thermal &
Moisture Prot.
Div. 07
–
Thermal
&

Div. 07
–
Therma
l &
Div. 07 –
Thermal &
Moisture Prot.

106

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
Moistur
e Prot.
Moistur
e Prot.
074000
13140
Roof and wall panels

X
L.L. Bean
074000 06170 Roof panels – Mansard X Boddie-Noelle
074000
06170
Roof – Mansard

X
La Petite
Acad.
074000 05100 High bay portion of roof
X
A.C. Monk
Division 08 –
Openings
Division 08 –
Openings
Division 08 – Openings
Division
08 –
Openin
gs
Division
08 –
Openin
gs
Division 08 –
Openings
081000 08100 Doors, framing X Walgreen
081000
08100
Emergency Doors

X
Texas
Instruments
081000 08000 Doors (in partitions) X King Radio
083000 08300 Doors – split (bypass) X La Petite
Acad.
083300
08330
Dock overhead doors

X
Consol.
Freight.
083400
08344
Hangar doors

X
McManus
083800 08380 Eliason doors
X Morrison
085000
08500
Interior windows &
mirrors

X
AmeriSouth
085600
08582
Drive-thru window units

X
Boddie-Noelle
088300 08830 Decorative mirror X Boddie-Noelle
0884426 08970 Window wall partitions X Texas
Instruments

107

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
0884426
08970
Partitions – glass
storefront
X
X
Metro Nat’l
Corp.
089100 15700 Louvered wall X

A.C. Monk
Division 09 –
Finishes
Division 09 –
Finishes
Division 09 – Finishes Division
09 –
Finishe
s
Division
09 –
Finishe
s
Division 09 –
Finishes
092000
09250
Wall panels – magnetic

X
La Petite
Acad.
092000
09250
Walls (interior)

X
Grinalds
092000
09250
Partitions

X
Grinalds
092000 09250 Partitions (drywall, glass) X Walgreen
092000 09250 Drywall partitions
X Texas
Instruments
092000 09250 Partitions (gypsum
drywall)
X Metro Nat’l
Corp.
092000
09250
Partitions (gypsum
drywall)

X
Mallinckrodt
092000
09250
Partitions (drywall)

X
Dixie Manor
092000 09250 Customer line screen
X Morrison
093000 09300 Kitchen walls and floor
tiles
X Morrison
093000
09300
Kitchen wall and floor
tiles

X
Duaine
095000 09510 Acoustical ceilings
X HCA
095000
09500
Ceilings (drywall,
acoustic)

X
Walgreen
095000 09500 Suspended Ceilings X Boddie-Noelle

108

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
095000 09500 Ceilings - suspended
X Texas
Instruments
095000 09510 False ceilings with
lighting
X Metro Nat’l
Corp.
096000
09680
Floor coverings (carpet,
vinyl, tile)

X
Walgreen
096000
09680
Carpeting
X

HCA
096000
09680
Vinyl Floor Covering
X

HCA
097000
09720
Vinyl Wall Covering
X

HCA
099000 09900 Special painting
X
AmeriSouth
Division 10 –
Specialties
Division 10 –
Specialties
Division 10 – Specialties
Division
10 –
Specialt
ies
Division
10 –
Specialt
ies
Division 10 –
Specialties
101400 10426 Outdoor signs
(billboards)
X Whiteco
102000 10800 Restroom partition
(metal)
X Walgreen
102000
10800
Partitions –
toilet/restroom

X
Metro Nat’l
Corp.
102200 05300 Metal partitions
X McManus
102200 10650 Partitions / Room
dividers
X HCA
102200
10630
Partitions: movable
system
X

King Radio
102200
10630
Partitions (ceiling height)
X

King Radio
102200 10630 Partitions (5’6” height)
X King Radio
102200 10630 Partitions: movable
system
X Minot

109

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
102800
10800
Bathroom accessories

X
HCA
102800
10800
Restroom accessories

X
Morrison
102800 10800 Restroom furnishings X A.C. Monk
102813 10800 Restroom accessories
X La Petite
Acad.
105600 13140 Storage rack system
(also supports roof and
walls)
X L.L. Bean
107316 10536 Decorative finishes,
canopies, signs,
concrete piers
X

Walgreen
Division 11 –
Equipment
Division 11 –
Equipment
Division 11 – Equipment
Division
11 –
Equipm
ent
Division
11 –
Equipm
ent
Division 11 –
Equipment
113113 11450 Special HVAC – kitchen
vent hoods

X
AmeriSouth
Division 12 –
Furnishings
Division 12 –
Furnishings
Division 12 – Furnishings
Division
12 –
Furnishi
ngs
Division
12 –
Furnishi
ngs
Division 12 –
Furnishings
122000 16500 Décor window treatment X Morrison
123000 06400 Cabinets and hardware
X Metro Nat’l
Corp.
123500 06400 Vanity cabinets &
counters

X
Morrison
Div. 13 –
Special
Construction
Div. 13 –
Special
Construction
Div. 13 – Special
Construction
Div. 13
–
Special
Constru
ction
Div. 13
–
Special
Constru
ction
Div. 13 –
Special
Construction

110

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
132000
13030
Garbage room

X
Morrison
132000 13030 Sorting and boxing room X Catron
132000
13030
Lab and special rooms

X
Texas
Instruments
132000
13030
Saw room

X
Coors
132000
13030
Valve-testing room

X
Coors
132000 13030 Green storage room
X A.C. Monk
132000
13120
Environmental control
rooms
X

A.C. Monk
132000
13030
Sweet rooms
X

Central Citrus
132126
13030
Refrigerator area
X

Munford
132126
13030
Refrigerated room
X

Catron
132126
13030
Cold storage room

X
Circle K
133400 13120 Mezzanine system X L.L. Bean
133400 13120 Water pump structure
X Texas
Instruments
133400
13120
Elec. switch gear
structure
X

Texas
Instruments
133419
13120
Storage sheds
X

A.C. Monk
133419 13120 Airplane hangar
X
McManus
Division 21 –
Fire
Suppression
Division 21 –
Fire
Suppression
Division 21 – Fire
Suppression
Division
21 –
Fire
Suppre
ssion
Division
21 –
Fire
Suppre
ssion
Division 21 –
Fire
Suppression
211100 15300 Fire protection system X L.L. Bean

111

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
211100
15300
Fire protection system

X
La Petite
Acad.
211100 15300 Fire hose wall stations
X A.C. Monk
211100 15300 Localized fire protection
system
X Texas
Instruments
211100
15300
Sprinkler heads

X
Texas
Instruments
211100 15300 Sprinkler system
X
Ponderosa
Division 22 -
Plumbing
Division 22 -
Plumbing
Division 22 - Plumbing
Division
22 -
Plumbin
g
Division
22 -
Plumbin
g
Division 22 -
Plumbing
220000
15400
Kitchen water piping,
grease trap system, and
steam lines
X

HCA
220000
15400
Kitchen hot water heater
X

Morrison
220000 15400 Kitchen water piping
X Morrison
220000
15400
Kitchen drainage sys.
(grease trap)
X

Morrison
220000
15400
Kitchen hand sinks

X
Morrison
220000 15400 Plumbing – restroom X Grinalds
220000 15780 Thermal recovery system
X La Petite
Acad.
220000 15400 Plumbing connected to
equipment
X Boddie-Noelle
220000
15400
Plumbing for equipment
X

Texas
Instruments
220000
15100
Plumbing to equipment
X

Duaine
220000 15100 Gas lines to equipment X Duaine

112

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
221100 15100 Plumbing system X Schrum
221200 13200 Water tanks X Texas
Instruments
221300 11442 Kitchen grease trap
X La Petite
Acad.
223000 15480 Solar water-heating
equipment
X Wood
224000 15400 Special plumbing – dryer
gas lines
X AmeriSouth
224000 15400 Special plumbing –
laundry drain and waste
lines
X AmeriSouth
224000
15400
Special plumbing – sinks
and garbage disposals

X
AmeriSouth
224700 15412 Electric water coolers
X
Morrison
Division 23 –
HVAC
Division 23 –
HVAC
Division 23 – HVAC
Division
23 –
HVAC
Division
23 –
HVAC
Division 23 –
HVAC
230000 15510 Steam boilers
X HCA
230000 15850 Kitchen hoods & exhaust
system
X HCA
230000
15780
Kitchen heat recovery
unit
X

Morrison
230000
15850
Kitchen air makeup unit
X

Morrison
230000 15700 Kitchen HVAC
X Boddie-Noelle
230000 15700 Air conditioning in
telephone room
X Texas
Instruments
230000 15764 Heating/ventilation
system
X L.L. Bean

113

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
230000
15700
Air conditioning units

X
Grinalds
230000
15700
HVAC system

X
Albertson’s
230000 15700 HVAC system
X Publix
230000 15700 Air conditioning units
(roof)
X Circle K
230000
15700
Air conditioning/heating
units (roof)

X
Dixie Manor
230000
15700
HVAC units
X

Piggly Wiggly
230000 15700 Blowers and coolers X Central Citrus
231300 13200 Fuel oil tanks
X Texas
Instruments
233000
15800
Special HVAC – dryer
vents
X

AmeriSouth
233000 15800
Duct work (filter system) X Coors
235000
236000
15500
15600
Energy plant

X
Samis
236000 15600 Refrigeration system
X SuperValu
237000 15700 Air conditioning/heating
system
X Samis
237000 15700 Air conditioning/heating
units (roof)
X Kramertown
237000 15700 Air conditioning/heating
system

X
Fort Walton
Division 26 –
Electrical
Division 26 –
Electrical
Division 26 – Electrical
Division
26 –
Electric
al
Division
26 –
Electric
al
Division 26 –
Electrical
260000 16200 TV equipment and wiring X HCA

114

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
260000
16140
Electrical conduits to
equipment
X

Duaine
260000 16140 Electrical system
X X Central Citrus
260000
16140
Elec. panel and
transformer

X
Central Citrus
260000 16140 Electrical outlets X Central Citrus
260000
16200
Kitchen electrical service

X
La Petite
Acad.
260000
16200
Elec. conduit – restroom

X
Grinalds
261000 16400 Electrical system
X L.L. Bean
261000 16400 Primary & secondary
elec. dist. sys.
X X HCA
261000 16400 Special elec. equip. &
branch wiring
X HCA
261000 16400 Primary electric
distribution system
X X Morrison
261000
16400
Kitchen electric panel
boards
X

Morrison
261000 16400 Electrical system
X
Schrum
261000 16400 Electrical distribution sys.
(95%/5%)

X
X Ill. Cereal
Mills
261000 16400 Primary electric
distribution system
X X Scott Paper
261000 16400 Secondary electric
distribution sys.
X X Scott Paper
261000 16400 Electrical connected to
equipment
X Boddie-Noelle
261000 16400 Electrical distribution
system
X A.C. Monk

115

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
261000 16400 Wiring for computer
room
X A.C. Monk
261000 16400 Elec. distribution system:
adapters, fuses,
switches, relays
X Central Citrus
261000 16400 Electrical – systems
dedicated to equipment
(Cat. 4)
X Texas
Instruments
261000 16400 Electrical – spare
transformers, breakers,
cable (Cat. 3)
X Texas
Instruments
261000 16400 Electrical – high voltage
system (Cat. 2)
X Texas
Instruments
261100
16360
Electrical – substations
and transformers (Cat. 1)

X
Texas
Instruments
262000 16400 Special electric
X X AmeriSouth
263000 16220 Electrical generating
equipment
X Westroads
265000 16500 Lighting fixtures and
wiring
X Walgreen
265100 16510 Over-bed fluorescent
lights
X HCA
265100 16510 Int. & ext. ornamental
light fixtures
X Duaine
265100 16510 Dock lighting X Consol.
Freight.
265100 16510 Exterior accent lighting X Metro Nat’l
Corp.
265100 16510 Interior grow lights X Metro Nat’l
Corp.

116

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
265100
16510
Chandeliers and
dimmers
X

Morrison
265100
16510
Chandeliers and lanterns
X

Shoney’s
265100 16510 Hanging lanterns
X Shoney’s
265100 16510 Lights: fluorescent &
moisture-proof
X Central Citrus
265100
16510
Lights: ballast and
exterior
X

Central Citrus
265200 16530 Emergency lighting X Morrison
265200 16530 Emergency/exit lights X La Petite
Acad.
265600 16520 Exterior façade lighting X La Petite
Acad.
265600 16520 Exterior security lighting
X Metro Nat’l
Corp.
265600 16510 Lights: spotlights and
flood lamps
X

Central Citrus
Division 27 –
Communicati
on
Division 27 –
Communicat
ion
Division 27 –
Communication
Division
27 –
Commu
nication
Division
27 –
Commu
nication
Division 27 –
Communicatio
n
270000 16700 Telephone equip., wiring,
and jacks
X HCA
270000 16700 Intercom equip. and call
system
X

HCA
Div. 28 –
Elec. Safety &
Security
Div. 28 –
Elec. Safety
& Security
Div. 28 – Elec. Safety &
Security
Div. 28
– Elec.
Safety
&
Security
Div. 28
– Elec.
Safety
&
Security

Div. 28 – Elec.
Safety &
Security

117

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
283100 15300 Heat and smoke
detectors

X
La Petite
Acad.
Division 31 –
Earthwork
Division 31 –
Earthwork
Division 31 – Earthwork
Division
31 –
Earthwo
rk
Division
31 –
Earthw
ork
Division 31 –
Earthwork
311000 02200 Site prep and earthwork
(nondep.)


AmeriSouth
Division 32 –
Ext.
Improvements

Division 32 –
Ext.
Improvemen
ts
Division 32 – Ext.
Improvements
Division
32 –
Ext.
Improve
ments
Division
32 –
Ext.
Improve
ments
Division 32 –
Ext.
Improvements
323000 02800 Trellises (§ 1245) X Trentadue
323100 02825 Security fencing X Texas
Instruments
323100 02825 Fencing – playground
X La Petite
Acad.
323100 02825 Dumpster enclosure
(fence & concrete pad)
X La Petite
Acad.
328000 02810 Sprinkler heads
X Metro Nat’l
Corp.
328423 02810 Underground irrigation
system
X Trentadue
329300 02930 Exterior landscaping X Texas
Instruments
329300 02930 Interior landscaping X

Texas
Instruments
Division 33 –
Utilities
Division 33 –
Utilities
Division 33 – Utilities Division
33 –
Utilities
Division
33 –
Utilities
Division 33 –
Utilities

118

CSI Master
Format 2020
Classificatio
n
CSI Master
Format 95
Classificati
on
Asset IRC §
1245
Prop.
IRC
§ 1250
Prop.
Case Name
331116
02510
Water distribution system

X
AmeriSouth
332100
02520
Well

X
Trentadue
333000
02530
Sewage disposal system

X
Everhart
333100
02530
Sanitary sewer system

X
AmeriSouth
335100
02550
Gas line

X
AmeriSouth
337100
02580 Site electric X AmeriSouth
Exceptions & meaning →

D.5. Table 3: Listing of CSI MasterFormat Divisions (2020 and 1995)

119

120

  • Division 12 — Furnishings

  • Division 13 — Special Construction

  • Division 14 — Conveying Systems

  • Division 15 — Plumbing & Mechanical

  • Division 16 — Electrical

Exceptions & meaning →

E. Inherently Permanent Standard

E.1. Introduction

(1) In determining whether a structure, or component of a structure, is inherently

permanent, one must consider the governing code section defining the scope and nature of the structure. Chapter 2.L. – Inherently Permanent Test of this Audit Techniques Guide (ATG) discusses whether a structure is inherently permanent for cost recovery purposes under § 168. The analysis used for inherent permanency for cost recovery purposes under § 168 is not the same as for other code sections that use the “inherently permanent” concept. This includes the Uniform Capitalization (UNICAP) rules of § 263A (discussed in Chapter 6.A. of this ATG) and the Domestic Production Deduction (DPD) rules of § 199. The “inherently permanent” rules for each of these other code sections are markedly different from those for cost recovery. Care should be taken when evaluating a cost segregation study that the correct “inherently permanent” rules are applied. To assist the examiner to recognize the differences between each code section, a brief summary of these provisions is presented below.

Exceptions & meaning →

E.2. Inherently Permanent Standard Under § 168

(1) The primary issue in cost segregation studies is the proper classification of

assets as either § 1245 or § 1250 property. The definitions of property for purposes of §§ 1245 and 1250 are essential for determining eligibility for a number of other IRC provisions (including §§ 167, 168, 179, and former § 48). Treas. Reg. § 1.1245-3 defines "tangible personal property," "other tangible property," "building," and "structural component" by reference to Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1. This regulation relates to former § 48 which was enacted in 1962 along with §§ 1245 and 1250. Former § 48 allowed an investment tax credit (ITC) based on the "applicable percentage" of the investment in eligible property placed in service during the taxable year. Eligible property included tangible personal property (other than heating or air conditioning units) and other tangible property (primarily machinery and equipment used in specific business activities) that was closely integrated into the taxpayer's trade or business. Land, buildings, structural components contained in or attached to buildings, and other inherently permanent structures generally were not eligible for ITC.

(2) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(c) defines “tangible personal property” as any tangible

property except land and improvements thereto, such as buildings or other inherently permanent structures (including items which are structural components of such buildings or structures). Thus, buildings, swimming pools, paved parking areas, wharves and docks, bridges, and fences are not tangible

121

personal property. Tangible personal property includes all property (other than structural components) which is contained in or attached to a building. Thus, such property as production machinery, printing presses, transportation and office equipment, refrigerators, grocery counters, testing equipment, display racks and shelves, and neon and other signs, which is contained in or attached to a building constitutes tangible personal property for purposes of the ITC. Further, all property that is in the nature of machinery (other than structural components of the building or other inherently permanent structure) is considered tangible personal property even though located outside a building. Thus, for example, a gasoline pump, hydraulic car lift or automatic vending machine, although annexed to the ground, is considered tangible personal property.

(3) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(c) also provides that local law is not controlling for

purposes of determining whether property is or is not “tangible” or “personal.” Thus, the fact that under local law property is held to be personal property or tangible property is not controlling. Conversely, property may be personal property for purposes of the ITC even though under local law the property is considered to be a fixture and therefore real property.

(4) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(d) provides that in addition to tangible personal property,

any other tangible property (but not including a building and its structural components) used as an integral part of manufacturing, production, or extraction, or as an integral part of furnishing transportation, communications, electrical energy, gas, water, or sewage disposal services by a person engaged in a trade or business of furnishing any such service, or which constitutes a research or storage facility used in connection with any of the foregoing activities, may qualify for the ITC. This regulation essentially provides that inherently permanent structures (but not a building and its structural components) used in certain business activities will be deemed eligible for the ITC.

(5) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1) defines a “building” as any structure or edifice

enclosing a space within its walls, and usually covered by a roof, the purpose of which is, for example, to provide shelter or housing, or to provide working, office, parking, display, or sales space. The term includes, for example, structures such as apartment houses, factory and office buildings, warehouses, barns, garages, railway or bus stations, and stores. Such term includes any such structure constructed by, or for, a lessee even if such structure must be removed, or ownership of such structure reverts to the lessor, at the termination of the lease.

(6) Specifically excluded from the definition of the term “building” are: (i) a structure

that is essentially an item of machinery or equipment, or (ii) a structure that houses property used as an integral part of an activity specified in former § 48(a)(1)(B)(i) if the use of the structure is so closely related to the use of such property that the structure clearly can be expected to be replaced when the property it initially houses is replaced. Factors which indicate that a structure is closely related to the use of the property it houses include the fact that the

122

structure is specifically designated to provide for the stress and other demands of such property and the fact that the structure could not be economically used for other purposes. Thus, the term “building” does not include such structures as oil and gas storage tanks, grain storage bins, silos, fractionating towers, blast furnaces, basic oxygen furnaces, coke ovens, brick kilns, and coal tipples.

(7) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(2) provides that "structural components" includes such

parts of a building as walls, partitions, floors, and ceilings, as well as any permanent coverings therefor such as paneling or tiling; windows and doors; all components (whether in, on, or adjacent to the building) of a central air conditioning or heating system, including motors, compressors, pipes and ducts; plumbing and plumbing fixtures, such as sinks and bathtubs; electric wiring and lighting fixtures; chimneys; stairs, escalators, and elevators, including all components thereof; sprinkler systems; fire escapes; and other components relating to the operation or maintenance of a building.

(8) In Revenue Ruling 75-178, 1975-1 C.B. 9, the Service stated, “the problem of

classification of property as ‘personal’ or ‘inherently permanent’ should be made on the basis of the manner of attachment to the land or the structure and how permanently the property is designed to remain in place.” Thus, the test to be used to determine whether an asset is tangible personal property is the inherently permanent test.

(9) The seminal case involving the determination of whether an asset is inherently

permanent for purposes of § 168 and former § 48 is Whiteco Industries, Inc. v. Commissioner, 65 T.C. 664 (1975). The Tax Court noted that “tangible personal property” is not intended to be defined narrowly nor to follow the rules of State law where fixation to the land is a basis for distinguishing personal property from other property. Based on an analysis of prior case law, the Tax Court put forth six questions designed to ascertain whether a particular asset qualifies as tangible personal property. These questions, also referred to as the "Whiteco factors," are:

  • Is the property capable of being moved, and has it in fact been moved?

  • Is the property designed or constructed to remain permanently in place?

  • Are there circumstances which tend to show the expected or intended length of affixation, i.e., are there circumstances which show that the property may or will have to be moved?

  • How substantial a job is removal of the property and how time-consuming is it? Is it “readily removable”?

  • How much damage will the property sustain upon its removal?

  • What is the manner of affixation of the property to the land?

(10) Movability itself is not determinative in measuring permanence. The Whiteco

court held that affixation to land does not per se exclude the property from the category of tangible personal property. Inversely, in L.L. Bean, Inc. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1997-175, aff'd, 145 F.3d 53 (1st Cir. 1998), the

123

court held that the mere fact that a structure is theoretically capable of being moved does not conclusively establish that it is not inherently permanent.

(11) Examiners should also consider the following additional factors when

addressing permanency (some of which may overlap with the Whiteco factors):

  • The history of the item or similar items being moved;

  • The manner in which an item is attached to a building or to the land;

  • The weight and size of the item;

  • The function and design of the item;

  • The intent of the taxpayer in installing the item;

  • The time, cost, manpower, and equipment required to move the

components;

  • The time, cost, manpower, and equipment required to reconfigure the

existing space if the item is removed;

  • The effect of the item’s removal on the building; and

  • The extent the item can be reused after removal.

(12) See AmeriSouth XXXII, Ltd. V. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2012-67; Trentadue

v. Commissioner, 128 T.C. 91 (2007); PDV America, Inc. and Subs. v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2004-118; Hospital Corp. of America and Subs. v. Commissioner, 109 T.C. 21 (1997).

(13) Further detail and updates can be obtained from the Depreciable and Capital

Expenditures Practice Network.

Exceptions & meaning →

E.3. Inherently Permanent Standard Under § 263A

(1) The uniform capitalization (UNICAP) rules require the capitalization of all direct

costs and certain indirect costs properly allocable to real property and tangible personal property produced by the taxpayer. Included in this is the capitalization of interest expense when the taxpayer produces certain property. See § 263A(f) and Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8. For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, small business taxpayers (previously defined in Chapter 6.A.2.) are not required to capitalize costs including interest under § 263A.

(2) Producers must capitalize costs (other than interest) whether incurred before,

during, or after the production period of property. Pre-production costs are subject to capitalization if the property is held for future production or if it is reasonably likely that the property will be produced at a future date. Thus, costs of storing raw materials and carrying costs of realty held for development are required to be capitalized. Production period costs are costs incurred beginning on the date on which production of the property begins and ending on the date on which the property is ready to be placed in service or is ready to be held for sale. Post-production costs are costs incurred after the actual production and may include costs of storage, warehousing, insurance, materials, and handling.

(3) In contrast, interest is only capitalized during the production period of property.

Treas. Reg. §§ 1.263A-8 through 1.263A-15 provide guidance with respect to

124

the capitalization of interest under § 263A(f). These regulations are effective for 1995 and after, or at taxpayer's election, 1994. For years prior to the effective date of these regulations, see Notice 88-99, 1988-2 C.B. 422, as well as the prior temporary regulations, which provide guidance with respect to the capitalization of interest.

(4) For purposes of UNICAP, interest is capitalized with respect to each unit of

designated property. Designated property is defined in § 263A(f)(1) and Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(b)(1). Designated property is any property that is produced that constitutes: i) real property; or ii) tangible personal property which meets any of the following criteria: A) property with a class life of 20 years or more that is not inventory in the hands of the taxpayer or a related person; B) property with an estimated production period exceeding 2 years; or C) property with an estimated production period exceeding 1 year and an estimated cost of production exceeding $1,000,000. Note that all real property is subject to the rules of § 263A(f); the listed criteria only apply to tangible personal property. The criteria are applied individually to each unit of property.

(5) Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(1) defines real property. Real property includes land,

un-severed natural products of land, buildings, and inherently permanent structures. Any interest in real property, including fee ownership, co-ownership, a leasehold, an option, or a similar interest is real property. Real property includes the structural components of both buildings and inherently permanent structures, such as walls, partitions, doors, wiring, plumbing, central air conditioning and heating systems, pipes and ducts, elevators and escalators, and other similar property. Tenant improvements to a building that are inherently permanent are real property.

(6) Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3) provides that inherently permanent structures

include property that is affixed to real property and that will ordinarily remain affixed for an indefinite period of time. Examples include swimming pools, roads, bridges, tunnels, paved parking areas and other pavements, special foundations, wharves and docks, fences, inherently permanent advertising displays, inherently permanent outdoor lighting facilities, railroad tracks and signals, telephone poles, power generation and transmission facilities, permanently installed telecommunications cables, broadcasting towers, oil and gas pipelines, derricks and storage equipment, grain storage bins and silos. For purposes of this section, affixation to real property may be accomplished by weight alone.

(7) Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3) further provides that property may constitute an

inherently permanent structure even though it is not classified as a building for purposes of Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e). Additionally, any property that constitutes “other tangible property” under the principles of Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(d) is treated as an inherently permanent structure.

(8) Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(4) provides that a structure that is property in the

nature of machinery or is essentially an item of machinery or equipment is not an inherently permanent structure and is not real property. In the case,

125

however, of a building or inherently permanent structure that includes property in the nature of machinery as a structural component, the property in the nature of machinery is real property. A structure may be an inherently permanent structure, and not property in the nature of machinery or essentially an item of machinery, even if the structure is necessary to operate or use, supports, or is otherwise associated with, machinery. The purpose of this regulation is to prevent the definition of “property in the nature of machinery” from including inherently permanent structures that support or are otherwise necessary to the operation of that machinery such as ski lift towers and offshore oil platforms.

(9) Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-10(b) provides that real property includes any

components of real property owned by the taxpayer that are functionally interdependent. Components of real property are functionally interdependent if the placing in service of one component is dependent on the placing in service of the other component by the taxpayer or a related person.

Exceptions & meaning →

E.4. Comparison of Inherently Permanent Standard Under §§ 168 and 263A

(1) The principles and tests used to determine whether an item of property is

tangible personal property under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(c) (and thus to determine whether the item qualifies as § 1245 property) do not apply in determining whether such item of property is tangible personal property or real property for purposes of § 263A(f). Chief Counsel Advice (CCA) 200648026. Accordingly, property classified as depreciable tangible personal property for purposes of § 168 can be either real property or tangible personal property for purposes of the “avoided cost” interest capitalization calculation under § 263A(f). A determination of whether interest is capitalized with respect to a unit of designated property is made under the principles of § 263A(f) and the regulations thereunder and is not controlled by the characterization of property for purposes of § 168.

(2) Similarly, the classification of the property for purposes of § 263A(f) does not

control its classification for purposes of cost recovery under § 168. Id. Interest capitalized under § 263A(f) is treated as a cost of the designated property produced; cost recovery is determined by the applicable IRC and regulatory provisions relating to the use, sale, or disposition of property.

(3) There are five primary aspects to how the definition of inherently permanent

differs between §§ 168 and 263A.

(4) First, whereas Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(c) contains the principle that the

classification of property under local law is irrelevant to the classification of property for purposes of the ITC (and § 1245 property), the local law characterization of an item of property can be a relevant consideration in the classification of property as either tangible personal property or real property for purposes of § 263A(f). CCA 200648026.

(5) Second, whereas the legislative intent regarding the ITC favors a broad

construction of “tangible personal property,” the legislative history of § 263A(f)

126

contains nothing to indicate that Congress intended the broad construction of tangible personal property under the ITC to apply to interest capitalization under § 263A(f). CCA 201211011.

(6) Third, an item of property that does not qualify as a structural component under

the ITC scheme because it does not relate to the operation or maintenance of a building, may constitute a structural component of the building (and thus real property) for purposes of § 263A since there is no requirement under Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c) that the item of property relate to the operation and maintenance of a building. The property, however, still must otherwise possess sufficient indicia of being a structural component to be classified as such. CCA 200648026.

(7) Fourth, although the definition of inherently permanent structures in Treas.

Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3) references “other tangible property” under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(d) as a type of inherently permanent structure, an item of property may be an inherently permanent structure for purposes of UNICAP even though it would not have been an inherently permanent structure (and thus not “other tangible property”) for purposes of the ITC. CCA 201211011.

(8) Fifth, the specific nature of the limitations on the machinery exclusion in Treas.

Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(4) (as well as language in the preamble to the regulation) indicates that the provision was intended to reject a specific line of ITC cases and rulings that greatly expanded the definition of what constitutes property in the nature of machinery under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(c). Thus, inherently permanent structures that support or are otherwise necessary to the operation of that machinery are inherently permanent for purposes of UNICAP. CCA 201211011.

(9) Within the context of a cost segregation study, sometimes building systems

such as electrical distribution and plumbing systems are deemed to be “dual purpose” for cost recovery purposes. Thus, for purposes of § 168, the portion of the cost of the building system corresponding to the percentage allocable to equipment constitutes tangible personal property (§ 1245 property) whereas the portion corresponding to building operation and maintenance constitutes structural components (§ 1250 property). As stated above, however, the fact that costs are characterized as tangible personal property for purposes of § 168 is not sufficient in itself to establish that these costs do not constitute real property for purposes of capitalizing interest under § 263A(f). Building systems are functionally interdependent with the building in which they are installed such that a building and its building systems are part of the same unit of real property for purposes of Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-10. Splitting a building system into two units of property for purposes of § 263A(f) would be contrary to the functional interdependence test underlying the concept of unit of property in the avoided cost regulations. Moreover, no provision is made for real property components and tangible personal property components combining into a single property unit; a unit of property under Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-10 must either be a real property unit (consisting entirely of real property components) or a tangible personal property unit (consisting entirely of tangible personal property

127

components). Accordingly, allocating the cost of a building system such as an electrical distribution or plumbing system between real property and tangible personal property is inconsistent with § 263A(f).

(10) Further detail and updates can be obtained from the Inventory and § 263A PN.

Exceptions & meaning →

E.5. Inherently Permanent Standard Under § 199

(1) The Domestic Production Deduction (DPD) was enacted effective for taxable

years beginning after December 31, 2004, and was intended to motivate domestic economic growth. The DPD was repealed by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act – P.L. 115-97 (as amended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2018, Public Law 115-141, § 101(c), 132 Stat. 348, 1151, 1156) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. The DPD is determined by applying a percentage to the lesser of a taxpayer’s qualified production activities income (QPAI) or taxable income. The applicable percentage is 3 percent for taxable years 2005 and 2006, 6 percent for taxable years 2007 through 2009, and 9 percent for taxable years beginning after 2009. § 199(a).

(2) QPAI is determined by taking domestic production gross receipts (DPGR) less

cost of goods sold (COGS) and other expenses allocable to such DPGR. DPGR includes gross receipts derived from any lease, rental, license, sale, exchange, or other disposition of qualifying production property (QPP) which was manufactured, produced, grown, or extracted by the taxpayer in whole or in significant part within the United States. § 199(c)(4)(A)(i)(l). QPP means tangible personal property, computer software and sound recordings. § 199(c)(5). DPGR also includes gross receipts from the construction of real property in the United States by a taxpayer in the normal course of a construction trade or business. § 199(c)(4)(A)(ii). DPGR also includes gross receipts from engineering or architectural services performed in the United States with respect to the construction of real property. § 199(c)(4)(A)(iii) and Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(n). Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(j)(2) defines tangible personal property as any tangible property other than land, real property described in Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(m)(3), and property described in other sections of the regulation (computer software, sound recordings, qualified films, electricity, natural gas, and potable water). Property such as machinery, printing presses, transportation and office equipment, refrigerators, grocery counters, testing equipment, display racks and shelves, and neon and other signs that are contained in or attached to a building constitutes tangible personal property for purposes of § 199. In determining whether property is tangible personal property, local law is not controlling.

(3) Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(m)(3) defines real property as buildings (including items

that are structural components of such buildings), inherently permanent structures (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3)) other than machinery (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(4)) (including items that are structural components of such inherently permanent structures), inherently permanent land improvements, oil and gas wells, and infrastructure. Treas. Reg. § 1.1993(m)(4) defines the term infrastructure to include roads, power lines, water

128

systems, railroad spurs, communications facilities, sewers, sidewalks, cable, wiring, and inherently permanent oil and gas platforms. For purposes of § 199, structural components of building and inherently permanent structures include property such as walls, partitions, doors, wiring, plumbing, central air conditioning and heating systems, pipes and ducts, elevators and escalators, and other similar property. Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(m)(3).

(4) Accordingly, the definition of an inherently permanent structure is the same for

§ 199 as it is for § 263A(f). In other words, the same rules that determine what constitutes an inherently permanent structure for UNICAP purposes described above also apply to determine whether property qualifies as QPP. The result of using these rules is that if property is determined to be an inherently permanent structure under Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3), it is real property for purposes of § 199 and Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(m)(3), is not QPP, and the gross receipts and allocable expenses derived from the property can only be used to determine DPGR and QPAI if the taxpayer meets the rules in Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(m)(6) related to deriving gross receipts from the construction of real property performed in the United States, or the rules in Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(n) related to engineering or architectural services. Note that, per Treas. Reg. § 1.1993(m)(6)(iii), DPGR derived from the construction of real property performed in the United States does not include gross receipts derived from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of real property acquired by the taxpayer even if the taxpayer originally constructed the property. In addition, DPGR derived from the construction of real property does not include gross receipts from the lease or rental of real property constructed by the taxpayer.

Exceptions & meaning →

E.6. Comparison of Inherently Permanent Standard Under §§ 168 and 199

(1) In CCA 201302017, the Service considered whether a variety of outdoor

advertising displays constituted inherently permanent structures and were therefore real property when determining QPP for purposes of § 199. It noted that the definition of an inherently permanent structure in Treas. Reg. § 1.263A8(c)(3) establishes two basic criteria for an inherently permanent structure: first, it is affixed to real property; second, it will ordinarily remain affixed for an indefinite period of time.

(2) The term “affixed to real property” under Treas. Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3) is

understood pursuant to its ordinary and common-sense meaning, that is, physically connected or attached. Affixation to real property may be accomplished by weight alone. Embedding a structure in the ground can establish attachment to real property. Mounting a structure to a foundation also can accomplish adequate connection to real property. Similarly, affixation may be achieved when the means of connection secure a structure to real property to withstand severe weather conditions. If installation of the structure involves the use of construction machinery and equipment, attachment to real property may be indicated.

129

(3) The term “ordinarily remain affixed for an indefinite period of time” under Treas.

Reg. § 1.263A-8(c)(3) means that the structure will typically remain affixed to real property for the period during which the structure is expected to remain in operating condition and serve a useful function, in other words, the useful life inherent in the structure. In general, the structure is attached without any fixed plan to remove it at a particular date in the future, and the exact date when the structure will be removed is neither known nor knowable when it is affixed. Additionally, the possibility or occurrence of temporary or permanent removal from real property (such as from hurricane force winds) does not transform the intrinsically permanent nature of a structure.

(4) Practices of an industry or taxpayer also may be instructive as to whether a

particular structure or type of structure is inherently permanent. Therefore, a definite lease term may be ignored if it is customary for the industry to renew the lease until the structure’s inherent useful life is exhausted or the structure is no longer profitable. Lastly, the amount of time and expense involved in affixing the structure to be able to function also should be considered.

(5) Unlike the Whiteco factors for determining whether an item of property is an

inherently permanent structure for cost recovery purposes, for purposes of § 199 it is irrelevant that the means of connection permit removal without damage to the structure. For example, a structure attached by weight alone is likely removable without damage. Similarly, a structure bolted to a cement foundation that is embedded in the ground is likely removable without damage but nevertheless is connected to real property. Note, however, that the manner of affixation should sufficiently secure the structure so that it will remain in place to be able to perform its intended function.

(6) In short, an item is an inherently permanent structure for purposes of § 199

“when it is attached to real property and will ordinarily remain connected to real property to be able to perform its intended function.” CCA 201302017.

(7) Further detail and updates concerning using the Inherently Permanent rules

within § 199 can be obtained from the Corporate Income and Losses PN.

Exceptions & meaning →

E.7. Conclusion

(1) In determining whether a structure, or component of a structure, is inherently

permanent, one must consider the context and governing code section. The analysis used to determine whether an item is inherently permanent for cost recovery purposes under § 168 (or for ITC purposes under former § 48) is not the same as the analysis for UNICAP purposes under § 263A and DPD purposes under § 199. As a consequence, the “inherently permanent” rules for cost recovery are markedly different from those for the other code sections.

(2) For cost recovery purposes, the Whiteco factors were designed in light of

legislative history indicating that “tangible personal property” was intended to be broadly defined and that the rules of State law where fixation to the land is a basis for distinguishing personal property from other property were not to be followed. Thus, the standard for determining whether an item of property is

130

inherently permanent for purposes of cost recovery is relatively narrow. In contrast, the standard for whether an item is inherently permanent for purposes of UNICAP and DPD follows its ordinary and common-sense meaning, namely that fixation to the land is sufficient provided the item of property will remain in operating condition and serve a useful function over the useful life inherent in the structure. Hence, the standard for determining whether an item of property is inherently permanent for purposes of UNICAP and DPD is broader than the standard for cost recovery. Care should be taken when evaluating a cost segregation study that the correct “inherently permanent” rules are applied.

Exceptions & meaning →

F. Construction Process

F.1. Introduction

(1) A cost segregation study is typically completed using information that was

developed for the construction process. This information includes drawings, specifications, and supplier and contractor payment documents. To better understand how a cost segregation study is conducted, it is helpful to understand this process. The following discussion provides a general overview of this process, from the conceptual stage through the bidding, construction, payment, and completion stage of a project. Although there may be certain facts and circumstances in specific geographic locales that vary from what is presented here, the basic construction concepts are similar in all locales. For purposes of this discussion, it is assumed that a fee contractor, rather than an in-house labor force, performs the construction. For additional information and a glossary of construction terms, refer to the LB&I Construction Industry or the Construction Industry Audit Techniques Guide.

Exceptions & meaning →

F.2. Stages in the Construction Process

(1) The Construction Process is composed of six distinct stages; each of these

stages is discussed below in more detail.

  • Stage 1: Concept

o All construction projects begin with planning and design, also referred

to as "architectural programming." Numerous overlapping steps occur during this conceptual or design phase, prior to actual construction of the project.

o An architect is the primary designer of a building or project and

controls the overall design, specifications, finished materials (e.g., brick, paint, carpet, wall covering, etc.), and other architectural features of the building. In addition, the architect supervises the engineers responsible for the structural, mechanical, electrical, lighting, plumbing and communications system design of the building. Engineers must always conform to the design requirements of the architect. Each member of the design team must also be licensed with the proper state licensing authorities where the facility is located.

131

o Planning & Architectural Programming

  • During the initial stages of the design process, the architect(s) and

engineer(s) have a number of client meetings to determine the purpose and objective of the proposed construction. The primary activities, for which the project is being constructed, as well as the relationships between spaces, are reviewed. Consideration is also given to how well the completed project relates to adjacent buildings (if any) and its surroundings. The preliminary programming produces a list of solutions, alternatives, feasibility studies and costs estimates. After a review of the programming statement, schematic plans are prepared.

o Schematic Plans

  • Schematic plans are the first plans of a facility and show the

interrelationship between spaces and activities. All of the parties (architects, engineers, and the client) review the schematic plans and make recommendations, as necessary. Any changes are then incorporated into the final schematic plans. Revised schematic plans are also known as "preliminary plans," and provide a graphic view of the project, the refined details of how the project will look, and the relationship of all spaces.

  • Once the preliminary planning phase is complete, the project then

enters a stage involving the preparation of contract bid documents and working drawings.

  • Stage 2: Contracts and Bid Documents

o The construction contractor(s) are normally selected through a

competitive bidding process but may also be selected via negotiation. To solicit construction bids, the builder must provide potential bidders with: a) Working drawings and plans for the proposed structure, as well as b) Project specifications. These are called the “construction documents” and offer a complete and detailed set of information to communicate all the required items within a building project.

o Stage 2a: Working Drawings

  • Contract/Working Drawings/Plans

All projects, whether they involve new construction or the

expansion of an existing structure, require the preparation of contract documents. The contract working drawings and plans provide a pictorial representation of the construction work and specify or lay out the designer’s intentions for the facility. The drawings illustrate, among other things, the appearance, layout,

132

equipment, and amenities of the project. These drawings show the architect’s plan/design for the building’s overall appearance, such as finish materials, floor plans, sizes, and use of each building area. In contrast, engineers design the building’s structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and communication systems. The architect also begins to gather project data to deal with

problems or situations that are expected to arise during the construction process, such as local zoning requirements, local infrastructure, traffic, environmental and population impact, acoustic, energy, lighting, and aesthetic considerations. Various consulting engineers may also be used to solve specific project problems. The following are examples of the numerous drawing plans that

may be involved in a construction project.

  • Architectural Drawings

The architectural drawings (or “Plans”) indicate the layout of the

project, such as floor plans, elevations, sections, and details of the construction and architectural finishes. These plans are typically numbered sequentially with the prefix "A" for "architectural." The most common type of an architectural plan is an overhead view of the spaces on a specific floor. These plans also indicate the length, width and various heights of the structure and floor elevations. Plans may show notes of specific construction information and may contain details on a specific portion of work. Exterior elevations show the exterior and the exterior finishes

and are similar to photographs of the exterior. Architectural schedules on the plans indicate the door types, windows, hardware, plumbing, and light fixtures in each room. In preparing the plans, the architect utilizes graphic symbols,

instead of words, to indicate various facility conditions. These symbols indicate the various types of material, sizes, and room finishes to be used. Symbols may be shown on the plans themselves or in the legends of the plans. [A list of general symbols is shown in the Appendix of Plan Reading and Material Takeoff, by Wayne J. DelPico, published by R. S. Means Company.]

  • Site Plans

A civil engineer is responsible for the proper drainage of a site,

as well as the design of land improvements, such as paving,

133

curb and gutter design, retaining walls, and drainage culverts. Site plans prepared by the civil engineer indicate the existing and proposed grades of the land and the specific location of the facility on the land.

  • Structural Plans

The structural plans are prepared by structural engineers and

show the structural design of a building. These plans incorporate foundation planning with considerations for rain, snow, wind, earthquakes, and other natural phenomena. Structural engineers design the facility for both “live” and “dead” loads of the building. Live loads consist of the people, furniture and other items that are not part of the building but are supported by the building. Dead load is simply the weight of the building or structure itself.

  • Mechanical Plans

Mechanical plans are prepared by a mechanical engineer to

show the design of the various mechanical systems in the building. These systems must be designed to incorporate the proper air conditioning, heating, and ventilation equipment, as well as adequate plumbing, to meet the needs for all of the building’s designated activities. Like the structural engineer, the mechanical engineer must

design the mechanical building systems to meet building “loads.” For example, office work produces a certain level of heat load, whereas cooking in a commercial kitchen may produce greater heat loads. The energy use of the air conditioning, heating, pumps, and other building equipment are monitored by the mechanical engineer and are considered when specifying building equipment for an efficiently designed building system. Mechanical plans are numbered with the prefixes “P” for “plumbing” and “H” for “heating, ventilating and air conditioning.”

  • Electrical Plans

An electrical engineer prepares electrical plans to show the

electrical distribution system for the efficient distribution of power in a building. The plan design includes the distribution of electrical power from the utility company and the distribution to power-specific equipment. Engineering design factors for the overall electrical “load” of a building must also be considered (e.g., proper sizing and arrangement of transformers, panel

134

boards, circuits, wires, conduits and power to the various machines, equipment, and activities in the building). Electrical engineers may also handle the lighting design requirements of the building, as well as specialty areas such as a central security monitoring system, a computerized control system, and fire and smoke management systems. Electrical plans are numbered with the prefix “E” for “electrical.”

  • Communications

There may be several other sets of plans that detail the layout of

special communications systems. For instance, the fire and security systems, network computers system, telephone and communications systems, media and entertainment systems could be shown on a separate set of plans. All of these plans could be included with the bid documents or be a separate contract all together. If there is a specific issue that arises during your examination of a cost segregation study that concerns one of these communications systems, be sure to ask for them in addition to the other sets of plans of your subject building.

  • Stage 2b. Specifications and Other Written Construction Documents

o Contract Specifications

  • The second part of the contracts and bid documents stage is the

preparation of project specifications, also known as “specs.” Specs instruct the contractor on how to build the project, and consist of contract documents, the technical specifications of the materials and the quality of the materials to be installed, and the workmanship for installation of the materials. Given the amount of information that is required to be included, specs have to be organized in a coherent manner. The most widely accepted system for arranging construction specifications is the “CSI MasterFormat.” The CSI format, developed by the Construction Specification Institute, requires four categories of information: bidding requirements, contract forms, contract conditions, and technical specifications.

o Bidding requirements

  • Bidding requirements describe the conditions of the bid to the

owner, and encompass the Invitation to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, the Information Available to Bidders, the Bid Forms and Attachments, and the Bid Security Forms. The type of contract

135

between an owner and a contractor dictates the form of the bidding conditions.

o Contract Form

  • Contract forms are divided into sections, including the Agreement,

the Performance and Payment Bonds, and the Certificates.

o Contract Conditions

  • The contract conditions include the General Conditions and

Supplementary Conditions.

o Technical Specifications

  • Technical specs are generally prepared for each specific project in

the CSI MasterFormat (see below) and these include hundreds, perhaps thousands of individual items that will be installed in a project. The CSI MasterFormat has been modified (through 2020) to include many more divisions included for electrical and communication systems to accommodate current trades and systems now included in most buildings.

o 2b(i). Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) MasterFormat

  • The Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) is a national

organization dedicated to the standardization and improvement of construction specifications. The CSI MasterFormat is a master list of numbers and titles classified by construction work results to standardize and facilitate communication within the construction industry. The MasterFormat system is widely used in the construction industry by architects, engineers, estimators, and contractors to organize detailed construction cost information.

  • The CSI Format (1995 and prior) consists of 16 “Divisions of the

Work,” which are:

Division 1 - General Requirements Division 2 - Site Work Division 3 - Concrete Division 4 - Masonry Division 5 - Metals Division 6 - Wood & Plastics Division 7 - Thermal & Moisture Division 8 - Doors & Windows Division 9 - Finishes Division 10 - Specialties Division 11 - Equipment

136

Division 12 - Furnishings Division 13 - Special Construction Division 14 - Conveying Systems Division 15 - Mechanical Division 16 - Electrical

  • Each CSI Division is further sub-divided into three additional parts

called General, Products, and Execution (Installation).

General - explains the scope or the limits of work for a particular

CSI Division and makes a correlation between the technical specifications and the general and supplementary conditions of the contract. The administrative portion for any trade (e.g., shop drawings) would also be found in this section. Products - lists the materials to be used, by name and model

number, and explains the quality of materials and the basis for any substitution. Execution - explains the method of material installation,

techniques to be used, and workmanship quality.

  • In 2004, the MasterFormat expanded from 16 Divisions to 50

Divisions, reflecting innovations in the construction industry. The 16 Division CSI MasterFormat was modified to include many more divisions and provide greater detail for work results to accommodate current trades and systems now included in most buildings. An example of the modification from 2004 includes a division for communication systems separate from the electrical division. The new CSI MasterFormat numbers and titles are intentionally structured for anticipated growth and expansion in the future, and some are reserved for future expansion.

  • The 2020 Divisions are:

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

GROUP:

  • Division 00 — Procurement and Contracting Requirements

SPECIFICATIONS GROUP

  • General Requirements Subgroup

  • Division 01 — General Requirements

  • Facility Construction Subgroup

  • Division 02 — Existing Conditions (natural conditions)

137

  • Division 03 — Concrete (footing)

  • Division 04 — Masonry (concrete block/brick)

  • Division 05 — Metals (beams)

  • Division 06 — Wood, Plastics, and Composites (framing)

  • Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection (insulation water barrier)

  • Division 08 — Openings (doorways)

  • Division 09 — Finishes

  • Division 10 — Specialties

  • Division 11 — Equipment

  • Division 12 — Furnishings

  • Division 13 — Special Construction

  • Division 14 — Conveying Equipment

  • Division 15 to 19 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION

Services Subgroup:

  • Division 20 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION

  • Division 21 — Fire Suppression

  • Division 22 — Plumbing

  • Division 23 — Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning

  • Division 24 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION

  • Division 25 — Integrated Automation

  • Division 26 — Electrical

  • Division 27 — Communications

  • Division 28 — Electronic Safety and Security

  • Division 29 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION

Site and Infrastructure Subgroup:

  • Division 30 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION

  • Division 31 — Earthwork

  • Division 32 — Exterior Improvements

  • Division 33 — Utilities

  • Division 34 — Transportation

  • Division 35 — Waterway and Marine

  • Division 36 to 39 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION

Process Equipment Subgroup:

  • Division 40 — Process Interconnections

138

  • Division 41 — Material Processing and Handling Equipment

  • Division 42 — Process Heating, Cooling, and Drying

Equipment

  • Division 43 — Process Gas and Liquid Handling, Purification

and Storage Equipment

  • Division 44 — Pollution Control Equipment
  • Division 45 — Industry-Specific Manufacturing Equipment

    • Division 46 — Water and Wastewater Equipment

    • Division 47 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION

    • Division 48 — Electrical Power Generation

    • Division 49 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION

As cost segregation professionals convert to this newer system,

the IRS will see more studies incorporating the 50 Divisions. No matter which system is used in the cost segregation study, remember that this is just one method of organizing the abundance of information (labor and materials) needed in a construction project. The examiner should always look at the underlying information to verify the accuracy of the cost segregation study.

o 2b(ii). AIA Construction Documents

o The American Institute of Architects (AIA) is a nationally recognized

professional organization of architects. AIA has developed standardized contract documents for building design and construction that are universally accepted in the building design and construction industry. These AIA Contract Documents are organized by the following series:

  • A-Series – Owner/Contractor Agreements

  • B-Series – Owner/Architect Agreements

  • C-Series – Other Agreements

  • D-Series – Miscellaneous Documents

  • E-Series – Exhibits

  • F-Series – Reserved

  • G-Series – Contract Administration and Project Management

Forms

  • AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for

Construction

o The general conditions establish the legal terms and conditions that

will govern the construction of the project and address everything involved in the project from minor items to critical items. The general conditions include a number of provisions that determine the respective rights and responsibilities of the owner and contractor. AIA

139

Document A201 is a standardized document that provides the legal basis and description of the following contract items:

  • General Provisions
  • Owner
  • Contractor

  • Administration of the Contract

  • Subcontractors

  • Construction by the Owner or by separate Contractors

  • Changes in the Work

  • Time
  • Payments and Completion

  • Protection of Persons and Property

  • Insurance and Bonds

  • Uncovering and Correction of Work

  • Miscellaneous Provisions

  • Termination and Suspension of the Contract

o Document A201 provides legal definitions of the elements in the

construction process, the items that will be provided by the contractor, and details how to prepare material submittals, shop drawings, and progress payment requests.

  • Stage 3: Bidding

o The third stage of the construction process is bidding. Once an owner

determines that a project is feasible and that construction financing is available, the owner will solicit bids or proposals from general contractors and/or specialty contractors. Owners generally use trade publications and newspapers to invite contractors to bid on a construction job. A copy of “The Notice to Contractors” will be shown in the project’s specifications, providing contractors with the bidding procedures.

o The following is the sequence of events to prepare a contract bid:

  • The contractor obtains a copy of the plans and specifications from

the owner to prepare a formal estimate of the construction cost or bid (experienced construction personnel prepare the bids).

  • The contractor reviews the contract plans and specifications to

determine how to build the project and to consider all the limitations or conditions the owner requires for the project.

  • The contractor solicits bids from subcontractors, estimates their

direct material and labor costs, and evaluates the ultimate profit potential of the contract. The amount of the bid covers the estimated costs and a profit for the construction project.

140

  • The owner evaluates all of the submitted bids and then awards the

contract.

  • The contract document and specs contain the project start and

completion dates, the progress billing procedures, the insurance requirements, and other pertinent information.

o The preparation of a bid is the first step in the cost control system of a

construction project. The agreed-upon bid price then becomes the budget by which the actual expenditures are measured and drawn against. The object of a cost control system is to provide the general contractor and/or owner with information regarding actual project costs versus the anticipated or budgeted costs. These cost comparisons become essential for internal control purposes.

o Standard cost manuals, such as the "R.S. Means Building Construction

Cost Data," are used by a general contractor to compute a bid. These guides contain a compilation of cost data for each phase of construction. There are also construction cost data guides for both union and non-union wage rates. If the IRS examiner needs to estimate construction costs as part of the analysis of a study, it is important to use the proper wage rates.

o Subcontractors bid jobs in much the same way that a general

contractor does. A subcontractor may also solicit bids from subsubcontractors for specialty construction.

o Working drawings and specifications provide information to allow

general contractors to estimate the project’s construction costs. Along with using their own estimators, a contractor usually has the subcontractor’s and the material supplier’s information readily available. If necessary, a general contractor can perform the preliminary details and/or shop to estimate the proper costs to construct various parts of a building. The general contractor gathers all the information from his estimators and subcontractors and then adds in an amount for overhead and profit. This final cost estimate is used in the competitive bidding for the construction of a project.

o The cost estimate of a building or project is broken down and

organized by the construction divisions shown in the specifications. The cost estimate is further detailed by trade and by item. The general contractor may also have a bank of information to estimate labor and material costs. Otherwise, the contractor will rely on any of several cost estimating manuals (e.g., R. S. Means Building Construction Cost Data (highly detailed), Marshall Valuation Services, etc.).

o While bidding is the most common method used to select a general

contractor, negotiation may also be used, especially in a situation where an owner has worked with a contractor in the past and a relationship of trust has been established. In a negotiated situation, the

141

profit of the contractor is often a percentage of the total construction cost, and this percentage is agreed to with the owner.

  • Stage 4: Construction (Field Work)

o The fourth stage of the construction process, called fieldwork, is the

actual construction of the project. Fieldwork is broken down into building permits, subcontractors, scheduling subcontractors, shop drawings, project submissions, and change orders.

  • Building Permits

Before construction can begin, the appropriate municipality must

issue a building permit. Specifications and blueprints must be provided to the municipality's building department, along with the application for a permit. The period of time for a permit to be approved can be lengthy, especially in the case of new construction. The general contractor or owner may also be required to submit results of soil testing, environmental impact studies, and any other necessary testing or studies. Sometimes, a public hearing is mandated if there is opposition to the project. In most cases, a permit is issued within a few months. The cost of the permit and any related studies may be the responsibility of either the owner or the general contractor. Construction projects must also follow the standards of the

applicable building code. A building inspector will be involved at various construction stages to verify that the project is being constructed according to municipal code.

  • Subcontractors

Subcontractors range from a one-person operation to

nationwide, publicly traded corporations, or divisions of larger corporations. Subcontractors are distinguished from general contractors by their limited scope of work, which usually involves specialized skills, knowledge, or ability. Subcontractors, which include plumbers, electricians, framers, and concrete workers, generally enter into contracts with the general contractor and may provide the raw materials used in their specialty areas. The general contractor, not the owner of the property, pays the subcontractors. Materials purchased by the subcontractors are generally delivered directly to the job site. The subcontractors’ work may either be completed in stages or continuously.

  • Scheduling of Subcontractors

142

The general contractor schedules the subcontractor's work so

that the construction runs smoothly and is completed on schedule. The general contractor is also responsible for scheduling the subcontractor in such a way that one subcontractor does not hold up another. This order on subcontractor sequencing is known as the "critical path." The following is an example of the sequence in scheduling

subcontractors for a small project: Clear the land (which may include demolition of existing

structures)

  • Excavate the land (which may include digging holes and

leveling)

  • Pour the foundation

  • Frame steel and/or concrete

  • Rough framing

  • Rough electrical

  • Concrete flooring

  • Roofing

  • Heating and air conditioning

  • Ductwork for heating and air conditioning

  • Elevators and/or escalators

  • Sprinklers and other safety equipment

  • Install electrical fixtures

  • Insulate and weather strip

  • Frame windows and door sashes

  • Install tile and marble

  • Install suspended acoustical ceilings

  • Install toilets, sinks and other plumbing fixtures

  • Paint walls (inside and out)

  • Shop Drawings

Working drawings only include enough detail to show the

general contractor the overall layout of the building. The individual specialty trades and suppliers use working drawings to produce shop drawings for items such as granite finishing, cabinets and countertops, structural steel, etc. Shop drawings detail the specific building components and are usually produced after the final design phase but before the beginning of the construction phase. Drawings are prepared in accordance with the instructions on Document A201. The architect/engineer will also check each shop drawing for precise measurements and for compliance with the intended building design.

143

  • Project Submissions

Project submissions are an important part of the construction

process. Each installed building item must receive the architect’s approval to ensure that the item or product is in conformance with technical specifications. Project submissions illustrate each item's intended use, function, method of attachment or installation requirements, and placed-in-service date. When the project starts, the architect and /or engineer monitors the contractor’s progress and often approves the progress payments made to the contractors. The architect/engineer may also make modifications to the building plans as needed.

  • Change Orders

Change orders are the written contract revisions that increase or

decrease the total contract price. Change order documents contain the change order number, change order date, a description of the change, and the amount of the change order. Contractors, based on the terms of the contract, may also issue orders.

  • Stage 5: Construction Payments

o The fifth stage of the construction process is the construction

payments stage. When a contractor completes a prescribed amount of work, the owner pays the contractor for the completed work, and records the payments on their books (CIP or WIP accounts).

o Specifications for Payment

  • The following AIA Documents are normally used in the contractor

progress payment process:

AIA Form G701 – Change Order AIA Form G702 – Application and Certificate for Payment AIA Form G703 – Continuation Sheet

  • The specifications for contract payments are shown in Document

A201, under the “General Conditions for Construction Contracts,” and contain AIA Forms G701 (utilized for change orders) and G702. Form G702 requires that the contractor break down the bid into various parts of work. The project designer (architect or engineer) critically reviews Form G702 schedule of values prepared by the contractor and either accepts or rejects them. The close scrutiny of this form is due to the future release of funds that will be used to pay for the progress (and ultimately the completion)

144

of construction. This Form also provides the first basis for the construction cost control on a project. The architect and/or engineer have a legal and fiduciary responsibility for the accuracy of the cost allocations. The architect and the owner also want an adequate and timely distribution of funds to ensure smooth progress payments and to ensure that there will be the necessary funds to pay for the completion of the last portion of the project.

  • It is also to the contractor’s benefit that items of construction be

broken into as many parts as possible. The more individual items of work the contractor can identify and complete, the more items of work will be entitled for billing and request of payment. Typical schedules of values on Form G702 may be 15 to 20 pages long and may contain hundreds, if not thousands, of individual cost items.

  • The contractor submits Form G702 to request payment on a

regular basis. The contractor completes Form G702 by listing the total construction cost for each item of work completed to date. The amount previously paid for the work and the amount accomplished in the current billing period are subtracted from the total amount to arrive at the amount of money remaining, minus a retainage for the completion of the work.

  • It is extremely important for the IRS examiner to analyze the G702

and G703 documents. These documents are prepared by a third party (which provides an element of objectivity) and includes a detailed breakdown and analysis of the construction costs.

o Change Orders

  • The architect/engineer may make modifications or change orders

to the construction plans as needed. Change orders should be reviewed for any agreed changes to the payment schedule.

o Unit Costs

  • In some contracts, there is a schedule of unit costs or prices used

in the construction of the building. CSI MasterFormat Division 01 in the 16 Division format or Division 00 in the new 50 Division format typically provides for unit prices to be revealed in the bidding documents. The IRS examiner should verify that there is a schedule of Unit Prices in the contract documents and request a copy.

o Owner’s Records

  • Most corporate taxpayers must keep records of their payments in a

subledger for construction-in-process (CIP) or work-in-process

145

(WIP) type costs to comply with GAAP requirements. All payments made by a company are recorded on their general ledger (GL). The payment records are transferred and held to the appropriate subledger until the project is completed. When the building project is placed in service, the taxpayer moves or transfers the costs to their fixed asset or depreciation schedule and begins cost recovery for the project for both book and tax purposes. The IRS examiner should request all relevant costs in these accounts for the cost segregation project under examination.

  • Stage 6: Completion

o The final phase of the construction process is known as the completion

stage, and it readies the building for occupancy.

  • Record Drawings (previously called As-Built’s)

After a facility or project is completed, the architect and

contractor prepare a set of plans known as record drawings. These drawings represent exactly how the facility was constructed and they also incorporate all the changes to the original construction drawings. It is very important that the IRS examiner reviews these record drawings; these drawings represent the actual construction of the project.

  • Notice of Partial Completion

In some instances, the owner may desire to occupy a portion of

the completed building. In that case, local building officials conduct an inspection to determine if that portion of the facility meets all building codes and is safe to be occupied. If approval is granted, a "Certificate/Notice of Partial Occupancy" is issued.

  • Notice of Substantial Completion

Local building officials issue this notice when 95 % of the

construction is complete. Another document, AIA G704 Certificate of Substantial Completion is signed by the architect and allows the building owner to occupy/utilize the completed portion.

  • Notice of Completion/Certificate of Occupancy

A "Notice of Completion" is requested by the contractor/owner

when the building is 100% complete. The project must pass a final inspection by local building officials for the "Notice of Completion" and the "Certificate of Occupancy" to be issued.

146

These documents are recorded at the office of the local recorder and the property will be then appraised for property tax purposes.

  • Taxpayer Places the Asset in Service – Begins Depreciation

The costs for the project are recorded in the taxpayer’s CIP or

WIP subledger and held in this suspense account until the costs can be recovered. Once the project is placed in service, depreciation can begin. For the taxpayer’s recordation of the project, in their books and records, depreciation begins when the costs in the CIP are transferred into a fixed asset account or to a depreciation schedule (See CCA 20140202F). The IRS examiner should request these records from the taxpayer.

Exceptions & meaning →

F.3. Other Project Delivery Methods

(1) While design-bid-build is probably the most common delivery method used for

construction projects today, there are other methods. The differences between the various project delivery methods mainly stem from how the parties organize their participation and responsibilities to complete the project. While the responsibilities of the parties may vary based on the specific project delivery method, the contract documents that guide construction and the contractor payment process are normally similar in all project delivery methods. The two methods an examiner is most likely to encounter, besides design-bid-build, are construction management and design-build.

(2) Construction Management – This project delivery method is very similar to the

design-bid-build method, but the management and construction oversight duties ordinarily performed by the general contractor are performed by a construction manager. The construction manager does not perform any of the actual construction work as a general contractor does, but only manages the construction.

(3) Design-Build – This is a project delivery method in which the owner contracts

with a single entity to perform both the design and the construction of the project. The Design-Builder either employs their own licensed architects and engineers to perform the design duties or they contract these duties out to the appropriate third-parties. There are no separate architect and contractor as in design-bid-build.

Exceptions & meaning →

G. Information Document Requests

G.1. Introduction

(1) Appropriate documentation is needed to support the conclusions in a cost

segregation study. Once an examination has revealed the use of cost segregation techniques, the examiner needs to review the supporting

147

documentation to determine whether an examination is warranted and, if so, the scope of the examination.

(2) The use of appropriate, issue-focused Information Document Requests (IDRs)

will facilitate the identification of available records for review and the solicitation of records from the taxpayer. It will also set in writing a mutually agreeable timeframe for when the information should be provided. The sample IDR language below is intended as a suggestion for obtaining records. One or more IDRs may need to be issued and examiners should tailor the language to each specific case and follow the Large Business and International (LB&I) directives. For additional information on the IDR process refer to IRM 4.46.4.7 – Information Document Request Process.

Exceptions & meaning →

G.2. IDR 1 Purpose – To Identify the Participants and their Respective Roles in the…

(1) Please provide documentation to support all changes to the cost recovery

deductions indicated on the Cost Segregation Reports.

(2) Please provide the Engagement Letter/Letter of Understanding between

Consultant and Taxpayer, Inc., that shows the extent of the Cost Segregation engagement, the steps taken to gather information, and the way in which the work was to be reported.

(3) Additionally, a conference is requested with a representative from Consultant to

describe the Cost Segregation process and to answer questions concerning the style and general cost computations. It is expected that a telephone conference will be suitable, provided the Engagement Letter/Letter of Understanding has been furnished.

G.3. IDR 2 Purpose –To Identify the Specific Properties Subject to Cost Segregation…

(1) Please provide the names and locations of properties visited and inspected by

Consultant for use in its Cost Segregation analysis.

(2) Note to examiner: By reviewing the same properties visited by Consultant, a

better understanding of the Cost Segregation Report is achieved.

Exceptions & meaning →

G.4. IDR 3 Purpose – To Locate the Source of Property Blueprints and Drawings

(1) Please provide access to the construction drawings and specifications used by

Consultant to perform its Cost Segregation Study. It is not necessary to duplicate the drawings. If the construction drawings are in hard-copy format, please provide access to them in a location where the drawings may be reviewed. If they are in an electronic format, a copy should be provided with the information requested in IDR G.4 (all related workpapers).

148

Exceptions & meaning →

G.5. IDR 4 Purpose – To Obtain a Copy of the Cost Segregation Study

(1) Please provide a copy of the complete Cost Segregation Study, to include all

schedules, spreadsheets, and attachments referred to in the Study.

(2) Please locate the related workpapers for the Cost Segregation Study and hold

available for review.

Exceptions & meaning →

G.6. IDR 5 Purpose – To Obtain a Copy of the Study Computations and Formulae

(1) The Cost Segregation Study is described as containing numerous spreadsheets

and schedules used in arriving at the summary recommendations. Please provide a machine sensible copy of the data files used in preparing and printing the spreadsheets and schedules.

(2) Please include a description of the software used in preparing the spreadsheets

and schedules.

(3) Please provide an index to the machine sensible files (or other description of

the file titles and how the files are identified). If the machine sensible copy is a visual copy, or value only copy, then an additional description and presentation of the mathematical formulae used to perform the computations is also requested.

Exceptions & meaning →

G.7. IDR 6 Purpose – To Ask Specific Questions about Segregated Properties

(1) The blueprint review is complete. Specific questions about the study remain.

(2) With regard to the “Quantity Take Off” schedules prepared by Consultant for the

properties, there are certain unidentified assets that would fit into more than one MACRS class, depending upon location and use in the taxpayer’s business. Please provide a copy of the detailed listing of the Consultant’s selected assets, showing use and location for:

  • Receptacles in Kitchen

  • Junction Boxes in Kitchen

  • Disconnect Switches in the Kitchen

  • Receptacles in Offices

  • Junction Boxes in Offices

  • Circuit Breakers in Offices

  • Receptacles in Lab areas

  • Junction Boxes in Lab areas

  • Floor Drains in Kitchen

  • Sinks in Kitchen

  • 3” pipe in Lab areas

  • 1” pipe in Lab areas

(3) These assets were opined to have shorter lives than the building lives.

149

Exceptions & meaning →

G.8. IDR 7 Purpose – Request for Specific Items and Amounts

(1) Please provide copies of all construction contracts, addenda, purchase orders,

change orders (including the Contract Bid breakdowns) for each item listed below. Note: The Property Unit Numbers and Descriptions were obtained from the formal Cost Segregation Analysis.

(2)

Category Description Amount
A Exterior Façades - sec. 1245
$1,203,000
B Interior Decorations - sec 1245 3,069,000
C Interior Decor - 1245 1,458,000
D Interior Columns - 1245 180,000
E Wallpaper 1,039,000
F Signage 1,967,000
G Property Utilities 1,902,000
H Room Locking Systems 772,000
I Backup Generator 814,000
J Equipment Connects - Rooms 1,338,000
K Ceiling Decorations 390,000
L Equipment Connects - Kitchen 422,000
M Equipment Connects - Mech. Room 1,338,000
N Equipment Connects - Jacuzzi 62,000
O Kitchen Exhaust 114,000
P Equipment - Display Room 830,000
Q Sound Room - Display Room
189,000
R Millwork and Trim 2,811,000
S Interior Decorative Lighting 334,000

150

Category Description Amount
T Interior Dec. Lighting - Connects 861,000

(3) Note: Include all progress payment requests along with the architect’s or

construction manager’s certification of the percentage completion (e.g., Application and Certificate for Payment – AIA Form G702).

Exceptions & meaning →

H. IRC §§ 179, 179D and Bonus Depreciation

H.1. Significant Law

(1) The PATH Act of 2015, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) of 2017, and the

Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act all made significant changes to IRC § 179, MACRS, and the § 168(k) bonus depreciation provisions. For changes to § 168(k), the PATH Act applied to property placed in service after December 31, 2015 and affected tax years 2016 and 2017, whereas the TCJA applied to property acquired and placed in service after September 27, 2017. The CARES Act made retroactive changes to the recovery period of Qualified Improvement Property (QIP) from 39-years to 15years (GDS) and from 40-years to 20-years (ADS), for property placed in service after 12/31/17. The Taxpayer Certainty and Disaster Tax Relief Act of 2020 (TCDTRA) made the IRC § 179D deduction permanent. The Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) of 2022 expanded the § 179D deduction to include an additional “alternative deduction for energy efficient building retrofit property” (EEBRP) (§ 179D(f)). However, the property basis reduction requirement per § 179D(e) did not change and remains applicable only to energy efficient commercial building property (EECBP).

Exceptions & meaning →

H.2. IRC § 179 Deduction

(1) Taxpayers, other than estates, trusts, and certain non-corporate lessors, may

elect to deduct the cost of their IRC § 179 property in the year in which it is placed in service, subject to limitations. The aggregate amount of the cost of § 179 property that a taxpayer can elect to deduct under § 179 is limited to a maximum dollar limit that is adjusted annually for inflation (for tax years beginning in 2020 - $1,040,000, 2021 - $1,050,000, 2022 - $1,080,000, 2023 $1,160,000, and 2024 - $1,220,000) and a dollar limitation on the total cost of § 179 property placed in service during that taxable year (Investment threshold limit) that is adjusted annually for inflation (for tax years beginning in 2020 $2,590,000, 2021 - $2,620,000, 2022 - $2,700,000, 2023 - $2,890,000, and 2024 - $3,050,000). The dollar limit for the tax year is reduced (but not below 0) by the amount by which the cost of § 179 property placed in service during the tax year exceeds the Investment threshold limit for that tax year. The total cost that a taxpayer can deduct in the tax year after applying the § 179 dollar limitation is limited to the amount of taxable income derived from a taxpayer’s active conduct of any trade or business during the tax year. IRC 179 property generally means any tangible property that is described in §179(d)(1) that is

151

acquired by purchase for use in the active conduct of the taxpayer’s trade or business. Section 179 property includes:

  • Tangible property (to which § 168 applies) which is § 1245 property, such as, machinery and equipment; property contained in or attached to a building (other than structural components), such as refrigerators, grocery store counters, office equipment, printing presses, testing equipment, and signs; gasoline storage tanks and pumps at retail service stations; and livestock, including horses, cattle, hogs, sheep, goats, and mink and other furbearing animals.

  • Depreciable portable air conditioning and heating units which are § 1245 property placed in service in tax years beginning after 12/31/2015.

  • Depreciable tangible property used predominantly to furnish lodging or in connection with furnishing lodging and which is § 1245 property placed in service in tax years beginning after 12/31/2017.

  • Computer software (as defined in § 197(e)(3)(B)) that is readily available for purchase by the general public, is subject to a nonexclusive license, and has not been substantially modified, and to which § 167 applies.

  • Qualified real property- At the election of the taxpayer, qualified real property (as defined in § 179(e)). The definition of qualified real property has changed over the years from qualified leasehold improvement property (QLIP), qualified retail improvement property (QRIP) and qualified restaurant property (QRP) to, for property placed in service in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017: (1) qualified improvement property (QIP) described in § 168(e)(6); and (2) certain improvements to nonresidential real property that were placed in service after the date such property was first placed in service. These improvements are: heating, ventilation, and air conditioning property (HVAC); roofs; fire protection and alarm systems; and security systems (§ 179(e)(2)).

(2) Taxpayers claiming the § 179 deduction must reduce the depreciable basis of

the § 179 property by the amount of its cost that the taxpayer elected to deduct (See Treas. Reg. § 1.179-1(f)). This reduction is done prior to computing additional first year depreciation under § 168(k) and depreciation under § 168.

(3) Section 179 Qualified Real Property: Table showing § 179 eligibility of

Qualified Real Property by Placed in Service Date Range

152

Placed
in Service
Range
Qualified
Real
Property §
179
(QRP179)
Qualified
Leasehold
Improvement
Property
(QLIP)
Qualified
Restaurant
Property
(QRP)
Qualified
Retail
Improvement
Property
(QRIP)
Qualified
Improvement
Property
(QIP)
Tax years
beginning
after 2009
and before
2018

Yes*****
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Tax years
beginning
after 2017
Yes******
No
No
No
Yes

beginning after 2009 and before 2018

** QRP179 placed in service in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, is defined under § 179(e) as QIP under § 168(e)(6) and also the following improvements to nonresidential real property placed in service after the date such property was first placed in service: heating, ventilating, & air conditioning (HVAC); roofs; fire protection and alarm systems; and security systems.

(4) Additional § 179 Property: Table showing additional property eligibility for the

§ 179 deduction by Placed in Service Date Range.

Placed
in Service
Range
Tangible Property
(to which § 168
applies) That is §
1245 Property
Section 1245
Property Used to
Furnish Lodging
Section 1245
Portable Air
Conditioning
and Heating
Units
Tax years
beginning after
2009 and
before 2016
Yes
No

No
Tax years
beginning after
2015 and
before 2018
Yes
No
Yes
Tax years
beginning after
2017
Yes Yes Yes
Exceptions & meaning →

H.3. IRC § 179D Deduction

(1) For § 179D property placed in service before January 1, 2023, building owners

and lessors may deduct the cost of EECBP installed in their buildings up to a

153

maximum $1.80/sf of the building (which is adjusted for inflation for taxable years ending after 2020). For EECBP and the alternative deduction for energy efficient building retrofit property (EEBRP) placed in service after December 31, 2022, the deduction amounts have changed substantially. The deduction is now determined by a sliding scale of energy savings up to a prescribed dollar maximum. If specified prevailing wage and apprenticeship requirements are met, the inflation adjusted deduction is $2.83/sf to $5.65/sf for tax years beginning in 2024. For more information on § 179D see the IRS Practice Unit and related guidance released for IRA 2022.

(2) Similar to the § 179 deduction, taxpayers claiming the § 179D deduction must

reduce the depreciable basis of the EECBP (but not EEBRP) by the amount of its cost that the taxpayer elected to deduct (See § 179D(e)). This reduction is done prior to computing additional first year depreciation under § 168(k) and depreciation under § 168.

Exceptions & meaning →

H.4. Bonus Depreciation – In General

(1) Cost segregation studies are used by taxpayers most commonly to identify

portions of real property that are separate tangible personal properties subject to shorter depreciable recovery periods. Some of these properties may also qualify for additional first-year depreciation, commonly referred to as “bonus” depreciation. Bonus depreciation allows taxpayers to deduct a specified percentage (e.g., 30, 50, or 100 percent) of adjusted depreciable basis in the year the qualifying property is placed in service. The adjusted basis of the qualifying property is reduced by the allowable amount of bonus depreciation before the remaining depreciation deductions are computed for the placed-inservice year and subsequent years.

(2) Eligible Property - To qualify for 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, or 100 percent bonus

depreciation, the original use of the property must begin with the taxpayer (except for certain used property acquired and placed in service after September 27, 2017) and the property must be: 1) MACRS property with a recovery period of 20 years or less, 2) computer software as defined in, and depreciated under, § 167(f)(1), 3) water utility property as defined in § 168(e)(5), 4) qualified leasehold improvement property placed in service prior to 1/1/2016, or qualified improvement property placed in service after 12/31/2015 and before1/1/2018, 5) a qualified film or television production after 9/27/2017, 6) a qualified live theatrical production after 9/27/2017, or 7) a specified plant (if elected). Certain acquisition requirements and placed in service dates must also be met to qualify for 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, or 100 percent bonus depreciation, and are discussed in more detail below.

(3) Original Use of the Property - The term “original use” means the first use to

which the property itself is put, whether or not that use corresponds to the use of the property by the taxpayer. The original use of the property by the taxpayer begins on the date the taxpayer uses the property primarily in its trade or business or for the production of income. Generally, this would be the date the property is placed in service. However, if a taxpayer initially acquires new

154

tangible personal property and holds it as inventory primarily for sale to customers, but subsequently withdraws the property from inventory and uses it in their trade or business, the taxpayer is considered the original user of that property. A cost segregation study may also identify certain costs incurred by a taxpayer to acquire or construct reconditioned or rebuilt tangible personal property that is used in the real property. The cost to acquire or construct the reconditioned or rebuilt tangible personal property does not satisfy the original use requirement. Determining if tangible personal property is reconditioned or rebuilt is a question of fact, but property that contains used parts is not treated as reconditioned or rebuilt if the cost of the used parts is no more than 20 percent of the total cost of the property, whether the property is acquired or constructed by the taxpayer.

(4) Used Property - For qualified property acquired and placed in service after

September 27, 2017, eligible property is expanded to include certain used depreciable property. Used property is eligible for the bonus depreciation deduction if it meets the following requirements: (1) the property was not used (that is, no depreciable interest was held in the property) by the taxpayer or a predecessor at any time prior to the acquisition. Pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(b)(3)(iii)(B)(1), this is determined by taking into account only the five calendar years immediately before the current calendar year in which the property is placed in service, without taking into account the applicable convention; (2) the acquisition of the property meets the related party and carryover basis requirements of § 179(d)(2)(A), (B), and (C) and Treas. Reg. § 1.179-4(c)(1)(ii), (iii), and (iv), or (c)(2); and (3) the acquisition of the property meets the cost requirements of § 179(d)(3) and Treas. Reg. § 1.179-4(d). However, any QIP previously placed in service by the seller of a nonresidential building is not eligible used property to the taxpayer that purchases the building because the improvement is not made by the taxpayer that purchased the building. § 168(e)(6) and Treas. Reg. § 1.168(b)-1(a)(5)(i)(A).

(5) Qualified Leasehold Improvement Property - A cost segregation study may

also identify the cost of leasehold improvement property placed in service before 2018. Qualified leasehold improvement property (QLIP) is any improvement to the interior portion of a building (CCA 201310028) that is nonresidential real property if the following three conditions are satisfied:

  • It must be made under a lease by the lessee, sub-lessee, or lessor of that portion;

  • The portion must be set for occupancy by the lessee or sub-lessee; and

  • The improvement must be placed in service more than three years after the date the building was first placed in service.

o Qualified leasehold improvement property does not include any

improvement for which the expenditure is attributable to the enlargement of the building, any elevator or escalator, any structural component benefiting a common area, or the internal structural framework of the building.

155

o Qualified leasehold improvement property is eligible for the bonus

depreciation per statute, see § 168(k)(3) prior to 2016. However, for the purposes of the bonus depreciation, for property placed in service after December 31, 2015, QLIP was replaced by qualified improvement property (QIP). QLIP is eliminated for property placed in service after 12/31/2017.

(6) Qualified Retail Improvement Property and Qualified Restaurant Property

  • Qualified retail improvement property (QRIP) and qualified restaurant property (QRP) have a recovery period of 15 years for GDS, but they are generally ineligible for bonus depreciation unless the property also meets the definition of QLIP. Note: QRP acquired and placed in service in 2008 was eligible for bonus depreciation.

    • For property placed in service after 2008, QRP is defined in § 168(e)(7) (in effect before the enactment of TCJA), as any § 1250 property which is a building or an improvement to a building, if more than 50 percent of the building’s square footage is devoted to the preparation of, and seating for on-premises consumption of, prepared meals. For property placed in service after December 31, 2017, QRP is no longer defined.

    • For property placed in service after December 31, 2017, QRIP is no longer defined. For property placed in service after 2008, QRIP is defined in § 168(e)(8) (in effect before the enactment of TCJA) as any improvement to an interior portion of a building which is nonresidential real property if –

o Such portion is open to the general public and is used in the retail

trade or business of selling tangible personal property to the general public, and

o Such improvement is placed in service more than three years after the

building was first placed in service by any person. § 168(e)(8)(A)(ii); Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-1(c)).

(7) Qualified Improvement Property

  • Property qualifying for the bonus depreciation as defined in § 168(k)(2)(A) includes “qualified improvement property” (QIP) placed in service after December 31, 2015, and before January 1, 2018. It was created to allow certain improvements to the interior of an existing building to be eligible for the bonus depreciation regardless of the presence of a lease for that property. QIP was defined in § 168(k)(3) as any improvement to an interior portion of a building which is nonresidential real property (with a 39-year recovery period) if such improvement is placed in service after the date such building was first placed in service. Similar to qualified leasehold improvement property, QIP does not include any improvement for which

156

the expenditure is attributable to the enlargement of the building, any elevator or escalator, or the internal structural framework of the building.

  • NOTE: This provision allowed bonus depreciation for QIP without regard

to whether the improvements are property subject to a lease and removes the requirement that the improvement must be placed in service more than three years after the date the building was first placed in service. (PATH Act of 2015 – P.L. 114-113)

  • The TCJA (P.L. 115-97) eliminated QIP placed in service after 12/31/2017

from § 168(k) as eligible property for bonus depreciation. The TCJA added the definition of QIP to the Classification of Property in § 168(e)(6), yet no property class was specified. As such, QIP placed in service after 12/31/2017 was classified by default as nonresidential real property with a 39-year recovery period under GDS.

  • The CARES Act (P.L. 116-136) provided a technical correction for QIP. The

recovery period for QIP placed in service after December 31, 2017, was reduced from 39 years to 15 years for GDS by the addition of § 168(e)(3)(E)(vii) thereby making it eligible for bonus depreciation. The ADS recovery period for QIP placed in service after December 31, 2017, was also reduced from 40 years to 20 years. The definition of QIP in § 168(e)(6) was also amended to provide that the improvements must be “made by the taxpayer." These changes were made retroactive to January 1, 2018, as if they were included in the TCJA. As a result, taxpayers that depreciated QIP that was placed in service after December 31, 2017, using a GDS 39-year recovery period or an ADS 40-year recovery period are on an impermissible method of accounting. Revenue Procedure 202025, 2020-19 I.R.B. 785, provides guidance allowing eligible taxpayers to change their method of depreciating QIP that was placed in service after December 31, 2017, in the taxable years ending in 2018, 2019, or 2020.

Exceptions & meaning →

H.5. Acquisition Requirements and Placed in Service Dates

(1) Note, as of the date of this writing, bonus depreciation is not available for

property placed in service after December 31, 2026 (December 31, 2027, for long production period property and specified aircraft).

(2) Pre-2005 30% Bonus Depreciation – Acquisition Requirements and Placed in

Service Dates

  • To qualify for 30% bonus depreciation as in effect before the enactment of

the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 (Pre-2005 30%), the property must be placed in service by the taxpayer after September 10, 2001 and before January 1, 2005 (note that for 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, and 100% bonus depreciation, special placed in service rules apply to long production period property and specified aircraft).

  • One of two alternative acquisition requirements must also be met:

157

o The first requirement is met if the property is acquired by the taxpayer

after September 10, 2001, and before January 1, 2005, but only if no written binding contract for the acquisition was in effect before September 11, 2001; or

o The second requirement is met if the property is acquired by the

taxpayer pursuant to a written binding contract entered into after September 10, 2001, and before January 1, 2005.

(3) 50% Bonus Depreciation – Acquisition Requirements and Placed in Service

Dates

  • 50% bonus depreciation is allowable for qualifying property placed in service during three different time periods:

o Property placed in service after May 5, 2003, and before January 1,

2005;

o Property placed in service after December 31, 2007, and before

September 9, 2010; and

o Property placed in service after December 31, 2011, and before

January 1, 2018.

  • NOTE: Property placed in service after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, generally is not eligible for bonus depreciation.

  • For property placed in service after May 5, 2003, and before January 1, 2005, one of two alternative acquisition requirements must also be met:

o The first requirement is met if the property is acquired by the taxpayer

after May 5, 2003, and before January 1, 2005, but only if no written binding contract for the acquisition was in effect before May 6, 2003; or

o The second requirement is met if the property is acquired by the

taxpayer pursuant to a written binding contract entered into after May 5, 2003, and before January 1, 2005.

  • For property placed in service after December 31, 2007, and before September 9, 2010, one of two alternative acquisition requirements must also be met:

o The first requirement is met if the property is acquired by the taxpayer

after December 31, 2007, and before January 1, 2016, but only if no written binding contract for the acquisition was in effect before January 1, 2008; or

o The second requirement is met if the property is acquired by the

taxpayer pursuant to a written binding contract entered into after December 31, 2007, and before January 1, 2016.

  • NOTE: Bonus depreciation is increased from 50% to 100% for qualified property acquired after September 27, 2017, and placed in service after

158

September 27, 2017, and before January 1, 2023 (January 1, 2024, in the case of long production period property and specified aircraft).

(4) 100% Bonus Depreciation (after 9/8/2010 and before 1/1/2012) – Acquisition

Requirements and Placed in Service Dates

  • As part of the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010, Congress added § 168(k)(5). As a result of this Act, certain 50% qualified property that is acquired by the taxpayer after September 8, 2010, and before January 1, 2012 (January 1, 2013, in the case of long production period property and specified aircraft), and that is placed in service by the taxpayer after September 8, 2010, and before January 1, 2012 (January 1, 2013, in the case of long production period property and specified aircraft) is eligible for 100% bonus depreciation.

  • To qualify for 100% bonus depreciation, the property must meet one of the following two alternative acquisition requirements:

o The first requirement is met if the property is acquired by the taxpayer

after September 8, 2010, and before January 1, 2012 (January 1, 2013, in the case of long production period property and specified aircraft); or

o The second requirement is met if the property is acquired by the

taxpayer pursuant to a written binding contract entered into after September 8, 2010, and before January 1, 2012.

  • Section 4.02 of Rev. Proc. 2011-26, 2011-16 I.R.B. 664, provides a limited

exception to the above rule, which allows taxpayers to elect to treat all qualified property of any particular class of property, acquired during their tax year that includes September 9, 2010, as subject to the 50% bonus depreciation rather than the 100% bonus depreciation allowed for property acquired after September 8, 2010, without regard to whether the property was acquired before or after September 8, 2010.

Exceptions & meaning →

H.6. Bonus Depreciation Rates After 9/27/2017

(1) Portion of Basis of Qualified Property Acquired before Sept. 28, 2017: Table

showing bonus deprecia before Sept. 28, 2017. ation eligibility and percentage fo Bonus Depreciation or property acquired Bonus Depreciation
Placed in Service Year Bonus Depreciation
Percentage -
Qualified Property in
General/Specified Plants
Bonus Depreciation
Percentage -
Longer Production
Period Property and
Certain Aircraft
Sept. 28 − Dec. 31, 2017 50 percent
50 percent
2018 40 percent 50 percent

159

Placed in Service Year Bonus Depreciation
Percentage -
Qualified Property in
General/Specified Plants
Bonus Depreciation
Percentage -
Longer Production
Period Property and
Certain Aircraft
2019 30 percent
40 percent
2020 None 30 percent
2021 and thereafter None None

(2) Portion of Basis of Qualified Property Acquired after Sept. 27, 2017: Table

showing bonus deprec after Sept. 28, 2017. ciation eligibility and percentag Bonus Depreciation ge for property acquired Bonus Depreciation
**Placed in service Year ** Bonus Depreciation
Percentage -
Qualified Property in
General/Specified Plants
Bonus Depreciation
Percentage -
Longer Production
Period Property and
Certain Aircraft
Sept. 28, 2017 − Dec. 31, 2022 100 percent 100 percent
2023 80 percent 100 percent
2024 60 percent 80 percent
2025 40 percent 60 percent
2026 20 percent 40 percent
2027 None 20 percent
2028 and thereafter
None None
Exceptions & meaning →

H.7. Acquisition Requirement – In General

(1) The bonus depreciation regulations provide special rules for determining the

timing of a taxpayer's acquisition of qualifying property. One set of rules addresses acquired property and the other set deals with self-constructed property. Both sets of rules can apply in the context of a cost segregation study.

(2) Acquisition Requirement - Acquired Property

  • As discussed above, a cost segregation study may identify certain

acquired tangible property that potentially qualifies for bonus depreciation. This can include tangible personal property that is acquired by the taxpayer and used in the construction by the taxpayer (or a third party under contract with the taxpayer) of new real property, or the expansion, refreshment, or restoration of the taxpayer’s existing real property. Provided it is otherwise qualifying property (e.g., MACRS property having a recovery period of 20 years or less, etc.), tangible personal property that

160

is acquired under a written binding contract qualifies for bonus depreciation (i) if the placed in service dates and either of the two alternative acquisition requirements are met for the pre-2005 30%, pre2016 50%, or 9/9/2010 - 12/31/2011 100% bonus depreciation, respectively, or (ii) if the placed in service dates are met for the post-2015 30%, 40% and 50% bonus depreciation, respectively, and, if applicable, the acquisition requirements are met for the post-2015 30% and 40% bonus depreciation for long production period property and specified aircraft.

  • The acquisition date requirement for 100% bonus depreciation is met if the property is acquired by the taxpayer after September 27, 2017, or is acquired by the taxpayer pursuant to a written binding contract entered into by the taxpayer after September 27, 2017. See Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(b)(5)(ii)(A).

(3) Acquisition Requirement - Self-Constructed Property

  • Similarly, a cost segregation study may identify certain self-constructed tangible personal property that potentially qualifies for bonus depreciation. This can include tangible personal property that is manufactured, constructed, or produced by the taxpayer and used in the construction by the taxpayer (or a third party under contract with the taxpayer) of new real property, or in the expansion, refreshment, or restoration of the taxpayer’s existing real property used in its trade or business or for the production of income.

  • If a taxpayer manufactures, constructs, or produces property for use in its trade or business or for the production of income, the acquisition requirement is satisfied if the taxpayer begins manufacturing, constructing, or producing the property during the following dates:

o After September 10, 2001, and before January 1, 2005 for pre-2005

30% property;

o After May 5, 2003, and before January 1, 2005 for 50% property under

§ 168(k)(4) as in effect before the enactment of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008;

o After December 31, 2007, and before September 9, 2010, or after

December 31, 2011 and before January 1, 2016 for 50% property;

o After September 8, 2010, and before January 1, 2012 for 100%

property; and

o For qualified property placed in service after December 31, 2015, there

is no date-sensitive acquisition requirement, except that certain property having longer production periods must be acquired by the taxpayer before January 1, 2019, or January 1, 2020, as applicable depending on the phase down percentage.

161

o After September 27, 2017, for 20%, 40%, 60%, 80%, or 100%

property.

  • Property that is manufactured, constructed, or produced for the taxpayer by another person under a written binding contract that is entered into before the manufacture, construction, or production of the property for use by the taxpayer in its trade or business or for its production of income is considered to be manufactured, constructed, or produced by the taxpayer.

  • Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-1(b)(4)(iii)(B)(1) provides that the manufacture, construction, or production of property begins when physical work of a significant nature begins. Physical work does not include preliminary activities such as planning or designing, securing financing, exploring, or researching. The determination of when physical work of a significant nature begins depends on the facts and circumstances. Alternatively, the taxpayer may choose to determine when physical work of a significant nature begins in accordance with the safe harbor rule provided in Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-1(b)(4)(iii)(B)(2). Under this safe harbor rule, physical work of a significant nature does not begin before more than 10 percent of the total cost of the property (excluding the cost of any land and preliminary activities such as planning or designing, securing financing, exploring, or researching) is incurred by an accrual basis taxpayer or paid by a cash basis taxpayer. When property is manufactured, constructed, or produced for the taxpayer by another person, this safe harbor rule must be satisfied by the taxpayer. A taxpayer chooses to apply the safe harbor rule by filing an income tax return consistent with the safe harbor rule for the placed-in-service year of the property that determines when physical work of a significant nature begins.

  • See also Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(b)(5)(iv)(B) for property acquired after September 27, 2017.

(4) Components of Larger Self-Constructed Properties - General Rules

  • If a written binding contract is entered into to acquire a component of a larger self-constructed property before the relevant acquisition date (for the 30%, 40%, 50%, or 100% property respectively, as described above), or the manufacture, construction, or production of a self-constructed component begins before the relevant acquisition date, neither the acquired or self-constructed component qualifies for bonus depreciation, even though the larger self-constructed property may qualify. See Example 6 of Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-1(b)(4)(v).

  • If the manufacture, construction, or production of a larger self-constructed property begins before the relevant acquisition date, neither the larger self-constructed property nor any of the acquired or self-constructed components are eligible to be treated as qualified property for bonus

162

depreciation purposes, regardless of when the component is acquired or when construction begins on the component. See Example 7 of Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-1(b)(4)(v).

  • If a binding contract to acquire a component is entered into after the relevant acquisition date, or the manufacture, construction, or production of a self-constructed component begins after the relevant acquisition date, but the manufacture, construction, or production of the larger selfconstructed property does not begin before the close of the relevant acquisition period, the component itself would qualify for bonus depreciation under the acquisition rules even though the larger selfconstructed property does not. See Example 13 of Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)1(b)(4)(v).

  • See also Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(b)(5)(iv)(C) for property acquired after September 27, 2017.

(5) Components of Larger Self-Constructed Properties – Exception to the

Acquisition Date Requirement

  • A taxpayer may elect to treat one or more components acquired or selfconstructed after September 27, 2017, of certain larger self-constructed property as being eligible for the 100% bonus depreciation under the TCJA. The larger self-constructed property must be property for which the manufacture, construction, or production began before September 28, 2017, property described in Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(b)(2)(i)(A), (B), (C), or (D) but the requirement that the property has to be acquired after September 27, 2017, is disregarded, and property that meets the requirements in Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(b), determined without regard to the acquisition date requirement in Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(b)(5). However, the election is not available for components of larger selfconstructed property if the taxpayer elected out of bonus depreciation for the class of property in which the larger self-constructed property is included, or if such property is not eligible for any bonus depreciation under § 168(k); for example, § 168(k)(9) excludes property used by rateregulated utilities and firms (primarily automobile dealerships) with “floor plan financing indebtedness” as defined under § 163(j) and placed in service by the taxpayer in any tax year beginning after December 31,
  1. Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(c).
  • If a taxpayer constructs a building that is residential rental property or nonresidential real property under § 168(e)(2), or an improvement to such property, all property constructed as part of that property and that is described in Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(b)(2)(i)(A), (B), (C), or (D) is taken together as the larger self-constructed property for purposes of the component election. To be eligible, the construction of all such property of the building must begin before September 28, 2017, and any eligible

163

component, as determined under Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-2(c)(3) of such property is eligible for the component election.

(6) Components of Larger Self-Constructed Properties – Special Rule for 100%

Bonus Property (after 9/8/2010 and before 1/1/2012)

  • There are two limited exceptions to the general rules above with respect to 100% bonus depreciation for qualified property that is acquired by the taxpayer after September 8, 2010, and before January 1, 2012 (January 1, 2013, in the case of long production period property and specified aircraft), and that is placed in service by the taxpayer after September 8, 2010, and before January 1, 2012 (January 1, 2013, in the case of long production period property and specified aircraft):

o First, the otherwise qualifying components of a larger self-constructed

property are not required to be acquired by the taxpayer under a written binding contract pursuant to section 3.02(2)(a) of Rev. Proc. 2011-26; and

o Second, in contrast to the general rule that denies qualified property

treatment to both the components and the larger self-constructed property, where the larger self-constructed property does not meet the relevant acquisition date or placed in service date requirements, taxpayers may elect to treat any otherwise qualifying acquired or selfconstructed components of a non-qualifying larger self-constructed property as eligible for the 100% first-year depreciation deduction. Under this election, the component must be qualified property and must be acquired or self-constructed by the taxpayer after September 8, 2010, and before January 1, 2012 (before January 1, 2013, in the case of long production period property and specified aircraft). Section 3.02(2)(b) of Rev. Proc. 2011-26.

  • Section 3.02(2)(b) of Rev. Proc. 2011-26 also provides the applicable election procedures. The election must be made by the due date (including extensions) of the federal tax return for the taxpayer's taxable year in which the larger self-constructed property is placed in service by the taxpayer. The election is made by attaching a statement to that return indicating that the taxpayer is making the election provided in Section 3.02(2)(b) of Rev. Proc. 2011-26. The attached statement must also indicate whether the taxpayer is making the election for all, or only a portion of, the components eligible under the rule. Finally, relief is available for taxpayers who have already filed their federal tax returns (on or before April 18, 2011) for the taxable year in which the larger self-constructed property was placed in service. Therefore, taxpayers receive an automatic six-month extension from the due date of its return (excluding extensions) to make the election to treat the qualifying components of non-qualifying

164

larger self-constructed property as property eligible for the 100% bonus depreciation allowance.

Exceptions & meaning →

H.8. Chief Counsel Guidance on the Application of Bonus Depreciation Regulations to a…

(1) In a building construction project, the building (including its structural

components) is not eligible for bonus depreciation because buildings generally have a MACRS recovery period of greater than 20 years. However, the § 1245 properties identified in a cost segregation study generally meet the MACRS recovery period requirement (20 years or less), but each § 1245 property must also meet the other bonus requirements to determine its eligibility for bonus depreciation (including the original use, acquisition, and placed in service requirements).

(2) In Field Attorney Advice (FAA) 20140202F (1/10/2014), the IRS concluded that

the taxpayer is required to separately identify the properties associated with a building construction project to determine which assets constitute “qualified property.” Each property is to be analyzed under the rules of § 168(k) to determine its eligibility for bonus depreciation. The taxpayer has the burden of proof to show which properties are subject to bonus depreciation. This FAA states that the first step in determining whether a property is eligible for bonus depreciation is to determine whether it is “qualified property.” As discussed above, the § 168(k) and regulations thereunder define qualified property for bonus depreciation purposes. Significantly, the plain language of § 168(k)(2)(A) makes it clear that eligibility for bonus depreciation in the context of components of real property is determined with reference to factors related to each property at issue rather than with reference to the project at issue. This means a taxpayer cannot argue that a property qualifies for bonus depreciation simply because the “project” to which said property relates qualifies (based on contract date, acquisition date and placed in service date of the “project”). Rather, a taxpayer is required to separately identify the properties associated with a project to determine which assets constitute “qualified property.” Taxpayers may do this by performing a cost segregation study, which properly identifies separate § 1245 property constructed in conjunction with § 1250 property. Only after the properties are segregated can the individual properties be considered for bonus depreciation eligibility.

(3) The taxpayer in the FAA acquired a number of properties based on the terms of

a building construction contract with a third-party contractor. As discussed above, property that is constructed for the taxpayer by another person under a written binding contract that is entered into before the construction of the property begins is considered to be self-constructed by the taxpayer. The taxpayer accounted for its entitlement to bonus depreciation based on a cost segregation study. The cost segregation study identified a number of separately identifiable properties including sidewalks, paving, and landscaping. These properties have a MACRS recovery period of less than 20 years so they, if new, will be qualified property and eligible for bonus depreciation as long as they

165

meet the other requirements of the regulations. The “building” also has other separately identifiable properties. An example is "decorative lighting" which includes the fixtures, lamps, and electrical wiring to the lighting as well as the direct cost of the installation of the lighting and the indirect cost of the design. All of these costs together would be included in the cost basis of the "decorative lighting,” which would be qualified properties (as long as the lighting is new) because their recovery period would be 20 years or less, depending on the Asset Class of Rev. Proc. 87-56 applicable to the taxpayer’s business activity in which the decorative lighting is primarily used.

(4) After performing the cost segregation study and identifying each property, the

next step is to determine whether the property meets the other requirements of the bonus depreciation regulations, including the acquisition requirement. As discussed above, self-constructed property is acquired when construction begins on that property. The determination of when construction begins generally depends on the facts and circumstances, but a taxpayer may choose to determine when construction begins in accordance with the safe harbor rule provided in the regulations. Under this safe harbor rule, construction does not begin before more than 10 percent of the total cost of the property (excluding the cost of any land and preliminary activities such as planning or designing, securing financing, exploring, or researching) is incurred by an accrual basis taxpayer or paid by a cash basis taxpayer. When property is manufactured, constructed, or produced for the taxpayer by another person, as in the present case, this safe harbor rule must be satisfied by the taxpayer.

(5) The taxpayer in the FAA chose to apply the 10% safe harbor rule in Treas. Reg.

§ 1.168(k)-1(b)(4)(iii)(B)(2) to determine when construction began on the properties identified in its cost segregation study. Because the taxpayer used the accrual method of accounting for the acquisition of property pursuant to § 461, the taxpayer needed to determine when 10% of the cost of each property was incurred. Generally, a liability is incurred for the acquisition of property under the regulations when all events have occurred fixing the liability and economic performance has occurred. In the case of property acquired, economic performance occurs when the property is delivered or accepted, or when title to the property passes to the taxpayer. In this case, the taxpayer’s liability for each qualified property was incurred when the taxpayer accepted the property after the third-party contractor submitted a pay application. Pay applications were used as the formal certification from the third-party contractor which showed the total contract amount, the amount of the construction completed and a completion figure. As each request for a progress payment was made by the contractor, the taxpayer reviewed the amount, ascertained that the work had been completed and met the standards set forth in the contracts, accepted the work, and soon afterwards, released the progress payment as provided under the contract. At the point when taxpayer accepted the work, the all events test and the economic performance test is met. With each acceptance, the taxpayer incurred costs for that property.

166

(6) However, the FAA holds that the taxpayer did not meet its burden of proof that

the 10% safe harbor was met, and as a result, the taxpayer was not entitled to bonus depreciation on any of the qualified properties identified in the cost segregation study. Neither the pay applications nor the cost segregation study provided by the taxpayer clearly indicated when the costs of any of the separately identifiable properties were incurred. Specifically, as the pay applications were not broken down to the individual properties, it was not possible to determine when the total costs of separate properties, such as the landscaping, business signage, or decorative items, were incurred. The burden is on the taxpayer to prove which separately identifiable property, if any, was acquired under the safe harbor rules after December 31, 2007.

H.10. Election Out of Bonus Depreciation

(1) In general, taxpayers may elect out of bonus depreciation for any qualifying

property placed in service during the taxable year. The election applies to all property of the same property class that is placed in service by the taxpayer in the same year. For bonus depreciation purposes, eligible property is in one of the classes described in § 168(k)(2)(A): MACRS property with a recovery period of 20 years or less; computer software defined in, and depreciated under, § 167(f)(1); water utility property as defined in § 168(e)(5); qualified leasehold improvement property placed in service before 1/1/2016; or qualified improvement property placed in service after 12/31/2015 and before 1/1/2018. Pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)-1(e)(2) and Treas. Reg. § 1.168(k)2(f)(1)(ii), the class “MACRS property with a recovery period of 20 years or less” is further broken down to each class of property described in § 168(e) (e.g., 5year property). The election may be revoked only with the consent of the Commissioner, obtained by requesting a private letter ruling. However, Treas. Reg. § 301.9100-2(b) provides an automatic extension of 6 months from the due date if the taxpayer timely filed its return for the placed-in-service year for the class of property during which the taxpayer may file an amended tax return to revoke the election out of bonus depreciation for that class of property.

(2) For qualified property placed in service after September 27, 2017, or December

31, 2017, in the case of qualified improvement property, eligible taxpayers may revoke an election out of bonus depreciation for a limited period of time, by filing an amended return or Form 3115. See Revenue Procedure 2020-25 and Revenue Procedure 2020-50, 2020-48 I.R.B 1122.

(3) If the election to forego the bonus depreciation deduction is made, all property

in the same class of property and placed in service in the same taxable year is deemed to be non-qualifying property, and no bonus depreciation is allowable for any property in that same property class and placed in service during that same taxable year. Accordingly, if a taxpayer identifies tangible personal property in a cost segregation study that would otherwise qualify for bonus depreciation, but that property was placed in service in the same taxable year and is in the same class of property as a property for which the taxpayer elected out of bonus depreciation, then the tangible personal property identified in the study is deemed to be non-qualifying property.

(4) Additionally, for tax years beginning before January 1, 2018, corporations may

elect under § 168(k)(4) to accelerate the use of alternative minimum tax (AMT)

169

credits in lieu of bonus depreciation. Note, for tax years beginning after 2017, § 168(k)(4) is repealed.

170

Exceptions & meaning →

VII. Chapter 7 - Industry Specific Guidance

A. Introduction

(1) This chapter includes previously released Field Directives on the planning and

examination of cost segregation issues in specific industries, listed below. The directives contained matrices and related definitions as tools to reduce unnecessary disputes and foster consistent audit treatment. The matrices recommend the categorization and general depreciation system recovery period of various industry assets. Additional matrices have been added as part of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide. These IDDs are not an official pronouncement of the law or the position of the Service and cannot be used, cited, or relied upon as such.

(2) Field Directives by date published, Industry, IDD #:

  • December 16, 2004 - Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of

Cost Segregation Issues in the Retail Industry

  • December 27, 2004 - Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of

Cost Segregation Issues in the Restaurant Industry

  • November 28, 2005 - Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of

Cost Segregation Issues in the Biotech/Pharmaceutical Industry

  • July 11, 2006 - Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of Cost

Segregation Issues in the Casino/Gaming Industry - LMSB-04-0706-005

  • February 25, 2008 - Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of

Cost Segregation Issues in the Auto Dealership Industry - LMSB Control No. 4-0208-006

  • October 27, 2016 - Motor Vehicle Manufacturing Industry

  • Month Day, Year - Residential Rental Property.

Exceptions & meaning →

B. Retail Industries

(1) Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of Cost Segregation Issues in

the Retail Industry intended to provide direction to effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of a taxpayer who is recovering costs through depreciation of tangible property used in the operation of a retail business. This Directive is not an official pronouncement of the law or the position of the Service and cannot be used, cited, or relied upon as such.

(2) BACKGROUND - The crux of cost segregation is determining whether an asset

is I.R.C. § 1245 property (shorter cost recovery period property, 5 or 7 years) or § 1250 property (longer cost recovery period property, 39, 31.5 or 15 years). The most common example of § 1245 property is depreciable personal property, such as equipment. The most common examples of § 1250 property are buildings and building components, which generally are not § 1245 property.

171

(3) The difference in recovery periods has placed the Internal Revenue Service and

taxpayers in adversarial positions in determining whether an asset is § 1245 or § 1250 property. Frequently, this causes the excessive expenditure of examination resources. The Director for the Retailers, Food, Pharmaceuticals and Healthcare Industry chartered a working group to address the most efficient way to approach cost segregation issues specific to the retail industry. The group produced the attached matrix and related definitions as a tool to reduce unnecessary disputes and foster consistent audit treatment.

(4) PLANNING AND EXAMINATION GUIDANCE - Attached Retail Exhibit A is a

matrix recommending the categorization and general depreciation system recovery period of various retail assets. (For recovery periods under IRC § 168(g) alternative depreciation system, see Revenue Procedure 87-56, 1987-2 CB 674). If the taxpayer’s tax return position for these assets is consistent with the recommendations in Retail Exhibit A, examiners should not make adjustments to categorization and lives. If the taxpayer reports assets differently, then adjustments should be considered. The Industry intends to update Retail Exhibit A regularly.

(5) If you have any questions, please contact the Deductible and Capital

Expenditures (DCE) Practice Network.

(6) This matrix, Exhibit A, which is part of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques

Guide, is intended to provide direction to effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of property used in the operation of a retail business such as a department or grocery store. General fact patterns specific to this industry have been considered in the classification of these assets and may not be applicable to other industries. Similarly, asset classification guidance issued for other industries is based on the general fact pattern for that industry and may not be applicable to a retail business situation. For example, for asset classification of restaurants located within a retail store, refer to the industry directive for restaurants. For examination techniques and historical background related to this issue, refer to the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide.

(7) NOTE: In the case of certain leasehold improvement property, the

classifications in this directive are superseded to the extent that the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 modifies § 168. Thus, a 15-year straight line recovery period should replace the recovery period shown in the following matrix if the asset is “qualified leasehold improvement property" (as defined in § 168(e)(6) placed in service by the taxpayer after 10/22/04 and before 01/01/08.

(8) Exhibit A below:

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Awnings &
Canopies

Readily removable overhang or covering, often of
canvas or plastic, used to provide shade or cover over
a storefront, window, or door; or used inside a
structure to identify a particular department or selling


§ 1245



57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --

172

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD




area. Examples include applications over an exterior
door or window, or attached to interior walls or
suspended from ceilings for bakery, deli, floral, meat,
or produce departments. Also includes canopies
designed to protect customers and gasoline fueling
equipment from weather conditions and to act as
advertising displays that are anchored with bolts and
are not attached to buildings or other structures. Does
not include canopies that are an integral part of a
building’s structural shell, such as in the casino
industry, or over docks. See alsoConcrete
Foundations & Footings andLoading Docks.

§ 1245


5 Years
Beverage
Equipment

Equipment for storage and preparation of beverages
and beverage delivery systems. Beverage equipment
includes the refrigerators, coolers, dispensing
systems, and the dedicated electrical, tubing or piping
for such equipment. The dispensing system may be
gravity, pump or gas driven. See alsoRefrigerated
Structures.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Ceilings

Includes all interior ceilings regardless of finish or
décor; e.g. drywall or plaster ceilings, acoustic
ceilings, suspended ceilings (including hangers,
frames, grids and tiles or panels), decorative metal or
tin finishes, plastic panels, decorative panels, etc_._ See
alsoAwnings & Canopies, Millwork - Decorative
andMillwork - General Building or Structural.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Computers

Processors (CPU), direct access storage device
(DASD), tape drives, desktop and laptop computers,
CRT, terminals, monitors, printers, and other
peripheral equipment. Excludes Point of Sale (POS)
systems and computers that are an integral part of
other equipment (e.g. fire detection, heating, cooling,
or energy management systems, etc.).
§ 1245

00.12
Information
Systems –
5 Years
Concrete
Foundations
& Footings


Includes formwork, reinforcement, concrete block, and
pre-cast or cast-in-place work related to foundations
and footings necessary for the proper setting of the
building.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Concrete
Foundations
& Footings


Foundations or footings for signs, light poles, and
other land improvements (except buildings).
§ 1250

00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Concrete
Foundations
& Footings

The supporting concrete footings used to anchor
gasoline pump canopies are inherently permanent
structures and are classified as land improvements.
§ 1250
57.1
Distributive
Trades and
Services –
15 years

173

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Data
Handling
Equipment
Includes adding and accounting machines,
calculators, copiers, and duplicating machines.
Excludes computers and computer peripheral
equipment, seeComputers.

§ 1245

00.13 Data
Handling
Equipment,
except
Computers –
5 Years
Doors
Interior and exterior doors, regardless of decoration,
including but not limited to, double opening doors,
overhead doors, revolving doors, mall entrance
security gates, roll-up or sliding wire mesh or steel
grills and gates, and door hardware (such as
doorknobs, closers, kick plates, hinges, locks,
automatic openers, etc.).
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Doors

Special lightweight, double action doors installed to
prevent accidents in a heavily trafficked area. For
example, flexible doors, or clear or strip curtains used
between stock and selling areas.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services –
5 Years
Doors - Air
Curtains
Air doors or curtains are air systems located above
doors and windows that circulate air to stabilize
environments and save energy by minimizing the
heated/air conditioned air loss through open doorways
and windows. They also effectively repel flying
insects, dust, and pollutants.

§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Drive-
Through
Equipment

Drive-through equipment includes order taking,
merchandise delivery, and payment processing
systems whether mechanical or electronic. Excludes
building elements such as doors, bays, or windows.
See alsoWalls – Exterior, andWindows for drive-
through bays and windows.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Electrical

Includes all components of the building electrical
system used in the operation or maintenance of the
building or necessary to provide general building
services such as electrical outlets of general
applicability and accessibility, lighting, heating,
ventilation, air conditioning, and electrical wiring.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Electrical




Special electrical connections which are necessary to
and used directly with a specific item of machinery or
equipment or connections between specific items of
individual machinery or equipment; such as dedicated
electrical outlets, wiring, conduit, and circuit breakers
by which machinery and equipment is connected to
the electrical distribution system. Does not include
electrical outlets of general applicability and
accessibility. SeeChapter 5 of the Cost Segregation
Audit Techniques Guide for allocation examples.
§ 1245 57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years

174

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Elevators
and
Escalators
Elevators and escalators, which include handrails and
smoke baffles, are permanently affixed to the building,
and intended to remain in place. They relate to the
operation or maintenance of the building and are
structural components_._


§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Energy
Management
Systems


Energy management systems control all energy-using
systems in a building, automatically checking
occupancy schedules, reading temperatures, and re-
circuiting light levels, causing all heating, cooling, and
lighting equipment to operate so as to minimize
energy costs. Includes, for example, detection devices
such as smoke, motion and infrared devices,
photocells, foil and contact switches, pressure
switches, proximity alarms, sensors, alarm
transmitting controls, data gathering panels, demand
controllers, thermostats, computer controls, outside air
economizers, occupancy sensors, electronic ballasts,
and all related wiring and conduit. May also provide
for fire and burglary protection.


§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Exit Signs

Signs posted along exit routes that indicate the
direction of travel to the nearest exit. These signs
typically read "EXIT" and may have distinctive colors,
illumination, or arrows indicating the direction to the
exit.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Fire
Protection &
Alarm
Systems


Includes sensing devices, computer controls, sprinkler
heads, piping or plumbing, pumps, visual and audible
alarms, alarm control panels, heat and smoke
detection devices, fire escapes, fire doors, emergency
exit lighting and signage, and wall mounted fire
extinguishers necessary for the protection of the
building.


§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Fire
Protection
Equipment

Includes special fire detection or suppression systems
directly associated with a piece of equipment. For
example, a fire extinguisher designed and used for
protection against a particular hazard created by the
business activity.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Floor
Coverings

Floor covering affixed with permanent adhesive,
nailed, or screwed in place. Examples include ceramic
or quarry tile, marble, paving brick, and other
coverings cemented, mudded, or grouted to the floor;
epoxy or sealers; and wood flooring.

§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Floor
Coverings





Floor covering that is installed by means of strippable
adhesives. For the retail industry, all vinyl composition
tile (VCT), sheet vinyl, and carpeting will be treated as
not permanently attached and not intended to be
permanent. Also includes flooring that is frequently
moved and reused to create a department theme or
seasonal display.


§ 1245





57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years

175

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD


57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Floors
Includes concrete slabs and other floor systems.
Floors include special treatments applied to or
otherwise a permanent part of the floor. For example,
"superflat" finish, sloped drainage basins, raised
perimeter, serving line curb, or cooler, freezer, and
garbage room floors.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Heating,
Ventilating &
Air
Conditioning
(HVAC)



Includes all components of a central heating,
ventilating and air conditioning system not specifically
identified elsewhere. HVAC systems that are installed
not only to meet the temperature and humidity
requirements of machinery, but are also installed for
additional significant purposes, such as customer
comfort and ventilation, are building components.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Heating,
Ventilating &
Air
Conditioning
(HVAC)



Only separate HVAC units that meet the sole
justification test are included (i.e., machinery the sole
justification for the installation of which is the fact that
such machinery is required to meet temperature or
humidity requirements which are essential for the
operation of other machinery or the processing of
materials or foodstuffs.) HVAC may meet the sole
justification test even though it incidentally provides for
the comfort of employees, or serves, to an
insubstantial degree, areas where such temperature
or humidity requirements are not essential. Includes
refrigeration units, condensers, compressors,
accumulators, coolers, pumps, connecting pipes, and
wiring for the mechanical equipment for climate
controlled rooms, walk-in freezers, coolers, humidors,
and ripening rooms. Allocation of HVAC is not
appropriate. See alsoRefrigerated Structures,
Refrigeration Equipment, andRipening Rooms.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Kiosks

A small retail outlet, often prefabricated, which acts
like a fixed retail outlet yet is not permanent. Kiosks
may be used to retail merchandise such as
newspapers and magazines, film and digital images,
and food and beverages. Kiosks are also present in
shopping centers or malls where they function as
temporary or portable retail outlets for a variety of
merchandise.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services -
5 Years
Light
Fixtures –
Interior

Includes lighting such as recessed and lay-in lighting,
night lighting, and exit lighting, as well as decorative
lighting fixtures that provide substantially all the
artificial illumination in the building or along building
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

176

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
walkways. For emergency and exit lighting, seeFire
Protection & Alarm Systems.


Light
Fixtures –
Interior

Decorative light fixtures are light fixtures, such as
neon lights or track lighting, which are decorative in
nature and not necessary for the operation of the
building. In other words, if the decorative lighting were
turned off, the other sources of lighting would provide
sufficient light for operation of the building. If the
decorative lighting is the_primary_ source of lighting,
then it is § 1250 property_._
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services -
5 Years
Light
Fixtures -
Exterior

Exterior lighting whether decorative or not is
considered § 1250 property to the extent that the
lighting relates to the maintenance or operation of the
building. This category includes building mounted
lighting to illuminate walkways, entrances, parking,
etc_._
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Light
Fixtures -
Exterior

Pole mounted or freestanding outdoor lighting system
to illuminate sidewalks, parking, or recreation areas.
See alsoPoles & Pylons. Note*asset class 00.3
Land improvements includes both §§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.
See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Light
Fixtures -
Exterior

Plant grow lights or lighting that highlights_only_ the
landscaping or building exterior (but not parking areas
or walkways) does not relate to the maintenance or
operation of the building_._
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Loading
Docks
Includes bumpers, permanently installed dock
levelers, plates, seals, lights, canopies, and overhead
doors used in the receiving and shipping of
merchandise.
§ 1250


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Loading
Docks

Includes items such as compactors, conveyors, hoists,
and balers.

§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Millwork –
Decorative




Decorative millwork is the decorative finish carpentry
in a retail selling area. Examples include detailed
crown moldings, lattice work placed over finished
walls or ceilings, cabinets, cashwraps, counters and
toppers. The decorative millwork serves to enhance
the overall décor of the retail store and is not related
to the operation of the building. Cabinets and counters
in a restroom are excluded from this category; see
Restroom Accessories.

§ 1245



57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Millwork -
General
Building or
Structural

General millwork is all building materials made of
finished wood (e.g., doors and frames, window
frames, sashes, porch work, mantels, panel work,
stairways, and special woodwork). Includes pre-built
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

177

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
wooden items brought to the site for installation and
items constructed on site such as restroom cabinets,
door jambs, moldings, trim, etc.


Office
Furnishings

Includes desk, chair, credenza, file cabinet, table, or
other furniture such as workstations. Also includes
telephone equipment, fax machines, and other
communications equipment. Does not include
communications equipment included in other asset
classes in Rev. Proc. 87-56.
§ 1245
00.11 Office
Furniture,
Fixtures, and
Equipment –
7 Years
Parking
Lots

Grade level surface parking area usually constructed
of asphalt, brick, concrete, stone, or similar material.
Category includes bumper blocks, curb cuts, curb
work, striping, landscape islands, perimeter fences,
and sidewalks.
§ 1250
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Parking
Structures

Any structure or edifice the purpose of which is to
provide parking space. Includes, for example,
garages, parking ramps, or other parking structures.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Plumbing
All piping, drains, sprinkler mains, valves, sprinkler
heads, water flow switches, restroom plumbing
fixtures (e.g. toilets) and piping, kitchen hand sinks,
electric water coolers, and all other components of a
building plumbing system (water or gas) not
specifically identified elsewhere.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Plumbing

Includes water, gas, or refrigerant hook-ups directly
connected to appliances or equipment, eyewash
stations, kitchen drainage, and kitchen hot water
heater. For example, a hair salon in a retail outlet
would require special hair washing sinks and water
hook-up for the sinks.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Point of Sale
(POS)
Systems


A register or terminal based data collection system
used to control and record all sales (cash, charge,
COD, gift cards, layaway, etc.) at the point of sale.
Includes cash registers, computerized sales systems
and related peripheral equipment, satellite systems,
scanners, and wands. See alsoElectrical for hook-
ups.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Poles &
Pylons

Light poles for parking areas and other poles poured
in concrete footings or bolt-mounted for signage, flags,
etc.Note* asset class 00.3 Land improvements
includes both §§ 1245 and 1250 property per Rev.
Proc. 87-56. See alsoSigns andLight Fixtures –
Exterior.


See Note*

00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Refrigeration
Equipment


Includes refrigeration units, condensers, compressors,
accumulators, coolers, pumps, connecting pipes, and
associated wiring. Refrigeration equipment is
commonly found in climate controlled rooms, walk-in
freezers, coolers, humidors, and ripening rooms.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years

178

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Refrigerated
Structures

Includes structural components such as walls, floors,
ceilings, and insulation to construct a climate
controlled structure, room, or facility such as a cold
storage warehouse, walk-in freezer, cooler, garbage
room, or humidor. See alsoRefrigeration
Equipment.


§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Refrigerated
**Structures **


A portable structure installed inside the building,
consisting of prefabricated panels mounted on a
movable framework. Portable structures are designed
to be able to be disassembled and moved. See also
Refrigeration Equipment.

§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Restaurant –
In Store


See Restaurant Industry Directive. For retail situations
that include a restaurant or other food preparation
property within a store, such as a deli or snack bar,
the facts are similar to those considered in the
industry directive on restaurants and that directive
may be relied upon for asset classification.

N/A

N/A
Restroom
Accessories


Includes paper towel dispensers, electric hand dryers,
towel racks or holders, cup dispensers, purse shelves,
toilet paper holders, soap dispensers or holders, lotion
dispensers, sanitary napkin dispensers and waste
receptacles, coat hooks, handrails, grab bars, mirrors,
shelves, vanity cabinets, counters, ashtrays, baby
changing stations, and other items generally found in
public restrooms that are built into or mounted on
walls or partitions.


§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Restroom
Partitions

Includes shop made and standard manufacture toilet
partitions, typically metal, but may be plastic or other
materials.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Retail
Accessories




Accessories used to better display merchandise that
are not held for sale. Includes assets such as
audio/video display devices, artwork, if depreciable,
holiday decorations, lamps, mirrors, pictures, plaques,
potted plants, and decorative mobile props; such as
coat of arms, sporting equipment or memorabilia, etc.,
excluding non-depreciable art, antiques, or
collectibles.


§ 1245



§ 1245


57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Retail
Conveying
Equipment

Includes assets such as belt or roller conveyors and
pneumatic tube systems used to distribute retail
merchandise.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Retail
Equipment
Includes assets such as sewing machines, tackers,
ironing equipment, pressing tables, steam presses,
pinning machines, price mark guns, marking
machines, work benches, power tools, check writers,
endorsing machines, paper cutters, perforators,
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years

179

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
postage meters, money sorters, coin counting and
dispensing equipment, and shopping carts.


Retail
Fixtures

Includes assets such as back cases or islands,
cabinets, cubes, deli cases, end caps, floor stands,
garment racks, gondolas, grid systems, mannequins,
refrigerator/freezer cases, shelving, sign holders or
stands, show cases, wall display units and other retail
fixtures (such as dressing or fitting room partitions)
needed in the business operation that are not a
building component.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Retail
Furniture

Includes furniture unique to retail stores and
distinguishable from office furniture. For example, a
high stool in a cosmetic department, a shoe
department footstool, a hair salon barber chair, or a
bench outside a dressing room. See alsoOffice
Furnishings.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Ripening
Rooms

Special enclosed equipment boxes used to ripen
produce by circulating special gases. The rooms are
large boxes with special doors and large airplane-type
propellers, which circulate the gases used to ripen the
produce. The boxes are housed within a distribution
center warehouse. These specialized facilities are
considered to be part of the retail distribution
equipment because they have a special retail purpose
and cannot be used for any other purpose. The boxes
are not a part of the building structure.


§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Roof













All elements of the roof including but not limited to
joists, rafters, deck, shingles, vapor barrier, skylights,
trusses, girders, and gutters. Determination of whether
decorative elements of a roof (e.g. false dormers,
mansard) constitute structural building components
depends on their integration with the overall roof, not
their load bearing capacity. If removal of the
decorative element results in the direct exposure of
building components to water, snow, wind, or moisture
damage, or if the decorative element houses lighting
fixtures, wiring, or other structural components, then
the decorative elements are part of the overall roof
system and are structural components of the building.


§ 1250










Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Security
Systems

Includes security equipment for the protection of the
building (and its contents) from burglary or vandalism
and protection of employees from assault. Examples
include window and door locks; card key access
systems; keyless entry systems; security cameras,
recorders, monitors, and related equipment; perimeter
and interior building motion detectors; security lighting;
alarm systems; and security system wiring and
conduit.


§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component --
39 Years

180

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Security
Systems
Electronic article surveillance systems including
electronic gates, surveillance cameras, recorders,
monitors and related equipment, the primary purpose
of which is to minimize merchandise shrinkage due to
theft. Also includes teller-style pass-through windows,
security booths, and bulletproof enclosures generally
located in the cash office and customer service areas.

§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Signs
Exit signs, restroom identifiers, room numbers, and
other signs relating to the operation or maintenance of
a building.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Signs
Interior and exterior signs used for display or theme
identity. For example, interior signs to identify
departments or exterior signs to display trade names
or trade symbols. For pylon signs, includes only sign
face. See alsoPoles & Pylons.
§ 1245


57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Site
Preparation,
Grading &
Excavation


In general, land preparation costs include the one-time
cost of clearing and grubbing, site stripping, fill or
excavation, and grading to allow development of land.
Clearing and grubbing is the removal of debris, brush,
trees, etc. from the site. Stripping is the removal of the
topsoil to provide a stable surface for site and building
improvements. The grading of land involves moving
soil for the purpose of producing a more level surface
to allow development of the land_._


N/A

Land
Site
Preparation,
Grading &
Excavation



Clearing, grading, excavating and removal costs
directly associated with the construction of buildings
and building components are part of the cost of
construction of the building and depreciated over the
life of the building.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Site
Preparation,
Grading &
Excavation


Clearing, grading, excavating and removal costs
directly associated with the construction of sidewalks,
parking areas, roadways and other depreciable land
improvements are part of the cost of construction of
the improvements and depreciated over the life of the
associated asset.
§ 1250

00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Site Utilities

Site utilities are the systems that are used to distribute
utility services from the property line to the retail
building. Includes water, sanitary sewer, gas, and
electrical services.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Site Work

Site work includes curbing, paving, general site
improvements, fencing, landscaping, roads, sewers,
sidewalks, site drainage and all other site
improvements not directly related to the building. For
sanitary sewers, seeSite Utilities.
§ 1250

00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Sound
Systems

Equipment and apparatus, including wiring, used to
provide amplified sound or music. For example, public
address by way of paging a customer or background

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive

181

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
music. Excludes applications linked to fire protection
and alarm systems.


Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Trash
Enclosures
Enclosures for waste receptacles that are attached to
the building. Typically constructed of the same
materials as the building shell with either interior or
exterior access. These trash enclosures are an
integral part of the building shell and cannot be moved
without damage to the underlying building.

§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Trash
**Enclosures **

Freestanding enclosures for waste receptacles,
typically constructed on a concrete pad with its posts
set in the concrete. Serves both safety and decorative
functions.
§ 1250
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Wall
Coverings

Includes interior and exterior paint; ceramic or quarry
tile, marble, stone, brick, and other finishes affixed
with mortar, cement, or grout; paneling, wainscoting
and other wood finishes affixed with nails, screws, or
permanent adhesives; and sanitary kitchen wall
panels such as fiberglass, stainless steel, and plastic
wall panels.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Wall
Coverings

Strippable wallpaper that causes no damage to the
underlying wall or wall surface.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Walls –
Exterior
Includes all exterior walls and building support
regardless of construction materials. Exterior walls
may include columns, posts, beams, girders, curtain
walls, tilt up panels, studs, framing, sheetrock,
insulation, windows, doors, exterior façade, brick,
masonry, etc. Also includes drive-through bay,
windows, and doors.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Walls –
Interior
Partitions

Includes all load bearing interior partitions regardless
of construction. Also includes non-load bearing
partitions regardless of height (typically constructed of
studs and sheetrock or other materials) that divide or
create rooms or provide traffic control. Includes rough
carpentry and plaster, dry wall or gypsum board, and
other finishes.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Walls –
Interior
Partitions

Interior walls for merchandise display where the
partition can be 1) readily removed and remain in
substantially the same condition after removal as
before, or 2) moved and reused, stored, or sold in
their entirety.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Windows
Exterior windows, including store front windows, drive-
through service and carousel windows, and vestibule.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

182

ASSET RETAIL INDUSTRY: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Window
Treatments
Window treatments such as drapes, curtains, louver,
blinds, post construction tinting and interior decorative
theme décor which are readily removable.

§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Exceptions & meaning →

C. Restaurants

(1) 2004 LMSB Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of Cost

Segregation Issues in the Restaurant Industry is intended to provide direction to effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of a taxpayer who is recovering costs through depreciation of tangible property used in the operation of a restaurant business. This directive is reproduced in part below:

(2) INTRODUCTION - This memorandum is intended to provide direction to

effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of a taxpayer who is recovering costs through depreciation of tangible property used in the operation of a restaurant business. This LMSB Directive is not an official pronouncement of the law or the position of the Service and cannot be used, cited, or relied upon as such.

(3) The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, enacted October 22, 2004, modifies

I.R.C. § 168. This development has been incorporated into the guidelines through the note to Exhibit A. In addition, this directive has been modified in content and format to conform to the Field Directive issued for the retail industry on December 16, 2004.

(4) BACKGROUND - The crux of cost segregation is determining whether an asset

is I.R.C. § 1245 property (shorter cost recovery period property, 5 or 7 years) or § 1250 property (longer cost recovery period property, 39, 31.5 or 15 years). The most common example of § 1245 property is depreciable personal property, such as equipment. The most common examples of § 1250 property are buildings and building components, which generally are not § 1245 property.

(5) The difference in recovery periods has placed the Internal Revenue Service and

taxpayers in adversarial positions in determining whether an asset is § 1245 or § 1250 property. Frequently, this causes the excessive expenditure of examination resources. The Director for the Retailers, Food, Pharmaceuticals and Healthcare Industry chartered a working group to address the most efficient way to approach cost segregation issues specific to the restaurant industry. The group produced the attached matrix and related definitions as a tool to reduce unnecessary disputes and foster consistent audit treatment.

(6) PLANNING AND EXAMINATION GUIDANCE - Attached Exhibit A is a matrix

recommending the categorization and general depreciation system recovery period of various restaurant assets. (For recovery periods under § 168(g) alternative depreciation system see Revenue Procedure 87-56, 1987-2 CB

183

674.) If the taxpayer’s tax return position for these assets is consistent with the recommendations in Exhibit A, examiners should not make adjustments to categorization and lives. If the taxpayer reports assets differently, then adjustments should be considered. The Industry intends to update Exhibit A regularly.

(7) See also Revenue Procedure 2002-12, I.R.B. 2002-3, 374 (Jan. 07, 2002), for

the proper treatment of smallwares.

(8) If you have any questions, please contact the Deductible and Capital

Expenditures (DCE) Practice Network.

(9) NOTE : In the case of certain leasehold improvements and restaurant property,

the classifications in this directive are superseded to the extent that the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 modifies § 168. Thus, a 15-year straight line recovery period should replace the recovery period shown in the following matrix if the asset is “qualified leasehold improvement property" (as defined in § 168(e)(6)) or “qualified restaurant property” (as defined in § 168(e)(7)) placed in service by the taxpayer after October 22, 2004, and before January 1, 2008.

(10) Exhibit A to the Restaurant Directive. PROPERTY RECOVERY
ASSET
RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE

RECOVERY
PERIOD
Beverage
Equipment
Equipment for storage and preparation of
beverages and beverage delivery systems.
Beverage equipment includes the refrigerators,
coolers, dispensing systems, and the dedicated
electrical, tubing or piping for such equipment. The
dispensing system may be gravity, pump or gas
driven.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Canopies **& **
Awnings
Readily removable overhang or covering, often of
canvas or plastic, used to provide shade or cover
over a storefront, window, or door; or used inside a
structure to identify a particular area. Examples
include applications over an exterior door or
window, or attached to interior walls or suspended
from ceilings to identify a buffet line or bar area of
the restaurant. Does not include canopies that are
an integral part of a building’s structural shell, such
as in the casino industry, or over docks.


§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Ceilings Includes all interior ceilings regardless of finish or
décor, e.g. drywall or plaster ceilings, acoustic
ceilings, suspended ceilings (including all hangers,
frames, grids, and tiles or panels), decorative
metal or tin finishes, kitchen plastic panels,
decorative panels, etc.
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

184

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Computers
Processors (CPU), direct access storage device
(DASD), tape drives, desktop and laptop
computers, CRT, terminals, monitors, printers, and
other peripheral equipment. Excludes Point of Sale
(POS) systems and computers that are an integral
part of other equipment (e.g., fire detection,
heating, cooling, or energy management systems,
etc.).

§ 1245
00.12
Information
Systems –
5 Years
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings
Includes formwork, reinforcement, concrete block,
and pre-cast or cast-in-place work related to
foundations and footings necessary for the proper
setting of the building.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings
Foundations or footings for signs, light poles,
canopies, and other land improvements (except
buildings).
§ 1250
00.3 Land
Improvements
– 15 Years
Data Handling
Equipment
Includes adding and accounting machines,
calculators, copiers, and duplicating machines.
Excludes computers and computer peripheral
equipment, seeComputers.
§ 1245
00.13 Data
Handling
Equipment,
except
Computers –
5 Years
Doors Interior and exterior doors, regardless of
decoration, including but not limited to, double
opening doors, overhead doors, revolving doors,
mall entrance security gates, roll-up or sliding wire
mesh or steel grills and gates, and door hardware
(such as doorknobs, closers, kick plates, hinges,
locks, automatic openers, etc.).
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Doors


Special lightweight, double action doors installed to
prevent accidents in a heavily trafficked area. For
example, Eliason doors providing easy access
between the kitchen and dining areas.

§ 1245



57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services –
5 Years
Doors – Air
Curtains
Air doors or curtains are air systems located above
doors and windows that circulate air to stabilize
environments and save energy by minimizing the
heated/air conditioned air loss through open
doorways and windows. They also effectively repel
flying insects, dust, and pollutants.


§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

185

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Drive-Through
Equipment
Drive-through equipment includes order taking,
food delivery and payment processing systems
whether mechanical or electronic. Excludes
building elements such as doors, bays, or
windows. See alsoWalls – Exterior, and
Windows for drive-through bays and windows.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Electrical
Includes all components of the building electrical
system used in the operation or maintenance of
the building or necessary to provide general
building services such as electrical outlets of
general applicability and accessibility, lighting,
heating, ventilation, air conditioning and electrical
wiring. See alsoKitchen Equipment Hook-ups.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Electrical
Special electrical connections which are necessary
to and used directly with a specific item of
machinery or equipment or connections between
specific items of individual machinery or
equipment; such as dedicated electrical outlets,
wiring, conduit, and circuit breakers by which
machinery and equipment is connected to the
electrical distribution system. Does not include
electrical outlets of general applicability and
accessibility. SeeChapter 5 of the Cost
Segregation Audit Techniques Guide for allocation
examples.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Elevators &
Escalators
Elevators and escalators, which include handrails
and smoke baffles, are permanently affixed to the
building, and intended to remain in place. They
relate to the operation or maintenance of the
building and are structural components.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Equipment
Installation
Expenses incurred in the installation of furnishings
and restaurant equipment. Some examples include
booths, tables, counters, and interior theme décor.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Exit Signs

Signs posted along exit routes that indicate the
direction of travel to the nearest exit. These signs
typically read "EXIT" and may have distinctive
colors, illumination, or arrows indicating the
direction to the exit.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

186

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Exit Signs
§ 1250
Fire Protection
& Alarm
Systems
Includes sensing devices, computer controls,
sprinkler heads, piping or plumbing, pumps, visual
and audible alarms, alarm control panels, heat and
smoke detection devices, fire escapes, fire doors,
emergency exit lighting and signage, and wall
mounted fire extinguishers necessary for the
protection of the building.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Fire Protection
Equipment
Includes special fire detection or suppression
systems located in equipment hoods or directly
associated with a piece of equipment. For
example, a fire extinguisher designed and used for
protection against a particular hazard created by
the business activity.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Fireplaces
Includes masonry and gas fireplaces, flues,
chimneys, and other components of built-in
fireplaces.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Floor
Coverings
Floor covering affixed with permanent adhesive,
nailed, or screwed in place. Examples include
ceramic or quarry tile, marble, paving brick, and
other coverings cemented, mudded, or grouted to
the floor; epoxy or sealers; and wood flooring.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Floor
Coverings
Floor covering that is installed by means of
strippable adhesives. For the restaurant industry,
all carpeting will be treated as not permanently
attached and not intended to be permanent.
Excludes rugs or tapestries that are considered
artwork and do not suffer wear and tear (e.g.
Persian rugs that may appreciate are considered
artwork).
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Floors Includes concrete slabs and other floor systems.
Floors include special treatments applied to or
otherwise a permanent part of the floor. For
example, "superflat" finish, sloped drainage basins,
raised perimeter, serving line curb, or cooler,
freezer, and garbage room floors.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

187

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Food Storage &
Preparation
Equipment

Food storage, cleaning, preparation, and delivery
systems including all machinery, equipment,
furniture, and fixtures used to process food items
from storage through delivery to the customer.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Heating
Ventilating &
Air
Conditioning
(HVAC)
Includes all components of a central heating,
ventilating and air conditioning system not
specifically identified elsewhere. HVAC systems
that are installed not only to meet the temperature
and humidity requirements of machinery, but are
also installed for additional significant purposes,
such as customer comfort and ventilation, are
building components.
§ 1250



§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Heating
Ventilating &
Air
Conditioning
(HVAC)
Only separate kitchen HVAC units that meet the
sole justification test are included (i.e., machinery
the sole justification for the installation of which is
the fact that such machinery is required to meet
temperature or humidity requirements which are
essential for the operation of other machinery or
the processing of materials or foodstuffs.) Kitchen
HVAC may meet the sole justification test even
though it incidentally provides for the comfort of
employees, or serves, to an insubstantial degree,
areas where such temperature or humidity
requirements are not essential. Includes
refrigeration units, condensers, compressors,
accumulators, coolers, pumps, connecting pipes,
and wiring for the mechanical equipment for
climate controlled rooms such as walk-in freezers
and coolers. Allocation of HVAC is not appropriate.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Kitchen
Equipment
Hook-ups
Includes separate water lines from the incoming
water main to equipment (such as steam trays,
cooking vessels, or ice machines), gas lines from
the building’s main gas line to equipment (such as
fryers or ovens), and special drain lines from
equipment (such as refrigerator or dishwasher) to
the drain. Also includes ventilation system or
kitchen air makeup unit solely to maintain specific
ventilation requirements essential for operation of
kitchen equipment, equipment exhaust hoods, and
§ 1245 57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years

188

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
electric outlets and conduit extending back to the
circuit box to provide a localized power source for
specialized equipment. For example, a dishwasher
requires electric and plumbing hook-ups, electrical
from the dishwasher to the source of electricity
(such as an outlet or junction box) and plumbing to
connect the dishwasher to the water line and the
drain. Excludes outlets of general applicability and
accessibility or kitchen hand sink plumbing; see
alsoElectrical, HVAC, andPlumbing.


Light Fixtures –
Interior


Includes lighting such as recessed and lay-in
lighting, night lighting, and exit lighting, as well as
decorative lighting fixtures that provide
substantially all the artificial illumination in the
building or along building walkways. For
emergency and exit lighting, seeFire Protection &
Alarm Systems.

§ 1250


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Light Fixtures –
Interior

Decorative light fixtures are light fixtures, such as
neon lights or track lighting, which are decorative
in nature and not necessary for the operation of
the building. In other words, if the decorative
lighting were turned off, the other sources of
lighting would provide sufficient light for operation
of the building. If the decorative lighting is the
primary source of lighting, then it is § 1250
property.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services -
5 Years
Light Fixtures –
Exterior

Exterior lighting whether decorative or not is
considered § 1250 property to the extent that the
lighting relates to the maintenance or operation of
the building. Includes building mounted lighting to
illuminate walkways, entrances, parking, etc_._

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Light Fixtures –
Exterior

Pole mounted or freestanding outdoor lighting
system to illuminate sidewalks, parking, or
recreation areas. See alsoPoles & Pylons. Note*
asset class 00.3 Land improvements includes both
§§ 1245 and 1250 property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.

See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Light Fixtures –
Exterior

Plant grow lights or lighting that highlights_only_ the
landscaping or building exterior (but not parking
areas or walkways) does not relate to the
maintenance or operation of the building_._
§ 1245 57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --

189

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
5 Years
Millwork –
Decorative
Decorative millwork is the decorative finish
carpentry in the restaurant. Examples include
detailed crown moldings, lattice work placed over
finished walls or ceilings, cabinets, and counters.
The decorative millwork serves to enhance the
overall theme of the restaurant and is not related to
the operation of the building. Excludes cabinets
and counters in a restroom; seeRestroom
Accessories.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Millwork –
General
Building or
Structural
General millwork is all building materials made of
finished wood (e.g., doors and frames, window
frames, sashes, porch work, mantels, panel work,
stairways, and special woodwork). Includes pre-
built wooden items brought to the site for
installation and items constructed on site such as
restroom cabinets, door jambs, moldings, trim, etc.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Office
Furnishings
Includes desk, chair, credenza, file cabinet, table,
or other furniture such as workstations. Also
includes telephone equipment, fax machines, and
other communications equipment. Does not
include communications equipment included in
other asset classes in Rev. Proc. 87-56.
§ 1245
00.11 Office
Furniture,
Fixtures, and
Equipment –
7 Years
Parking Lots
Grade level surface parking area usually
constructed of asphalt, brick, concrete, stone, or
similar material. Category includes bumper blocks,
curb cuts, curb work, striping, landscape islands,
perimeter fences, and sidewalks.
§ 1250
00.3 Land
Improvements
–15 Years
Plumbing
All piping, drains, sprinkler mains, valves, sprinkler
heads, water flow switches, restroom plumbing
fixtures (e.g. toilets) and piping, kitchen hand
sinks, electric water coolers, and all other
components of a building plumbing system (water
or gas) not specifically identified elsewhere.
Excludes water or gas connections directly to
appliances or kitchen drainage and kitchen hot
water heater; seeKitchen Equipment Hook-ups.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Plumbing Includes water, gas, or refrigerant hook-ups
directly connected to appliances or equipment,
eyewash stations, kitchen drainage, and kitchen
§ 1245 57.0
Distributive

190

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
hot water heater. For example, a dishwasher would
require special water hook-up.

Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Point of Sale
(POS) Systems

A register or terminal based data collection system
used to control and record all sales. Includes cash
registers, computerized sales systems, and related
peripheral equipment. See alsoElectrical for
hook-ups.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Poles & Pylons
Light poles for parking areas and other poles
poured in concrete footings or bolt-mounted for
signage, flags, etc.Note* asset class 00.3 Land
Improvements includes both section 1245 and
1250 property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.
See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Restaurant
Décor
Accessories
Decorative mobile props such as playground
equipment, potted plants, hanging mirrors, ceiling
fans, and theme related props (such as coat of
arms, sporting equipment or memorabilia, artifacts,
pictures, plaques, etc., excluding non-depreciable
artwork, antiques, or collectibles).

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Restaurant
Furniture
Includes furniture unique to restaurants and
distinguishable from office furniture. For example,
a high stool in a bar, dining room table and chairs,
booths, lockers, or benches. See alsoOffice
Furnishings.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Restaurant
Non-structural
Theme
Elements
Interior non-load bearing decorative structures.
These are items that do not function as part of the
building and are not integrated with building
elements such as wiring, plumbing or ventilation.
For example, a model castle constructed of
gypsum board or plaster and wood studs would be
considered a non-structural theme element that
functions merely as ornamentation. Excludes a half
wall whose function is to provide traffic control or
space subdivision, seeWalls - Interior Partitions.
Excludes decorative ceilings, seeCeilings.


§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Restroom
Accessories
Includes paper towel dispensers, electric hand
dryers, towel racks or holders, cup dispensers,
purse shelves, toilet paper holders, soap
dispensers or holders, lotion dispensers, sanitary
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –

191

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
napkin dispensers and waste receptacles, coat
hooks, grab bars, mirrors, shelves, vanity cabinets,
counters, ashtrays, baby changing stations, and
other items generally found in public restrooms
that are built into or mounted on walls or partitions.

39 Years
Restroom
Partitions
Includes shop made and standard manufacture
toilet partitions, typically metal, but may be plastic
or other materials.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Roof
All elements of the roof including but not limited to
joists, rafters, deck, shingles, vapor barrier,
skylights, trusses, girders, and gutters.
Determination of whether decorative elements of a
roof (e.g. false dormers, mansard) constitute
structural building components depends on their
integration with the overall roof not their load
bearing capacity. If removal of the decorative
element results in the direct exposure of building
components to water, snow, wind, or moisture
damage, or if the decorative element houses
lighting fixtures, wiring, or other structural
components, then the decorative elements are part
of the overall roof system and are structural
components of the building.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Security
Systems

Includes security equipment for the protection of
the building (and its contents) from burglary or
vandalism and protection of employees from
assault. Examples include window and door locks;
card key access systems; keyless entry systems;
security cameras, recorders, monitors, and related
equipment; perimeter and interior building motion
detectors; security lighting; alarm systems; and
security system wiring and conduit.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Signs
Exit signs, restroom identifiers and other signs
relating to the operation or maintenance of a
building.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Signs Interior and Exterior Signs used for menu display
or theme identity.
§ 1245 57.0
Distributive
Trades and

192

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
For pylon signs, includes only sign face. See also
Poles & Pylons.

Services --
5 Years
Site
Preparation,
Grading, &
Excavation
In general, land preparation costs include one-time
cost of clearing and grubbing, site stripping, fill or
excavation, and grading to allow development of
land. Clearing and grubbing is the removal of
debris, brush, trees, etc. from the site. Stripping is
the removal of the topsoil to provide a stable
surface for site and building improvements. The
grading of land involves moving soil to produce a
more level surface to allow development of the
land.

N/A
Land
Site
Preparation,
Grading, &
Excavation
Clearing, grading, excavating and removal costs
directly associated with the construction of
buildings and building components are part of the
cost of construction of the building.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Site
Preparation,
Grading, &
Excavation
Clearing, grading, excavating and removal costs
directly associated with the construction of
sidewalks, parking areas, roadways and other
depreciable land improvements are part of the cost
of construction of the improvements.

§ 1250
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Site Utilities
Site utilities are the systems that are used to
distribute utility services from the property line to
the restaurant building. Includes water, sanitary
sewer, gas, and electrical services.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Site Work
Site work includes curbing, paving, general site
improvements, fencing, landscaping, roads,
sewers, sidewalks, site drainage and all other site
improvements not directly related to the building.
For sanitary sewers, seeSite Utilities.
§ 1250
00.3 Land
Improvements
– 15 Years
Sound Systems
Equipment and apparatus, including wiring, used
to provide amplified music or sound. For example,
public address by way of paging a customer or
background music. Excludes applications linked to
fire protection and alarm systems.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Stonework Exterior decorative stonework embedded in half
walls, such as patio half walls, that are an integral
part of a building’s structural shell. Such half walls
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –

193

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
relate to the operation or maintenance of the
building.
39 Years
Stonework
Includes patio stonework imbedded in the ground
or applied to exterior half walls that are not an
integral part of the building’s structural shell.
§ 1250

00.3 Land
Improvements
– 15 Years
Trash
Enclosures
Enclosures for waste receptacles that are attached
to the building. Typically constructed of the same
materials as the building shell with either interior or
exterior access. These trash enclosures are an
integral part of the building shell and cannot be
moved without damage to the underlying building.


§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Trash
Enclosures
Freestanding enclosures for waste receptacles,
typically constructed on a concrete pad with its
posts set in the concrete. Serves both safety and
decorative functions.
§ 1250
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Upholstery
Any material used in the coverage and protection
of furnishings.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Wall Coverings
Includes interior and exterior paint; ceramic or
quarry tile, marble, stone, brick, and other finishes
affixed with mortar, cement, or grout; paneling,
wainscoting and other wood finishes affixed with
nails, screws, or permanent adhesives; and
sanitary kitchen wall panels such as Fiberglass
Reinforced Plastic (FRP), stainless steel or plastic
wall panels.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Wall Coverings
Strippable wallpaper that causes no damage to the
underlying wall or wall surface.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Walls – Exterior Includes all exterior walls and building support
regardless of construction materials. Exterior walls
may include columns, posts, beams, girders,
curtain walls, tilt up panels, studs, framing,
sheetrock, insulation, windows, doors, exterior
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

194

ASSET RESTAURANT: DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
façade, brick, masonry, etc. Also includes drive-
through bay, windows, and doors.
Walls - Interior
Partitions


Includes all load bearing interior partitions
regardless of construction. Also includes non-load
bearing partitions regardless of height (typically
constructed of studs and sheetrock or other
materials) that divide or create rooms or provide
traffic control. Includes rough carpentry and
plaster, dry wall or gypsum board, and other
finishes.
§ 1250


§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Walls - Interior
Partitions
Interior walls where the partition can be 1) readily
removed and remain in substantially the same
condition after removal as before, or 2) moved and
reused, stored, or sold in its entirety.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Windows
Exterior windows, including store front windows,
drive-through service and carousel windows, and
vestibule.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Window
Treatments
Window treatments such as drapes, curtains,
louvers, blinds, post construction tinting or interior
decorative theme décor that are readily removable.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Exceptions & meaning →

D. Pharmaceutical and Biotechnology

(1) 2005 Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of Cost Segregation

Issues in the Biotech/Pharmaceutical Industry intended to provide direction to effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of a taxpayer who is recovering costs through depreciation of tangible property used in the Biotech/Pharmaceutical Industry. This Directive is not an official pronouncement of the law or the position of the Service and cannot be used, cited, or relied upon as such.

(2) BACKGROUND - The crux of cost segregation is determining whether an asset

is I.R.C. § 1245 property (shorter cost recovery period property) or § 1250 property (longer cost recovery period property). The most common example of § 1245 property is depreciable personal property, such as equipment. The most common examples of § 1250 property are buildings and building components, which generally are not § 1245 property.

195

(3) The difference in recovery periods has placed the Internal Revenue Service and

taxpayers in adversarial positions in determining whether an asset is § 1245 or § 1250 property. Frequently, this causes the excessive expenditure of examination resources. The Director for the Retailers, Food, Pharmaceuticals and Healthcare Industry chartered a working group to address the most efficient way to approach cost segregation issues specific to the Biotech/Pharmaceutical industry. The group produced the attached matrix and related definitions as a tool to reduce unnecessary disputes and foster consistent audit treatment.

(4) PLANNING AND EXAMINATION GUIDANCE - The Biotech/Pharmaceutical

industry matrix recommending the categorization and general depreciation system recovery period of various assets is attached as Exhibit A. (For recovery periods under IRC § 168(g) alternative depreciation system, see Revenue Procedure 87-56, 1987-2 CB 674). If the taxpayer’s tax return position for these assets is consistent with the recommendations in Biotech/Pharmaceutical matrix (Exhibit A), examiners should not make adjustments to categorization and recovery periods. If the taxpayer reports assets differently, then adjustments should be considered. The Industry intends to update the Biotech/Pharmaceutical matrix (Exhibit A) regularly.

(5) Refer especially to Appendix Chapter 6.C., which provides examples and

general rules for asset classification.

(6) If you have any questions, please contact the Deductible and Capital

Expenditures (DCE) Practice Network.

(7) LMSB DIRECTIVE ON COST SEGREGATION IN THE BIOTECH

/PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRY EXHIBIT A - This matrix, which is part of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide, is intended to provide direction to effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of property used in the Biotech/Pharmaceutical industry. General fact patterns specific to this industry have been considered in the classification of these assets and may not be applicable to other industries. Similarly, asset classification guidance issued for other industries is based on the general fact pattern for that industry and may not be applicable to the Biotech/Pharmaceutical industry. For example, for asset classification of restaurants located within a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant, refer to the industry directive for restaurants. For examination techniques and historical background related to this issue, refer to the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide.

(8) CAUTION: In the case of certain leasehold improvement property, the

classifications in this directive are superseded to the extent that the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 modifies § 168. Thus, a 15-year straight line recovery period should replace the recovery period shown in the following matrix if the asset is “qualified leasehold improvement property" (as defined in § 168(e)(6)) placed in service by the taxpayer after 10/22/04 and before 1/1/08.

(9) Exhibit A is below:

196

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
Awnings &
Canopies

§ 1245
Readily removable overhangs or coverings, often
of canvas or plastic, used to provide shade or
cover over exterior doors or windows. Does not
include canopies that are an integral part of a
building’s structural shell, such as in the casino
industry or over docks. See also Concrete
Foundations & Footings and Loading Docks.

Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years
Breakrooms /
Pantries /
Lunchrooms
§ 1250

A space within the building used for employee
breaks, lunches, etc.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Breakrooms /
Pantries /
Lunchrooms
§ 1245
Equipment such as tables, chairs, dishwashers,
stoves, ovens, microwaves, toasters, coffee
machines, refrigerators, and freezers.

Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years
Bridges &
Tunnels
§§ 1250 /
1245
Depreciable improvements directly to or added to
land, whether such improvements are §§ 1245 or
1250. Includes bridges and tunnels and all
construction required for their completion (such as
excavation, backfill, footings, foundations, piers,
stone base, paving, etc.).


00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions
Ceilings
§ 1250
All interior ceilings regardless of finish or décor;
e.g., drywall or plaster, acoustic, suspended,
(including hangers, frames, grids, and tiles or
panels), decorative metal or tin, plastic or
decorative panels, clouds, etc. See also Clean
Room / Climate Controlled Areas.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Clean Room /
Climate
Controlled
Areas





§ 1250








Areas created by fully enclosed walls, floors,
ceilings, wall and floor coverings, doors, and
windows. These are designed to remain in place
indefinitely, require substantial time and effort to
construct or remove, and integrated into the
building's design. These areas are climate
controlled for air cleanliness, or temperature or
humidity. See also HVAC, Electrical, Plumbing,
Gas & Sewer, Ceilings, Floors, Walls, Windows,
Doors, Wall Coverings, and Floor Coverings.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years




Clean Room /
Climate
Controlled
Areas –
Special
Equipment
§ 1245
Special items installed to achieve a controlled
environment (air cleanliness, temperature, or
humidity) and to operate the facilities in a clean
room / climate controlled area (such as special
variable power outlets; electric power, air, and
vacuum lines; duct work; special air handling units
and HEPA filters; refrigeration units, steam
boilers, and temperature controls). Does not
include building systems used in the operation or

Personal
Property -
Note 1

197

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
maintenance of the building or necessary to
provide general building services.
Computers
§ 1245
Processors (CPU), direct access storage device
(DASD), tape drives, desktop and laptop
computers, CRT, terminals, monitors, printers,
and other peripheral equipment. Excludes process
equipment control systems and computers that
are an integral part of building structural
components (e.g., fire detection, heating, cooling,
or energy management systems, etc.).

00.12
Information
Systems – 5
Years
Concrete
§ 1250
Foundations & Footings Foundations and footings
necessary for the proper setting of the building.
Excavation and backfill for building foundations.
Excavation and backfill for special equipment
foundations where contained within the footprint of
the building. Includes formwork, reinforcement,
concrete block, and pre-cast or cast-in-place
work.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings
§ 1250

Foundations and footings for signs, light poles,
and other land improvements (except buildings).
Includes excavation, backfill, formwork,
reinforcement, concrete block, and pre-cast or
cast-in-place work.
00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings









§ 1245










A foundation, pad, or footing for machinery or
equipment that is so specially designed that it is in
essence a part of the machinery or equipment.
Any function as a building component must be
strictly incidental to the function as an essential
part of the item of machinery or equipment that
necessitated the special design of the foundation.
Increased thickness alone is not sufficient to show
that the foundation, pad, or footing is so specially
designed that it is in essence a part of the
machinery or equipment it supports. Excavation
and backfill are not included where the foundation,
pad, or footing is contained within the footprint of
the building. Includes formwork, reinforcement,
concrete block, and pre-cast or cast-in-place
work.



Personal
Property -
Note 1







Data Handling
Equipment
§ 1245
Adding and accounting machines, calculators,
copiers, and duplicating machines. Excludes
computers and computer peripheral equipment.
See also Computers.
00.13 Data
Handling
Equipment,
except
Computers – 5
Years
Doors § 1250 Interior and exterior doors, regardless of
decoration (including but not limited to, double

Building or
Building

198

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
opening doors, overhead doors, revolving doors,
entrance security gates, or fire doors) and
associated hardware (such as doorknobs, closers,
kick plates, hinges, locks, automatic openers,
etc.).


Component –
39 Years
Electrical

§ 1250
All components of a building's or other inherently
permanent structure's electrical distribution
system(s) used in the operation or maintenance of
the building or necessary to provide general
building services (such as lighting, heating,
ventilation, air conditioning, etc.), electrical outlets
of general applicability and accessibility, and
electrical wiring.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Electrical

§ 1245

Special electrical connections which are
necessary to and used directly with a specific item
of machinery or equipment or connections
between specific items of individual machinery or
equipment; such as dedicated electrical outlets,
wiring, conduit, and circuit breakers by which
machinery and equipment is connected to the
building's or other inherently permanent
structure's electrical distribution system(s). Does
not include electrical outlets of general
applicability and accessibility. SeeChapter 5 of
the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide for
allocation examples.

Personal
Property -
Note 1
Electrical –
Light Fixtures -
Exterior

§ 1250


Exterior lighting whether decorative or not is
considered § 1250 property to the extent that the
lighting relates to the operation or maintenance of
the building. This category includes building
mounted lighting to illuminate walkways,
entrances, parking, etc.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Electrical –
Light Fixtures -
Exterior

§ 1245

Lighting that highlights only the landscaping or
building exterior (but not parking areas or
walkways) and does not relate to the operation or
maintenance of the building.
Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years
Electrical –
Light Fixtures -
Exterior


§§ 1250 /
1245

Pole mounted or freestanding outdoor lighting
system to illuminate sidewalks, parking or
recreation areas See also, Poles & Pylons

00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions
Electrical –
Light Fixtures -
Interior

§ 1250
Includes lighting such as recessed and lay-in
lighting, night lighting, and exit lighting, as well as
decorative lighting fixtures that provide
substantially all the artificial illumination in the
building or along building walkways. For
emergency and exit lighting, see Fire Protection &
Alarm Systems.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

199

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
Electrical –
Light Fixtures -
Interior


§ 1245
Light fixtures, such as neon, track lighting, or grow
lights which are decorative in nature and not
necessary for the operation or maintenance of the
building. If the decorative lighting were turned off,
the other sources of lighting would provide
sufficient light for operation or maintenance of the
building. If the decorative lighting is the primary
source of lighting, then it is § 1250 property.


Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years

Electrical –
Light Fixtures -
Special Use


§ 1245


Special light fixtures which are necessary to and
used directly with a specific item of machinery or
equipment, manufacturing process, or research
and experimentation activity. Does not include
light fixtures that relate to the operation or
maintenance of the building.
Personal
Property -
Note 1

Elevators &
Escalators

§ 1250


Elevators and escalators, including all
components thereof (e.g., handrails and smoke
baffles), which are permanently affixed to the
building and designed to remain in place. They
relate to the operation or maintenance of the
building and are structural components.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Energy
Management
Systems



§ 1250







Energy management systems to monitor or
maximize the efficiency of building systems (such
as HVAC, lighting, fire protection and security
systems) by starting and stopping the systems,
raising, and lowering temperatures, regulating
dampers and valves, adjusting lighting levels,
alerting employees to problems, etc. Includes
detection devices such as smoke, motion, and
infrared devices, photocells, foil and contact
switches, pressure switches, proximity alarms,
sensors, alarm transmitting controls, data
gathering panels, demand controllers,
thermostats, computer controls, outside air
economizers, occupancy sensors, electronic
ballasts, and all related wiring and conduit.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years


Energy
Management
Systems
§ 1245

Energy management systems to monitor or
maximize the efficiency of non-building systems
by starting and stopping process equipment,
regulating equipment air handlers, detecting
chemical leaks or equipment operating
temperatures, monitoring power quality, etc.
Includes sensors, alarm transmitting controls, data
gathering panels, demand controllers,
thermostats, computer controls, outside air
economizers, and related wiring and conduit for
the non-building energy management system.

Personal
Property -
Note 1

200

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
Fencing,
Retaining
Walls, Screen
Walls,
Fountains &
Other Land
Improvements


§§ 1250 /
1245
Depreciable improvements directly to or added to
land, whether such improvements are §§ 1245 or
1250 property. Examples include fences; canals;
waterways; drainage facilities; sewers (not
including municipal sewers in Class 51); retaining
walls; water falls, and fountains; holding, settling,
or detention ponds; and irrigation systems.


00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions
Fire Protection
& Alarm
Systems

§ 1250

Fire protection and alarm systems for the
protection of the building. Includes sensing
devices, computer controls, sprinkler heads,
associated piping or plumbing, pumps, visual and
audible alarms, alarm control panels, heat and
smoke detection devices, fire escapes, fire doors,
emergency exit lighting and signage, and cabinets
(regardless of mounting) holding fire-fighting
equipment such as fire extinguishers, fire hoses,
etc.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Fire Protection
Equipment

§ 1245


Special fire detection or suppression systems
(such as Halon or Carbon Dioxide, etc.) directly
associated with a piece of equipment or process.
Fire extinguishers and related fire extinguisher
cabinets designed and used for protection against
a particular hazard created by a business activity.
See Restaurant Industry Directive for restaurants,
cafeterias, or other commercial food preparation
areas.
Personal
Property -
Note 1
Floor
Coverings


§ 1250





Floor covering affixed with permanent adhesive,
nailed, or screwed in place. Includes marble,
paving brick, ceramic or quarry tile, and other
coverings cemented, mudded, or grouted to the
floor; vinyl composition tile (VCT), sheet vinyl,
carpeting, or wood attached with permanent
adhesive, nails, or screws; and paint, epoxy,
coatings, and sealers directly applied to the floor.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Floor
Coverings

§ 1245


Floor covering that is installed by means of
strippable adhesives and can be 1) readily
removed and remain in substantially the same
condition after removal as before, or 2) moved
and reused, stored, or sold in its entirety.
Personal
Property -
Note 1

Floors
§ 1250

Includes concrete slabs and other floor systems.
Floors include special treatments applied to or
otherwise a permanent part of the floor. For
example, "super-flat" finish, sloped drainage
basins, raised perimeter, cooler, freezer, and
garbage room floors. Does not include special
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

201

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
foundations - see Concrete Foundations &
Footings.
Floors

§ 1245


Raised false floors located in a limited area and
installed over an existing floor to accommodate
specific equipment. Such floors are a necessary
part of the installation and operation of the specific
equipment they accommodate. Removal of these
floors does not result in extensive renovations or
loss of functionality within the building.

Personal
Property -
Note 1

Gas & Sewer

§ 1250

All components of a building's or other inherently
permanent structure's natural gas distribution
system and sewer collection system used in the
operation or maintenance of the building or
necessary to provide general building services,
e.g., hot water and hot air (natural gas) and waste
removal (sewer).
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Gas & Sewer

§ 1245


Special natural gas and sewer connections which
are necessary to and used directly with a specific
item of machinery or equipment or connections
between specific items of individual machinery or
equipment. Includes dedicated piping, valves, and
hook-ups by which machinery and equipment are
connected to the building's or other inherently
permanent structure's natural gas distribution
system(s) or sewer collection system(s). Does not
include natural gas or sewer connections of
general applicability and accessibility.

Personal
Property -
Note 1

Gas & Sewer -
Special Gas
Systems


§ 1245




Special gas systems separate from the building's
or other inherently permanent structure's natural
gas system which are used in a manufacturing
process or research and experimentation activity.
Special gas would include carbon dioxide, pure
oxygen, nitrogen, argon, etc. Includes filters,
tanks, pumps, specialized piping, valves, and end
use connections.
Personal
Property -
Note 1



Gas & Sewer -
Special Waste
Systems

§ 1245


Special waste or sewer systems separate from
the building's or other inherently permanent
structure's sewer collection system which are
used in a manufacturing process or research and
experimentation activity. Special waste would
include toxic, bio-hazard, nuclear, and medical.
Includes filters, tanks, pumps, specialized piping,
and valves.
Personal
Property -
Note 1

Heating,
Ventilating, Air
Conditioning
(HVAC)
§ 1250

All components of a building's or other inherently
permanent structure's central heating, ventilating
and air conditioning distribution system(s) used in
the operation or maintenance of the building or
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

202

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD

necessary to provide general building services
such as forced cool and hot air, ventilation,
ductwork, air handlers, exchangers, baffles.
HVAC systems that are installed not only to meet
the temperature and humidity requirements of
machinery, but are also installed for additional
significant purposes, such as employee comfort
and ventilation, are building components.


Heating,
Ventilating, Air
Conditioning
(HVAC)

§ 1245

Special and separate HVAC units that meet the
sole justification test are included (i.e., machinery
the sole justification for the installation of which is
the fact that such machinery is required to meet
temperature or humidity requirements which are
essential for the operation of other machinery or
the processing of materials or used in connection
with research or experimentation). HVAC may
meet the sole justification test even though it
incidentally provides for the comfort of employees,
or serves, to an insubstantial degree, areas where
such temperature or humidity requirements are
not essential. Includes refrigeration units,
condensers, compressors, accumulators, coolers,
pumps, connecting pipes, and wiring for the
mechanical equipment for climate controlled
rooms, walk-in freezers, and coolers. See also
Clean Room / Climate Controlled Areas.
Allocation of HVAC is not appropriate.


Personal
Property -
Note 1
HVAC - Hot or
Chilled Water
Systems
§ 1250
All components of a building's or other inherently
permanent structure's hot or chilled water
system(s) used in the operation or maintenance of
the building or necessary to provide general
building services associated with the heating,
ventilating, and air conditioning system(s).
Includes boilers, chillers and cooling towers,
pumps, valves, heat exchangers, air handling
units, piping (both source and return), etc. See
also Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning
(HVAC).

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Industrial
Steam &
Electric
Generating
Systems
§§ 1250 /
1245

Depreciable assets, whether such assets are §§
1245 property or 1250 property, used in the
production and/or distribution of electricity with
rated total capacity in excess of 500 Kilowatts
and/or assets used in the production and/or
distribution of steam with rated total capacity in
excess of 12,500 pounds per hour for use by the
taxpayer in its industrial manufacturing process or
plant activity and not ordinarily available for sale
to others. Does not include buildings and
00.4 in Rev.
Proc. 87-
56. 00.4
Industrial
Steam and
Electric
Generation
and/or
Distribution

203

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD

structural components as defined in section 1.48-
1(e) of the regulations. See Asset Class

Systems - 15
Years


Interstitial
Areas,
Catwalks and
Mezzanines

§ 1250

Interstitial areas created by fully enclosed decks
and walls between functional floors of a building,
catwalks and mezzanines that provide access to
various sections or levels of the building or
provide more than incidental working space.
Designed to remain in place indefinitely, require
substantial time and effort to construct or remove
and integrated into building design.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Interstitial
Areas,
Catwalks and
Mezzanines

§ 1245


Interstitial areas created by fully enclosed decks
and walls between functional floors of a building,
catwalks and mezzanines designed and
constructed only to provide access to inspect,
repair, or operate specific items of machinery or
equipment.
Personal
Property -
Note 1
Landscaping &
Shrubbery


§§ 1250 /
1245



Depreciable improvements directly to or added to
land, whether such improvements are section
1245 or 1250 property. Examples include
landscaping, shrubbery, trees, and sod.
00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions

Loading Docks





§ 1250


§

Bumpers, permanently installed dock levelers,
plates, seals, lights, canopies, docks, and
overhead doors used in the receiving and
shipping of supplies and raw materials, work in
process, and finished products inventories.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Machinery &
Equipment
§ 1245

Tangible personal property, not covered
elsewhere, which is in the nature of machinery or
equipment. Includes a structure which is
essentially an item of machinery or equipment if
the use of the structure is so closely related to the
use of such property that the structure clearly can
be expected to be replaced when the property it
initially houses is replaced. Factors which indicate
that a structure is closely related to the use of the
property it houses include the fact that the
structure is specifically designed to provide for the
stress and other demands of such property and
the fact that the structure could not be
economically used for other purposes. Includes
such structures as oil and gas storage tanks, grain
storage bins, silos, fractionating towers, blast
furnaces, basic oxygen furnaces, coke ovens,
brick kilns, and coal tipples. Does not include
structural components of a building or other


Personal
Property -
Note 1

204

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD

inherently permanent structure. See also
Plumbing; Electrical; Heating, Ventilating, Air
Conditioning (HVAC); and Elevators & Escalators.


Millwork

§ 1250


General millwork is all building materials made of
finished wood (e.g., doors and frames, window
frames, sashes, porch work, mantels, panel work,
stairways, and special woodwork). Includes pre-
built wooden items brought to the site for
installation and items constructed on site; such as
restroom cabinets, door jambs, moldings, trim,
etc.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Millwork

§ 1245


Decorative millwork is the decorative finish
carpentry in a building. Examples include detailed
crown moldings, and lattice work placed over
finished walls or ceilings. The decorative millwork
serves to enhance the overall décor of the
building and is not related to the operation of the
building. Excludes cabinets and counters in a
restroom. See also Restroom Accessories.
Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years

Office
Furnishings

§ 1245

Desks, chairs, credenzas, file cabinets, tables,
bookcases, coat racks, projection screens, and
other office furniture such as workstations. Also
includes telephone equipment, fax machines, and
other communications equipment. Does not
include communications equipment included in
other asset classes in Rev. Proc. 87-56.
00.11 Office
Furniture,
Fixtures, and
Equipment – 7
Years
Parking Lots

§§ 1250 /
1245


Depreciable improvements directly to or added to
land, whether such improvements are §§ 1245 or
1250. Grade level surface parking and base area
usually constructed of asphalt, brick, concrete,
stone, or similar material. Also includes bumper
blocks, curb cuts, curb work, striping, concrete
landscape islands, truck parking ramps and
staging areas, and traffic control systems (such as
traffic lights and detectors, card readers, parking
equipment, etc.). See also Roadways.

00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions

Parking
Structures

§ 1250

Any structure or edifice the purpose of which is to
provide parking space. Includes garages, parking
ramps, or other parking structures.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Plumbing
§ 1250
All components of a building's or other inherently
permanent structure's plumbing distribution
system(s) used in the operation or maintenance of
the building or necessary to provide general
building services such as drains, valves, water
flow switches, restroom plumbing fixtures (e.g.,
toilets) and piping, electric water coolers, and


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

205

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
sprinkler mains and heads. See also Gas &
Sewer.
Plumbing
§ 1245


Special plumbing connections which are
necessary to and used directly with a specific item
of machinery or equipment or connections
between specific items of individual machinery or
equipment. Includes dedicated piping, valves, and
hook-ups by which machinery and equipment is
connected to the building's or other inherently
permanent structure's plumbing distribution
system(s). Does not include plumbing hook-ups of
general applicability and accessibility.



Personal
Property -
Note 1

Plumbing –
Special Water
Systems

§ 1245


Special water systems separate from the
building's or other inherently permanent
structure's plumbing systems which are used to
produce specialty water such as deionized water
(DI) or water for injection (WFI) which is required
in a manufacturing process or research and
experimentation activity. Includes filters, tanks,
pumps, specialized piping, valves, and end use
connections.
Personal
Property -
Note 1
Poles & Pylons






§§ 1250 /
1245




Poles made of metal or similar material usually set
in concrete footings or bolt-mounted to concrete
piers. Their use is for supporting parking area
lights, signage, flags, etc. Pylons made of
concrete, brick, wood frame and stucco, or similar
materials usually set in the ground or on a
concrete foundation, and usually used for
signage. Note* asset class 00.3 Land
improvements includes both §§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56. See also Signs
and Electrical – Light Fixtures – Exterior.

00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions

Restaurant /
Cafeteria - In
Facility
N/A

Facilities that include a restaurant, cafeteria, or
other commercial food preparation property such
as a deli or snack bar.
See
Restaurant
Industry
Directive
Restroom
Accessories
§ 1250
Paper towel dispensers, electric hand dryers,
towel racks or holders, cup dispensers, purse
shelves, toilet paper holders, soap dispensers or
holders, lotion dispensers, sanitary napkin
dispensers and waste receptacles, coat hooks,
handrails, grab bars, mirrors, shelves, vanity
cabinets, counters, ashtrays, and other items that
are built into or mounted on walls or partitions.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Restroom
Partitions
§ 1250

Shop made and standard manufacture toilet
partitions.
Building or
Building

206

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD

Component –
39 Years
Retail Store –
In Facility
N/A
A retail store or employee outlet, used to sell
merchandise (such as company products,
newspapers, magazines, film, and digital images,
etc.).

See Retail
Industry
Directive
Roadways
§§ 1250 /
1245


Depreciable improvements directly to or added to
land, whether such improvements are §§ 1245 or
1250. Grade level driveways, roads, and base
areas usually constructed of asphalt, brick,
concrete, stone, or similar material. Also includes
guard rails, curb cuts, and curb work.
00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions
Roof







§ 1250








All elements of the roof including but not limited to
joists, rafters, deck, shingles, vapor barrier,
skylights, trusses, girders, and gutters.
Determination of whether decorative elements of
a roof (e.g., false dormers, mansard) constitute
structural building components depends on their
integration with the overall roof, not their load
bearing capacity. If removal of the decorative
element results in the direct exposure of building
components to water, snow, wind, or moisture
damage, or if the decorative element houses
lighting fixtures, wiring, or other structural
components, then the decorative elements are
part of the overall roof system and are structural
components of the building.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years



Security
Systems

§ 1250


Security equipment for the protection of the
building (and its contents) from burglary or
vandalism and protection of employees from
assault. Examples include window and door locks;
card key access systems; keyless entry systems;
security cameras, recorders, monitors, and related
equipment; perimeter and interior building motion
detectors; security lighting; alarm systems; and
security system wiring and conduit.


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Security
Systems

§ 1245

Electronic surveillance systems used to track and
monitor tangible items, e.g., raw materials, work in
process, and finished products inventories.
Includes scanners, electronic gates, surveillance
cameras, recorders, monitors, and related
equipment.

Personal
Property -
Note 1
Sidewalks &
Curbs
§§ 1250 /
1245

Depreciable improvements directly to or added to
land, whether such improvements are §§ 1245 or
1250. Sidewalks and curbs are usually
constructed of concrete, asphalt, stone, or similar
material.
00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions

207

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
Signs

§ 1250

Exit signs, restroom identifiers, room numbers, fire
lanes, building identification, and other signs
relating to the operation or maintenance of a
building.


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Signs

§ 1245

Interior signs used to display directories of names,
departments, etc. Not related to the operation or
maintenance of a building. Exterior signs used to
display names, symbols, directions, etc. For pylon
signs, includes only the sign face and related
dedicated wiring. See also Poles & Pylons.


Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years
Site
Preparation,
Grading &
Excavation



N/A










N/A

Non-depreciable land preparation costs, in
general, include the one-time cost of demolition,
clearing and grubbing, blasting, site stripping, fill
or excavation, dewatering, and grading to allow
development of land. Clearing and grubbing is the
removal of debris, brush, trees, etc. from the site.
Stripping is the removal of the topsoil to provide a
stable surface for site and building improvements.
The grading of land involves moving soil for the
purpose of producing a more level surface to
allow development of the land. These costs would
not have to be reincurred if the building was
repaired, rebuilt, or even torn down and replaced
with some other type of building.
Land - Not
Depreciable



Site
Preparation,
Grading &
Excavation

§ 1250


Depreciable clearing, grading, excavating and
removal costs directly associated with and
necessary for the proper setting of the building
and building components are part of the cost of
construction of the building. See also Concrete
Foundations & Footings.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Site
Preparation,
Grading &
Excavation
§ 1250

Depreciable clearing, grading, excavating and
removal costs directly associated with the
construction of sidewalks, parking areas,
roadways and other depreciable land
improvements are part of the cost of construction
of the improvements.
00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions
Site Utilities § 1250
Site utilities begin where the responsibility rests
with the taxpayer and not the utility company
which is providing the service. Site utilities end at
either a building or other permanent structure. Site
utilities also include any distribution systems
between buildings or other permanent structures.
The cost of the site utilities would not have to be
reincurred if the building or other permanent
structure was repaired, rebuilt, or even torn down
and replaced with some other type of building.
Typically, the utilities provided would be electricity,


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

208

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
natural gas, water, sewer, and steam. See also
Electrical, Plumbing, and Gas & Sewer.
Site Utilities
§ 1250


Drainage facilities and sewers that are not
municipal sewers.
00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions
Sound Systems


§ 1245
Equipment and apparatus, including wiring, used
to provide amplified sound or music (e.g., public
address by way of a paging system or background
music). Excludes applications linked to fire
protection and alarm systems.


Personal
Property With
No Class Life -
7 Years
Trash
Enclosures
§ 1250
Enclosures attached to the building for waste
receptacles. Typically constructed of the same
materials as the building shell with either interior
or exterior access. These trash enclosures are an
integral part of the building shell and cannot be
moved without damage to the underlying building.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Trash
Enclosures
Trash
Enclosures
§ 1250



Freestanding enclosures, typically constructed on
a concrete pad with its posts set in the concrete,
for waste receptacles. Serves both safety and
decorative functions.
00.3 - Land
Improvements
but see Note 2
for exceptions

Wall Coverings


§ 1250


Includes interior and exterior paint; ceramic or
quarry tile, marble, stone, brick, and other finishes
affixed with mortar, cement, or grout; paneling,
wainscoting, and other wood finishes affixed with
nails, screws, or permanent adhesives; sanitary
finishes such as Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic
(FRP), stainless steel, or plastic; sound absorbing
or fabric wall panels; and wall protection (such as
bumpers, corner guards, etc.).


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Wall Coverings


§ 1245



Strippable wallpaper that causes no damage to
the underlying wall or wall surface.
Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years
Walls - Exterior


§ 1250

All exterior walls and building support regardless
of construction materials. Exterior walls may
include columns, posts, beams, girders, curtain
walls, tilt up panels, studs, framing, sheetrock,
insulation, windows, doors, exterior façade, brick,
masonry, etc.

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

Walls - Interior § 1250
All load bearing interior partitions regardless of
construction. Also includes non-load bearing
partitions regardless of height (typically
constructed of studs and sheetrock or other
materials) that divide or create rooms or provide
traffic control. Includes rough carpentry and
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

209

ASSET PROPERTY
TYPE
PHARMACEUTICAL/BIOTECH DESCRIPTION RECOVERY
PERIOD
finishes such as plaster, dry wall, gypsum board,
concrete block, glass, or metal.
Walls - Interior

§ 1245

Interior walls where the partition can be 1) readily
removed and remain in substantially the same
condition after removal as before, or 2) moved
and reused, stored, or sold in their entirety.
Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years
Window
Treatments
§ 1245


Window treatments which are readily removable
such as drapes, curtains, louvers, blinds, post
construction tinting, etc.

Personal
Property with
No Class Life -
7 Years
Windows
§ 1250
Exterior and interior windows.
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

(10) NOTES:

  • Note 1: The recovery period depends on the use of the property. See the

Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide Appendix Chapter 6.C. for examples and application of the asset classification rules of Revenue Procedure 87-56 activity classes 01.1 to 80.0 or "Certain Property for Which Recovery Periods Assigned" letters A through E at the end of Revenue Procedure 87-56.

  • Note 2: Land improvements are included in some activity classes in

Revenue Procedure 87-56. See the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide Appendix Chapter 6.C. for examples and application of the asset classification rules of Revenue Procedure 87-56.

(11) CAUTION: In the case of certain leasehold improvement property, the

classifications in this directive are superseded to the extent that the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 modifies § 168. Thus, a 15-year straight line recovery period should replace the recovery period shown in the above matrix if the asset is “qualified leasehold improvement property" (as defined in § 168(e)(6)) placed in service by the taxpayer after 10/22/04 and before 1/1/08.

Exceptions & meaning →

E. Casinos and Gaming Industry

(1) Field Directive LMSB-04-0706-005 on Asset Class and Depreciation for Casino

Construction Costs intended to provide direction to effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of a taxpayer who is recovering construction costs through depreciation of tangible property used in connection with a hotel/casino property. It is partially reproduced below.

(2) INTRODUCTION - This memorandum is intended to provide direction to

effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of a taxpayer

210

who is recovering construction costs through depreciation of tangible property used in connection with a hotel/casino property.

(3) RECOMMENDATIONS - The matrix included in this document contains

recommendations for the categorization and lives of various hotel/casino assets. If the taxpayer’s tax return position for these assets is consistent with these recommendations, no adjustments should be made to categorizations and lives. If the taxpayer reports assets differently, then adjustments should be considered.

(4) EFFECT ON OTHER GUIDANCE - This directive should be applied in the

context of other applicable depreciation principles. For example, normal examination procedures should be followed to determine whether all appropriate costs, including IRC § 263A expenses, have been associated with a particular asset. Examiners are encouraged to exercise their professional judgment when developing and resolving factual issues. This memorandum is not an official pronouncement of the law or the Service’s position and cannot be used, cited, or relied upon as such.

(5) If you have any questions, please have a member of your staff contact the

Deductible and Capital Expenditures (DCE) Practice Network.

(6) This matrix, which is part of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide, is

intended to provide direction to effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of property used in the operation of a casino/hotel property. General fact patterns specific to this industry have been considered in the classification of these assets and may not be applicable to other industries. Similarly, asset classification guidance issued for other industries is based on the general fact pattern for that industry and may not be applicable to a casino/hotel business situation. For example, for asset classification of restaurants located within a casino, refer to the industry directive for restaurants. For examination techniques and historical background related to this issue, refer to the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide.

(7) NOTE: In the case of certain leasehold improvement property, the

classifications in this directive are superseded to the extent that the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 modifies § 168. Thus, a 15-year straight line recovery period should replace the recovery period shown in the following matrix if the asset is “qualified leasehold improvement property" (as defined in §168(e)(6)) placed in service by the taxpayer after 10/22/04 and before 1/1/08.

(8) Casino and Gaming Industry Matrix for Recovery Period of Property

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Ceilings

Dropped or lowered ceilings with decorative finishes
(such as ornamental polished gold and copper metal
panels suspended from the finished ceiling or glued
to soffits or lowered drywall ceiling systems). The
suspension grids are hung by hanger wires from
§ 1250

39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))

211

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD






hooks or eyes set in the floor above or bottom of the
roof and attached to walls with nails or screws.
Components such as lighting fixtures and air
conditioning registers are placed on the grid. The
ceilings conceal plumbing, wiring, sprinkler systems
and air conditioning ducts. Includes grid systems
where the actual building ceiling above the
suspended ceiling can be seen. The actual building
ceiling is generally painted a dark color so as to hide
the various conduit, wires, and mechanical systems
hanging from it.












Doors and
Door Locks
Interior and exterior doors, regardless of decoration,
including but not limited to, double opening doors,
overhead doors, revolving doors, entrance security
gates, roll-up or sliding wire mesh or steel grills and
gates, and door hardware (such as doorknobs,
closers, kick plates, hinges, locks, automatic
openers, etc.). Includes hotel guest room
computerized door locks. Includes encoders,
computers, and other associated hardware of the
computerized lock system.
§ 1250
39 years (40
years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Doors and
Door Locks
(Special lightweight, double action doors installed to
prevent accidents in a heavily trafficked area
“Eliason”-type door). For example, flexible doors,
clear curtains, or strip curtains used between stock
areas and selling areas.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Electrical
Hook-ups
(includes
duplex,
fourplex,
junction box,
conduit/wiring,
and allocation
of panels)

Includes electrical outlets of general applicability and
accessibility located in_Accounting and Administrative_
Offices, Ballrooms, “Back of House” areas, Pre-
function areas, and Support areas (such as shop
areas, engineering, and construction offices).
Includes but is not limited to outlets connected to
copy machines, fax machines, personal computers,
break rooms, coffee rooms, lounges, etc.

§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Electrical
Hook-ups
(includes
duplex,
fourplex,
junction box,
Includes electrical outlets located in hotel guest
rooms and guest bathrooms of general applicability
and accessibility (includes bathroom GFI outlet).
§ 1250 39 years (40
years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))

212

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
conduit/wiring,
and allocation
of panels)

Electrical
Hook-ups
(includes
duplex,
fourplex,
junction box,
conduit/wiring,
and allocation
of panels)

Includes electrical outlets specifically associated to
particular items of machinery and equipment located
in the Casino area. Includes ATM machines, slot
machines, and other gaming related equipment. Also
includes all electrical hook-ups associated with the
activities described in Asset Class 79.0 of Rev. Proc.
87-56, 1987-2 CB 674, such as Theater and
Showroom.
§ 1245
7 years (79.0
Recreation)
Electrical
Hook-ups
(includes
duplex,
fourplex,
junction box,
conduit/wiring,
and allocation
of panels)


Includes electrical outlets specifically associated to a
particular item of machinery or equipment located in
Conference Rooms, Guest Rooms, Public Facility
areas, Meeting Rooms, and Support Areas, but not in
the Casino/Theater area. Examples include
equipment in Exercise rooms, ice machines, vending
machines, audio visual equipment, televisions (and
the riser conduit and wiring), garbage disposals,
refrigerators, and workbenches.

§ 1245
5 years (57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Exit Signs
Signs posted along exit routes that indicate the
direction of travel to the nearest exit. These signs
typically read "EXIT" and may have distinctive colors,
illumination, or arrows indicating the direction to the
exit.

§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Facades –
Exterior
Decorative exterior wall covering of the hotel/casino
complex to help create the theme for the hotel/casino
complex. Generally, consists of a synthetic plaster, or
stucco, that is cemented, or in some cases, bolted on
in the form of a panel, to the frames of the exterior
walls of the buildings.



§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))

213

ASSET 1 -
ASSET 2
CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Facades –
Interior
Columns

Includes finishes on interior columns that are
affixed with permanent adhesive or nailed or
screwed in place. Examples include marble tile,
millwork and other coverings cemented, mudded, or
grouted to the column.
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years
for
purposes
of § 168
(g))
Facades –
Interior
Columns
Includes finishes on interior columns that are not
permanently attached and not intended to be
permanent. Located in the Casino area. Also
includes interior columns associated with the
activities described in Asset Class 79.0 of Rev.
Proc. 87-56, such as Theater and Showroom.
§ 1245
7 years
(79.0
Recreatio
n)
Facades –
Interior
Columns
Includes finishes on interior columns that are not
permanently attached and not intended to be
permanent. Not located in the Casino/Theater area.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributiv
e Trades
and
Services)
Facades –
Interior –
False
Balcony
Finishes generally made of millwork or wrought iron
(forged balconies and gates) and located in the
Casino area. Also includes false balconies
associated with the activities described in Asset
Class 79.0 of Rev. Proc. 87-56, such as Theater
and Showroom.
§ 1245
7 years
(79.0
Recreatio
n)
Facades –
Interior –
False
Balcony
Finishes generally made of millwork or wrought iron
(forged balconies and gates). Not located in the
Casino/Theater area.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributiv
e Trades
and
Services)
Facades –
Interior -
Storefronts
Includes the framework, sheetrock, or any other
component that comprises the framing of the
storefront walls.
§ 1250 39 years
(40 years
for
purposes
of § 168
(g))

214

ASSET 1 -
ASSET 2
CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Facades –
Interior -
Storefronts
Includes storefronts made primarily of synthetic
materials (foam, fiberglass, cast stone, or glass
reinforced concrete) that are affixed with permanent
adhesive or nailed or screwed in place. Also
includes costs relating to the exposed millwork, trim
molding and lining around doors, windows, and
baseboards. See alsoWall Coverings and
Millwork.
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years
for
purposes
of § 168
(g))
Facades –
Interior -
Storefronts

Includes false storefronts made primarily of
synthetic materials (foam, fiberglass, cast stone, or
glass reinforced concrete) that are not permanently
attached and not intended to be permanent.
Located in the Casino area. Also includes
storefronts associated with the activities described
in Asset Class 79.0 of Rev. Proc. 87-56, such as
Theater and Showroom.
§ 1245
7 years
(79.0
Recreatio
n)
Facades –
Interior -
Storefronts
Includes false storefronts made primarily of
synthetic materials (foam, fiberglass, cast stone, or
glass reinforced concrete) that are not permanently
attached and not intended to be permanent. Not
located in the Casino/Theater area.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributiv
e Trades
and
Services)
Facades –
Interior –
Painted
Ceilings

Includes painted ceilings applied with spray guns
and brushes (regardless of theme or design).
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years
for
purposes
of § 168
(g))
Facades –
Interior –
Painted
Ceilings

Includes_custom_ painted ceilings designed on
computers, transferred to canvases, and hand-
painted with acrylics (fire-retardant materials).
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years
for
purposes
of § 168
(g))
Facades –
Interior –
Painted
Ceilings
Includes painted ceilings designed on computers,
transferred to canvases, and hand-painted with
acrylics that are not permanently attached and not
intended to be permanent and located in the
Casino area. Also includes painted ceilings that are
§ 1245 7 years

215

ASSET 1 -
ASSET 2
CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD


not permanently attached associated with the
activities described in Asset Class 79.0 of Rev.
Proc. 87-56, such as Theater and Showroom.
not permanently attached associated with the
activities described in Asset Class 79.0 of Rev.
Proc. 87-56, such as Theater and Showroom.
(79.0
Recreatio
n)
(79.0
Recreatio
n)
Facades –
Interior -
Rockscape
Facades –
Interior -
Rockscape
Includes painted ceilings designed on computers,
transferred to canvases, and hand-painted with
acrylics that are not permanently attached and not
intended to be permanent. Not located in the
Casino/Theater area.
Includes painted ceilings designed on computers,
transferred to canvases, and hand-painted with
acrylics that are not permanently attached and not
intended to be permanent. Not located in the
Casino/Theater area.
§ 1245
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributiv
e Trades
and
Services)
5 years
(57.0
Distributiv
e Trades
and
Services)
Facades –
Interior -
**Rockscape **
Facades –
Interior -
**Rockscape **
Includes rock finishes made of synthetic materials
(such as interior fountains containing waterproofed
liners and molded rockscape features) and
decorative stonework embedded in walls that are
an integral part of a buildings structural shell.
Includes non-load bearing rockscape and
decorative stonework embedded in walls
(regardless of height) that divide or create rooms or
provide traffic control where the rockscape and
stonework cannot be 1) readily removed and
remain in substantially the same condition after
removal as before, or 2) moved and reused, stored,
or sold in its entirety.
Includes rock finishes made of synthetic materials
(such as interior fountains containing waterproofed
liners and molded rockscape features) and
decorative stonework embedded in walls that are
an integral part of a buildings structural shell.
Includes non-load bearing rockscape and
decorative stonework embedded in walls
(regardless of height) that divide or create rooms or
provide traffic control where the rockscape and
stonework cannot be 1) readily removed and
remain in substantially the same condition after
removal as before, or 2) moved and reused, stored,
or sold in its entirety.
§ 1250
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years
for
purposes
of § 168
(g))
39 years
(40 years
for
purposes
of § 168
(g))
Facades –
Interior -
Rockscape
Facades –
Interior -
Rockscape
Includes rockscape and decorative stonework that
do not function as part of the building and would be
considered as non-structural theme elements that
function merely as ornamentation.

Includes rockscape and decorative stonework that
do not function as part of the building and would be
considered as non-structural theme elements that
function merely as ornamentation.

§ 1245

§ 1245

5 years
(57.0
Distributiv
e Trades
and
Services)
5 years
(57.0
Distributiv
e Trades
and
Services)
ASSET
ASSET
CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION
CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE

PROPERTY
TYPE


RECOVERY
PERIOD

RECOVERY
PERIOD

Fire
Protection &
Alarm
Systems
Fire
Protection &
Alarm
Systems
Includes sensing devices, computer controls, sprinkler
heads, piping or plumbing, pumps, visual and audible
alarms, alarm control panels, heat and smoke
detection devices, fire escapes, fire doors, emergency
exit lighting and signage, and wall mounted fire
extinguishers necessary for the protection of the
building.
Includes sensing devices, computer controls, sprinkler
heads, piping or plumbing, pumps, visual and audible
alarms, alarm control panels, heat and smoke
detection devices, fire escapes, fire doors, emergency
exit lighting and signage, and wall mounted fire
extinguishers necessary for the protection of the
building.


§ 1250


§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g)
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g)
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g)

216

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Fire
Protection
Equipment
Includes special fire detection or suppression systems
directly associated with a piece of equipment. For
example, a fire extinguisher designed and used for
protection against a particular hazard created by the
business activity.

§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Floor
Covering

Includes floor covering that is affixed with permanent
adhesive or nailed or screwed in place. Examples
include ceramic or quarry tile, marble, paving brick,
most vinyl coverings, and other coverings cemented,
mudded, or grouted to the floor; epoxy or sealers; and
wood flooring.

§ 1250


39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Floor
Covering
Includes floor covering that is not permanently
attached and not intended to be permanent, such as
vinyl composition tile (VCT) installed with strippable
adhesive, sheet vinyl, and carpeting, and located in
the Casino area. Also includes floor covering that is
not permanently attached associated with the
activities described in Asset Class 79.0 of Rev. Proc.
87-56, such as Theater and Showroom.
§ 1245
7 years
(79.0
Recreation)
Floor
Covering
Includes floor covering that is not permanently
attached and not intended to be permanent, such as
vinyl composition tile (VCT) installed with strippable
adhesive, sheet vinyl, and carpeting, but not located
in the Casino/Theater area.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Floors
Includes concrete slabs and other floor systems.
Floors include special treatments applied to or
otherwise a permanent part of the floor. For example,
"super flat" finish, sloped drainage basins, raised
perimeter, serving line curb, or cooler, freezer, and
garbage room floors.
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Furniture -
Guest Room
Includes furniture unique to guest rooms and
distinguishable from office furniture. For example,
beds, dressers, armoires, and night-tables. See also
Furniture- Office.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Furniture –
Office
(includes
Includes desk, chair, credenza, file cabinet, table
(whether located in_Administrative Areas or Guest_
Rooms) and other furniture such as workstations. Also

§ 1245
7 years
(00.11
Office

217

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Communi-
cation
Equipment
and Hook-
ups)
includes communication equipment and related hook-
ups.
Furniture
and
Fixtures)
Generators

Emergency power generators for building related
operations (emergency/safety systems).
§ 1250

39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Generators







Depreciable assets, whether such assets are§§ 1245
property or 1250 property, used in the production
and/or distribution of electricity with rated total
capacity in excess of 500 Kilowatts and/or assets
used in the production and/or distribution of steam
with rated total capacity in excess of 12,500 pounds
per hour for use by the taxpayer in its industrial
manufacturing process or plant activity and not
ordinarily available for sale to others. Does not
include buildings and structural components as
defined in§ 1.48-1(e) of the regulations. SeeAsset
Class 00.4 (Rev. Proc. 87-56). Note* asset class 00.4
includes both§§ 1245 and 1250 property per Rev.
Proc. 87-56.

See Note*






See Note*
15 years
(00.4
Industrial
Steam and
Electric
Generation
and/or
Distribution
Systems)
**Generators **

Emergency power generators for casino operations.
(SeeCost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide for
allocation examples).

§ 1245
7 years
(79.0
Recreation)
Kitchen
Equipment
Hook-ups
Encompasses the electrical distribution system of the
kitchen. Refer to the industry directive for
Restaurants - Kitchen Equipment Hook-up.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Light
Fixtures –
** Interior**
Includes lighting such as recessed and lay-in lighting,
night lighting, and exit lighting, as well as decorative
lighting fixtures that provide substantially all the
artificial illumination (primary source of lighting).
Includes guest room lighting, wall sconces (bathroom,
guest room, and hallway), hallway chandeliers, and all
electrical connections associated with these fixtures,


§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))

218

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
such as power junction boxes, riser conduit, and
wiring.
Light
Fixtures –
** Interior**



Includes decorative light fixtures such as chandeliers,
wall sconces, down lighting, neon lighting, column
lights which are decorative in nature and not
necessary for the operation of the building and
located in the Casino area plus cost of all wiring and
electrical connections associated with these fixtures.
Also includes all decorative lighting fixtures
associated with the activities described in Asset Class
79.0 of Rev. Proc. 87-56, such as Theater and
Showroom.

§ 1245




7 years
(79.0
Recreation)
Light
Fixtures –
** Interior**

Includes decorative light fixtures, such as neon lights,
table lamps, or track lighting, which are decorative in
nature and not necessary for the operation of the
building and not located in the Casino/Theater area.
In other words, if the decorative lighting were turned
off, the other sources of lighting would provide
sufficient light for operation of the building. If the
decorative lighting is the_primary_ source of lighting,
then it is§ 1250 property_._
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Light
Fixtures –
Exterior
Exterior lighting (whether decorative or not) to the
extent that the lighting relates to the maintenance or
operation of the building. This category includes
building mounted lighting to illuminate walkways,
entrances, parking, etc_._
§ 1250


39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Light
Fixtures –
Exterior
Pole mounted or freestanding outdoor lighting system
to illuminate sidewalks, parking, or recreation areas.
See alsoPoles & Pylons. Note* asset class 00.3
Land improvements includes both §§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.
See Note*
15 years
(00.3 Land
Improvemen
t)
Light
Fixtures –
Exterior
Removable plant grow lights or removable lighting
that highlights_only_ the landscaping or building
exterior (but not parking areas or walkways) and does
not relate to the maintenance or operation of the
building_._

§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Loading Dock Includes bumpers, permanently installed dock
levelers, plates, seals, lights, canopies, and overhead
doors used in the receiving and shipping of
merchandise.
§ 1250 39 years

219

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Loading Dock
Includes items such as compactors, conveyors, hoists
and/or balers.

§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Millwork –
General
Building or
Structural

Includes millwork that is made of finished wood for
example, doors and frames, window frames, sashes,
porch work, mantels, panel work, stairways, and
special woodwork. Includes pre-built wooden items
brought to the site for installation and items
constructed on site such as restroom cabinets, door
jambs, moldings, trim, etc.
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Millwork –
General
Building or
Structural
Corner Guards and Wall Guards (includes guards
made of stainless steel, e.g., diamond plate)
§ 1250

§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Millwork -
Decorative
Includes decorative finish carpentry in a Casino area.
Examples include detailed crown moldings, lattice
work placed over finished walls or ceilings, and
cabinets. The decorative millwork serves to enhance
the overall décor of the Casino area and is not related
to the operation of the building. Cabinets and
counters in a restroom are excluded from this
category; see**Restroom Accessories.**Also includes
decorative millwork associated with the activities
described in Asset Class 79.0 of Rev. Proc. 87-56,
such as Theater and Showroom.

§ 1245
7 years
(79.0
Recreation)
Millwork –
Decorative



Includes decorative finish carpentry in the_hotel and_
retail areas. Examples include detailed crown
moldings, lattice work placed over finished walls or
ceilings, and cabinets. The decorative millwork serves
to enhance the overall décor of the hotel and retail
areas and is not related to the operation of the
building. Cabinets and counters in a restroom are
excluded from this category; seeRestroom
Accessories.

§ 1245

§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)

220

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Poles &
Pylons
Light poles for parking areas and other poles poured
in concrete footings or bolt-mounted for signage,
flags, etc. Note* asset class 00.3 Land improvements
includes both§§ 1245 and 1250 property per Rev.
Proc. 87-56. See alsoPylon Sign – Exterior and
Light Fixtures – Exterior.
See Note*
15 years
(00.3 Land
Improvemen
t)
Pools & Pool
Equipment
Includes swimming pools and pool equipment (and
spas attached to the swimming pools) that are
contained within, on, or attached to a building.
§ 1250

39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Pools & Pool
Equipment
Includes exterior swimming pools and pool equipment
(and spas attached to the swimming pools) that are
built on land. Note* asset class 00.3 Land
improvements includes both§§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.

See Note*
15 years
(00.3 Land
Improvemen
t)
Pylon Sign -
Exterior
Pylons made of concrete, brick, wood frame, stucco,
or similar materials usually set in the ground or on a
concrete foundation, and usually used for signage.
Note* asset class 00.3 Land improvements includes
both§§ 1245 and 1250 property per Rev. Proc. 87-
56. See alsoPoles & Pylons
See Note*
15 years
(00.3 Land
Improvemen
t)
Pylon Sign -
Exterior
Includes only the sign face and/or message screen
and related components.
§ 1245

5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Restroom-
Accessories
Includes paper towel dispensers, electric hand dryers,
towel racks or holders, cup dispensers, purse
shelves, toilet paper holders, soap dispensers or
holders, lotion dispensers, sanitary napkin dispensers
and waste receptacles, coat hooks, handrails, grab
bars, mirrors, shelves, vanity cabinets, counters and
ashtrays and other items generally found in public
restrooms that are built into or mounted on walls or
partitions.


§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Restroom
Partitions
Includes shop made and standard manufacture toilet
partitions, typically metal, but may be plastic or other
materials.
§ 1250 39 years

221

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Security
Equipment
Includes security equipment for the protection of the
building and its contents, including the building
exterior and grounds, from theft or vandalism and
protection of employees and guests from assault.
Examples include security cameras, recorders,
monitors, and related equipment (including those
located in the elevator and elevator lobbies); building
exterior and interior motion detectors; security
lighting; alarm systems; security systems and related
junction boxes, wiring, and conduit).
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g)

Security
Equipment
Includes surveillance cameras, recorders, monitors
and related equipment, the primary purpose of which
is to surveil gaming activities and to minimize theft in
the Casino area. Also includes surveillance equipment
associated with the activities described in Asset Class
79.0 of Rev. Proc. 87-56, such as Theater and
Showroom.


§ 1245
7 years
(79.0
Recreation)
Security
Equipment
Includes electronic article surveillance systems
including surveillance cameras, recorders, monitors
and related equipment, the primary purpose of which
is to minimize theft in the_retail_ areas. Does not
include the Casino/Theater area.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Signs
Exit signs, restroom identifiers, room numbers, and
other signs relating to the operation or maintenance of
a building. See alsoExit Signs.

§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Signs

Includes interior signs used to display gaming related
activities such as keno, slots, video poker, etc. Also
includes interior signs associated with the activities
described in Asset Class 79.0 of Rev. Proc. 87-56,
such as Theater and Showroom.
§ 1245
7 years
(79.0
Recreation)
Signs
Includes interior signs used to display directories of
names or indicate the location of business functions
and departments, (registration desk, buffet, retail
shops, etc.), but not associated with the
Casino/Theater activities. Not related to the operation
§ 1245 5 years
(57.0
Distributive

222

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
or maintenance of a building. Also includes exterior
signs used to display names, symbols, directions, etc.
For pylon signs, includes only the sign face and
related dedicated wiring. See alsoPylon Sign –
Exterior.

Trades and
Services)
Site Grading
& Excavation




Non-depreciable land preparation costs, in general,
include the one-time cost of demolition, clearing and
grubbing, blasting, site stripping, fill or excavation,
dewatering, and grading to allow development of land.
Clearing and grubbing is the removal of debris, brush,
trees, etc. from the site. Stripping is the removal of the
topsoil to provide a stable surface for site and building
improvements. The grading of land involves moving
soil for the purpose of producing a more level surface
to allow development of the land. These costs would
not have to be incurred again if the building was
repaired, rebuilt, or even torn down and replaced with
some other type of building.




N/A






Land
Site Grading
& Excavation

Clearing, grading, excavating and removal costs
directly associated with the construction of buildings
and building components are part of the cost of
construction of the building and depreciated over the
life of the building.
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Site Grading
& Excavation

Clearing, grading, excavating and removal costs
directly associated with the construction of sidewalks,
parking areas, roadways and other depreciable land
improvements are part of the cost of construction of
the improvements and depreciated over the life of the
associated asset.Note* asset class 00.3 Land
improvements includes both§§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.
See Note*
15 years
(00.3 Land
Improvemen
t)
Site Utilities
Systems that are used to distribute utility services
from the property line to the casino complex. Includes
water, sanitary sewers, gas, and electrical services.
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g)
Site Utilities Storm Piping (for draining the site of rainwater). Note*
asset class 00.3 Land improvements includes both
§§1245 and 1250 property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.
See Note* 15 years
(00.3 Land
Improvemen
t)

223

ASSET CASINO/GAMING DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Site Work


Site Work
Site work includes curbing, paving, general site
improvements, fencing, landscaping, roads, sewers,
sidewalks, site drainage and all other site
improvements not directly related to the building.
Note* asset class 00.3 Land improvements includes
both§§ 1245 and 1250 property per Rev. Proc. 87-
56. SeeSite Utilities for sanitary sewers.
See Note*


See Note*
15 years
(00.3 Land
Improvemen
t)
15 years
(00.3 Land
Improvemen
t)
Spa Hook-ups
Includes Jacuzzi, Whirlpools, and bathtubs located in
Guest Rooms and Suites.
§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Spa Hook-ups
Includes Jacuzzi and Whirlpools located in the_Hotel_
Spa/Fitness Center. Does not include spa hook-ups
that may be associated with swimming pools or pool
equipment. See alsoPools & Pool Equipment.
§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)
Wall
Coverings


Includes interior and exterior paint; ceramic or quarry
tile, marble, stone, brick, and other finishes affixed
with mortar, cement, or grout; paneling, wainscoting
and other wood finishes affixed with nails, screws, or
permanent adhesives; and sanitary kitchen wall
panels such as fiberglass, stainless steel, and plastic
wall panels.
§ 1250


§ 1250
39 years
(40 years for
purposes of
§ 168 (g))
Wall
Coverings
Includes strippable wall paper and vinyl that causes
no damage to the underlying wall or wall surface and
located in the Casino area. For purposes of this
directive, such wallpaper is considered not
permanently attached or intended to be permanent.
Also includes strippable wall coverings associated
with the activities described in Asset Class 79.0 of
Rev. Proc. 87-56, such as Theater and Showroom.
§ 1245

7 years
(79.0
Recreation)
Wall
Coverings
Includes strippable wallpaper and vinyl that causes no
damage to the underlying wall or wall surface and
located in the_hotel and retail_ areas. For purposes of
this directive, such wallpaper is considered not
permanently attached or intended to be permanent.

§ 1245
5 years
(57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services)

224

Exceptions & meaning →

F. Auto Dealership Industry

(1) LMSB 4-0208-006 Field Directive on the Planning and Examination of Cost

Segregation Issues in the Auto Dealership Industry intended to provide technical guidance to effectively reduce exam time and taxpayer burden. The matrix contained in attachment A is a new chapter in the Cost Segregation Audit Technique Guide. This matrix will provide assistance to agents in the classification and examination of a taxpayer who is recovering costs through depreciation of tangible property used in the Auto Dealership Industry. It is partially reproduced below.

(2) BACKGROUND - The crux of cost segregation is determining whether an asset

is § 1245 property (shorter cost recovery period property) or § 1250 property (longer cost recovery period property). The most common example of § 1245 property is depreciable personal property, such as equipment. The most common examples of § 1250 property are buildings and building components, which generally are not § 1245 property.

(3) The difference in recovery periods has placed the Internal Revenue Service and

taxpayers in adversarial positions in determining whether an asset is § 1245 or § 1250 property. Frequently, this causes the excessive expenditure of examination resources. The Director for the Heavy Manufacturing and Transportation Industry chartered a working group to address the most efficient way to approach cost segregation issues specific to the Auto Dealership Industry. The group produced the attached matrix and related definitions as a tool to reduce unnecessary disputes and foster consistent audit treatment.

(4) ISSUE TRACKING - UIL Code 168-20-00 Classification of Property.

(5) PLANNING AND EXAMINATION RISK ANALYSIS - The Auto Dealership

Industry Matrix recommending the categorization and general depreciation system recovery period of various assets is attached as Exhibit A. (for recovery periods under § 168(g) alternative depreciation system, see Revenue Procedure 87-56, 1987-2 CB 674). If the taxpayer’s tax return position for these assets is consistent with the recommendations in Auto Dealership Matrix (Exhibit A), examiners should not make adjustments to categorization and recovery periods. If the taxpayer reports assets differently, then adjustments should be considered.

(6) Refer especially to Appendix Chapter 6.C., which provides examples and

general rules for asset classification.

(7) INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS - Questions regarding the development of the

Cost Segregation issue for Auto Dealerships should be addressed to the Deductible and Capital Expenditures (DCE) Practice Network. This LMSB Directive is not an official pronouncement of the law or the position of the Service and cannot be used, cited, or relied upon as such.

(8) LMSB DIRECTIVE ON COST SEGREGATION IN THE AUTO DEALERSHIP

INDUSTRY - EXHIBIT A - This matrix, which is part of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide, is intended to provide direction to effectively utilize

225

resources in the classification and examination of property used in the operation of an Auto Dealership. General fact patterns specific to this industry have been considered in the classification of these assets and may not be applicable to other industries. Similarly, asset classification guidance issued for other industries is based on the general fact pattern for that industry and may not be applicable to an Auto Dealership situation. For examination techniques and historical background related to this issue, refer to the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide.

(9) NOTE: In the case of certain leasehold improvement property, the

classifications in this directive are superseded to the extent that the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 modifies § 168. Thus, a 15-year straight line recovery period should replace the recovery period shown in the following matrix if the asset is “qualified leasehold improvement property" (as defined in § 168(e)(6)) placed in service by the taxpayer after 10/22/04 and before 1/1/08.

(10) Exhibit A is below: PROPERTY RECOVERY
ASSET
AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Awnings &
Canopies
Readily removable overhang or covering, often of
canvas or plastic, used to provide shade or cover
over a storefront, a window, or a door; or used
inside a structure to identify a particular department
or selling area. Also includes canopies designed to
protect employees and gasoline fueling equipment
from weather conditions and to act as advertising
displays that are anchored with bolts and are not
attached to buildings or other structures. Does not
include permanent canopies that are an integral
part of a building’s structural shell, such as porte-
cochere (covered entrances for vehicle drive-up)
and porticos (covered porches), or over docks. See
also Concrete Foundations & Footings, Loading
Docks, and Signs.



§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Bollards &
Guardrails

Bollards (heavy steel posts generally filled with
concrete) and Guardrails mounted in a concrete
foundation or sturdily affixed to the ground so as to
create a protective barrier around areas of the
building vulnerable to vehicle traffic such as
Service Bay doors, glass storefront partitions,
doors, door frames, HVAC components, building
corners, etc. Bollards and Guardrails can be
located inside or outside the building are
permanently attached and are intended to be
permanent. (Placement to protect the building).
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Bollards &
Guardrails

Bollards (heavy steel posts generally filled with
concrete) and Guardrails mounted in the ground or
concrete to protect machinery and equipment from
vehicular damage, or to prevent vehicles from
trespassing onto specific areas. Placement to
See Note* 00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years

226

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
protect land improvements and non-building items
such as signs, sign poles, flagpoles, trees, as well
as inventories of autos and trucks. Bollard and
Guardrails are permanently attached and intended
to be permanent.
Note asset class 00.3 Land improvements
includes both§§
* 1245 and 1250 property per**
Rev. Proc. 87-56.


Bollards &
Guardrails




Bollards (heavy steel posts) and Guardrails, not
permanently attached and not intended to be
permanent, placed near machinery and equipment
inside buildings that can be damaged by vehicular
traffic. Bollards and Guardrails withstand vehicular
impact and protect personal property items such
as: forklift recharging stations, service write-up
station, hazardous material storage racks, service
department air compressors, etc.
§ 1245



57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Cabinetry

Includes cabinets and counters constructed or
installed within buildings that relate to the general
operation and maintenance of the building. For
example, cabinets and counters used to house or
enclose electrical equipment, plumbing
components, sinks, fire protection systems, and
other structural elements of a building which are
designed to remain in place. Includes counters and
cabinets in restrooms,Employee Break Areas,
Employee Coffee Bars, and Office Areas. See
alsoRestroom Accessories.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Cabinetry

Includes cabinets and counters related to the retail
activity and not related to the operation and
maintenance of the building. For example: retail
counters and cabinets, display shelving and
cabinets, customer reception counter,Customer
Lounge Area cabinets and counters,Sales Area
cabinets and counters, parts counters, etc. See
alsoRetail Fixtures andOffice Furniture.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Computers

Processors (CPU), direct access storage device
(DASD), tape drives, desktop and laptop
computers, CRT, terminals, monitors, printers, and
other peripheral equipment. Excludes Point of Sale
(POS) systems and computers that are an integral
part of other equipment (e.g. fire detection, heating,
cooling, or energy management systems, etc.).
See alsoPoint of Sale (POS) Systems.

§ 1245
00.12
Information
Systems –
5 Years
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings

Foundations and footings necessary for the proper
setting of the building. Excavation and backfill for
building foundations. Excavation and backfill for
special equipment foundations where contained
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

227

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
within the footprint of the building. Includes
formwork, reinforcement, concrete block, and pre-
cast or cast-in-place work.


Concrete
Foundations &
Footings


Foundations or footings for signs, light poles, and
other land improvements (except buildings).
Includes excavation, backfill, formwork,
reinforcement, concrete block, and pre-cast or
cast-in-place work.Note asset class 00.3 Land*
improvements includes both §§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.
SeeNote*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings


A foundation, pad, or footing for machinery or
equipment that is so specially designed that it is in
essence a part of the machinery or equipment. Any
function as a building component must be strictly
incidental to the function as an essential part of the
item of machinery or equipment that necessitated
the special design of the foundation. Increased
thickness of the building’s slab alone is not
sufficient to show that the foundation, pad, or
footing is so specially designed that it is in essence
a part of the machinery or equipment it supports.
Excavation and backfill are not included where the
foundation, pad, or footing is contained within the
footprint of the building. Includes formwork,
reinforcement, concrete block, and pre-cast or
cast-in-place work.


§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services –
5 Years
Data Handling
Equipment

Includes adding and accounting machines,
calculators, copiers, and duplicating machines.
Excludes computers and computer peripheral
equipment.
§ 1245
00.13 Data
Handling
Equipment,
except
Computers –
5 Years
Doors
Interior and exterior doors, regardless of
decoration, including but not limited to, double
opening doors, fire doors and fire containment
safety doors, overhead and roll-up doors, revolving
doors, roll-up or sliding wire mesh or steel grills,
Service Bay doors, and related door hardware
(such as doorknobs, closers, kick plates, hinges,
locks, automatic openers, computerized door locks,
etc.). See alsoMillwork.

§ 1250


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Doors
Special lightweight, double action doors installed to
prevent accidents in a heavily trafficked area. For
example, flexible doors, or clear or strip curtains
used between stock and selling areas.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services –
5 Years

228

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Electrical

Includes all components of the building electrical
system used in the operation or maintenance of the
building or necessary to provide general building
services such as electrical outlets of general
applicability and accessibility, lighting, heating,
ventilation, air conditioning, and electrical wiring.
Includes but is not limited to general purpose
outlets connected to copy machines, fax machines,
personal computers, and general purpose outlets in
theBreak Rooms, Coffee Rooms, Lounges, etc.




§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Electrical


Includes electrical outlets specifically associated to
a particular item of machinery or equipment located
in theService Department, Body Shop, and
Showroom. Special electrical connections which
are necessary to and used directly with a specific
item of machinery or equipment or connections
between specific items of individual machinery or
equipment; such as dedicated electrical outlets,
wiring, conduit, and circuit breakers by which
machinery and equipment is connected to the
electrical distribution system. Does not include
electrical outlets of general applicability and
accessibility. SeeChapter 5 of the Cost
Segregation Audit Techniques Guide for allocation
examples.
Examples include: Dedicated electrical service to
lifts, jacks, and_Service Bay_ equipment; paint
booths; car washes; oil change stations; frame
straightening equipment andBody Shop
equipment. Also includes dedicated electrical to
Customer Areas, such as suspended television
monitors.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Elevators and
Escalators

Elevators and escalators, which include handrails
and smoke baffles, are permanently affixed to the
building, and intended to remain in place. They
relate to the operation or maintenance of the
building and are structural components_._
Includes elevators to move autos in multi-story
dealerships.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Energy
Management
Systems

Energy management systems control all energy-
using systems in a building, automatically checking
occupancy schedules, reading temperatures, and
re-circuiting light levels, causing all heating,
cooling, and lighting equipment to operate so as to
minimize energy costs. Includes, for example,
detection devices such as smoke, motion and
infrared devices, photocells, foil and contact
switches, pressure switches, proximity alarms,

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

229

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
sensors, alarm transmitting controls, data gathering
panels, demand controllers, thermostats, computer
controls, outside air economizers, occupancy
sensors, electronic ballasts, and all related wiring
and conduit. May also provide for fire and burglary
protection.



Exit Signs



Signs posted along exit routes within buildings that
indicate the direction of travel to the nearest exit.
These signs typically read "EXIT" and may have
distinctive colors, illumination, or arrows indicating
the direction to the exit.
§ 1250


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Fire Protection
& Alarm
Systems

Includes sensing devices, computer controls,
sprinkler heads, piping or plumbing, pumps, visual
and audible alarms, alarm control panels, heat and
smoke detection devices, fire escapes, fire doors,
emergency lighting and signage, and wall mounted
fire extinguishers necessary for the protection of
the building.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Fire Protection
Equipment

Includes special fire detection or suppression
systems directly associated with a piece of
equipment and designed and used for protection
against a particular hazard created by the business
activity (such as in theBody Shop).

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Floor
Coverings

Floor covering affixed with permanent adhesive,
nailed, or screwed in place. Examples include
ceramic or quarry tile, marble, paving brick, and
other coverings cemented, mudded, or grouted to
the floor; epoxy or sealers; and wood flooring.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Floor
Coverings


Floor covering that is installed by means of
strippable adhesives. For the auto dealership
industry, all vinyl composition tile (VCT), sheet
vinyl, and carpeting will be treated as not
permanently attached and not intended to be
permanent.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Floors

Includes concrete slabs and other floor systems.
Floors include special treatments applied to or
otherwise a permanent part of the floor. For
example, reflective flooring, express lube and
reconditioning area floors, and epoxy floor paint or
sealant applied directly to the concrete slab to keep
a sealed, water and oil resistant, easy-to-clean
surface. See alsoFloor Coverings.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Floor Pits &
Trenches

Work areas built at a lower level than the garage
floor to allow technicians to stand beneath the
vehicles while working. These floor pits allow the
technician to service a vehicle from below (for
example, to change automotive oil, radiator, and
transmission fluids). Work areas include pits and
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

230

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
trenches with concrete floors and walls with
overhead access to vehicles. Some of these floor
pits resemble full basements allowing multiple
technicians access to vehicles above.


Floor Pits &
Trenches


Equipment included in the floor pits & trenches
such as lifts, trays, and piping for supply fluid
systems; waste fluid recovery and containment
systems; and automotive fluid waste tanks.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Heating,
Ventilating &
Air
Conditioning
(HVAC)
Includes all components of a central heating,
ventilating and air conditioning system not
specifically identified elsewhere. HVAC systems
that are installed not only to meet the temperature
and humidity requirements of machinery, but are
also installed for additional significant purposes,
such as customer comfort and ventilation, are
building components.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Heating,
Ventilating &
Air
Conditioning
(HVAC)

Only separate HVAC units that meet the sole
justification test are included (i.e., machinery the
sole justification for the installation of which is the
fact that such machinery is required to meet
temperature or humidity requirements which are
essential for the operation of other machinery or
the processing of materials or paint). For example,
special ventilation for paint booths;Body Shop
and Service Area exhaust removal systems.
Allocation of HVAC is not appropriate.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Inventory
Display
Equipment


Includes inventory displays that are permanently
added to the land. Examples include concrete
ramps and pedestals, and exterior “turntable”
displays that are permanently affixed, etc.
Note asset class 00.3 Land improvements*
includes both §§ 1245 and 1250 property per
Rev. Proc. 87-56.
See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Inventory
Display
Equipment


Includes inventory displays that are not
permanently added to the land and intended to be
moved. Examples include metal ramps, portable
“turntable” displays, etc.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Landscaping &
Shrubbery

Landscaping that will not be replaced
contemporaneously with a related depreciable
asset or that will not be destroyed when the related
depreciable asset is replaced. Examples include
landscaping, shrubbery, trees, plant foliage, or sod
placed around the perimeter of the tract of land.


N/A

Land
Landscaping &
Shrubbery


Landscaping that will be replaced
contemporaneously with a related depreciable
asset or that will be destroyed when the related
See Note*

00.3 Land
Improvements
–

231

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD







depreciable asset is replaced. Examples include
depreciable landscaping, shrubbery, trees, plant
foliage, or sod placed around the parking lot in
outdoorSales Area. Includes associated irrigation
systems (sprinkler systems).
Note asset class 00.3 Land improvements*
includes both §§ 1245 and 1250 property per
Rev. Proc. 87-56.










15 Years
Light Fixtures -
Interior



Includes lighting such as recessed and lay-in
lighting, night lighting, and exit lighting, as well as
decorative lighting fixtures that provide
substantially all the artificial illumination in the
building or along building walkways. For
emergency and exit lighting, seeFire Protection &
Alarm Systems.


§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Light Fixtures -
Interior



Special display lighting specifically for highlighting
automobiles in theShowroom, or highlighting
displays of merchandise, decorative lighting, and
specific task lighting in the service area. Decorative
light fixtures are light fixtures, such as neon lights
or track lighting, which are decorative in nature and
not necessary for the operation of the building. If
the decorative or task lighting were turned off, the
other sources of lighting would provide sufficient
light for operation of the building. If the decorative
or task lighting is theprimary source of lighting,
then it is § 1250 property_._



§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services -
5 Years
Light Fixtures -
Exterior



Exterior lighting is considered § 1250 property to
the extent that the lighting relates to the
maintenance or operation of the building. This
category includes building mounted lighting to
illuminate walkways, entrances, parking, etc_._
(whether decorative or not).

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Light Fixtures -
Exterior


Pole mounted or freestanding outdoor lighting
system to illuminate sidewalks,Employee Parking
Area, Customer Parking Area, and Product
Display Parking Areas. See alsoPoles.
Note asset class 00.3 Land improvements
includes both §§ 1245 and 1250 property per
Rev. Proc. 87-56.
The Revenue Procedure establishes two broad
categories of depreciable assets: (1) asset classes
00.11 through 00.4 that consist of specific assets
used in all business activities; and (2) asset
classes 01.1 through 80.0 that consist of assets
used in specific business activities. An asset
described in both an asset and an activity category
is classified in the asset category
.*

See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years

232

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Light Fixtures –
Exterior


Exterior lighting that highlights the merchandise
and building exterior, for example a floodlight,
spotlight, and uplighting which do not illuminate
parking areas or walkways. Does not include the
pole mounted lighting systems used to illuminate
Employee Parking Area, Customer Parking
Area, and Product Display Parking Areas. See
alsoPoles.

§ 1245






57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Loading Docks

Includes bumpers, permanently installed dock
levelers, plates, seals, lights, canopies, and
overhead doors used in the receiving and shipping
of merchandise. See alsoAwnings & Canopies.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Loading Docks

Includes equipment such as compactors,
conveyors, hoists, and balers.
§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Machinery &
Equipment

Tangible personal property not covered elsewhere,
which is in the nature of machinery or equipment.
Includes, for example, machinery and equipment
located in theBody Shop, Parts Department and
Service Departments such as paint booths;
exhaust systems; air compressors; pneumatic tools
systems (including support equipment such as
piping and related pumps); tanks and related
pumps; automotive fluid and waste fluid recovery
systems; above-ground lifts; car wash systems,
etc. Does not include structural components of a
building or other inherently permanent structure.
See alsoConcrete Foundation & Footings;
Electrical; andPlumbing.

§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Millwork

General millwork is all building materials made of
finished wood (e.g., doors and frames, window
frames, sashes, porch work, mantels, panel work,
stairways, and special woodwork). Includes pre-
built wooden items brought to the site for
installation and items constructed on site such as
restroom cabinets, door jambs, moldings, trim, etc.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Millwork
Decorative millwork is the decorative finish
carpentry in the building. Examples include detailed
crown moldings, lattice work placed over finished
walls or ceilings, and merchandise display
cabinets. The decorative millwork serves to
enhance the overall décor of the dealership and is
not related to the operation of the building.
Cabinets and counters in the restroom are
excluded from this category. See alsoCabinetry
andRestroom Accessories.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years

233

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Office –
Furniture
(includes
Communication
Equipment and
Hook-ups)

Includes desks, chairs, cashiers’ safes, credenzas,
file cabinets, tables (or other furniture such as
workstations and theSales Manager’s office
tower) and shelving, including cost of shelves in
record storage room. Also includes telephone
equipment, fax machines, and other
communications equipment. Does not include
communications equipment included in other asset
classes in Rev. Proc. 87-56.

§ 1245

§ 1245

00.11 Office
Furniture,
Fixtures, and
Equipment –
7 Years
Parking Lots


Depreciable improvements directly to or added to
land, whether such improvements are §§ 1245 or
1250. Grade level surface parking and base area
usually constructed of asphalt, brick, concrete,
stone, or similar material. Also includes bumper
blocks, curb cuts, curb work, striping, concrete
landscape islands, gates, fences, truck parking
ramps and staging areas, and traffic control
systems (such as traffic lights and detectors, card
readers, parking equipment, etc.). Includes
Employee Parking, Customer Parking, and New
and Used Vehicle Parking Areas.
Note asset class 00.3 Land improvements*
includes both §§ 1245 and 1250 property per
Rev. Proc. 87-56.
The Revenue Procedure establishes two broad
categories of depreciable assets: (1) asset classes
00.11 through 00.4 that consist of specific assets
used in all business activities; and (2) asset
classes 01.1 through 80.0 that consist of assets
used in specific business activities. An asset
described in both an asset and an activity category
is classified in the asset category.
See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Parking
Structures

Any structure or edifice the purpose of which is to
provide parking space. Includes, for example,
garages, parking ramps, or other parking
structures.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Plumbing


All piping, drains, sprinkler mains, valves, sprinkler
heads, water flow switches, restroom plumbing
fixtures (e.g. toilets) and piping, sinks, electric
water coolers, and all other components of a
building plumbing system (water or gas) not
specifically identified elsewhere. Includes floor
drains which ultimately lead to the municipal sewer
system or site septic system.
§ 1250


Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Plumbing



Special plumbing connections which are necessary
to and used directly with a specific item of
machinery or equipment or connections between
specific items of individual machinery or

§ 1245


57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --

234

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

equipment. Includes dedicated piping, valves, and
hook-ups by which machinery and equipment is
connected to the building or other inherently
permanent structure's plumbing distribution
system(s).
Example includes plumbing hook-ups to the car
wash system. Does not include plumbing hook-ups
of general applicability and accessibility. See also
Floor Pits & Trenches.








5 Years
Point of Sale
(POS) Systems


A register or terminal based data collection system
used to control and record all sales (cash, charge,
COD, gift cards, layaway, etc.) at the point of sale.
Includes cash registers, computerized sales
systems and related peripheral equipment, satellite
systems, scanners, and wands. See also
Electrical for hook-ups.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Poles

Light poles for parking areas and other poles
poured in concrete footings or bolt-mounted for
signage, flags, etc.Note asset class 00.3 Land
improvements includes both §§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.
See also*Bollards & Guardrails; Signs;
andLight
Fixtures – Exterior.

See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Premise
(Pylon) Sign -
Exterior


Pylons made of concrete, brick, wood frame,
stucco, or similar materials usually set in the
ground or on a concrete foundation, and usually
used for signage.Note asset class 00.3 Land
improvements includes both §§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56. See also*Poles.

See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Premise
(Pylon) Sign -
Exterior


Includes only the sign face and/or message screen
and related components. Includes brand displays
and dealership brand image enhancements.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Restroom
Accessories
Includes paper towel dispensers, electric hand
dryers, towel racks or holders, cup dispensers,
purse shelves, toilet paper holders, soap
dispensers or holders, lotion dispensers, sanitary
napkin dispensers and waste receptacles, coat
hooks, handrails, grab bars, mirrors, shelves,
vanity cabinets, counters, ashtrays, baby changing
stations, and other items generally found in public
restrooms that are built into or mounted on walls or
partitions.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Restroom
Partitions

Includes shop made and standard manufacture
toilet partitions, typically metal, but may be plastic,
sheetrock, wall board, or other materials.
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

235

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Retail
Accessories
Accessories used to better display merchandise,
advertising, and brochures that are not held for
sale. Includes assets such as audio/video display
devices, graphic rear projection displays, artwork (if
depreciable),Showroom displays, decorative
mobile props, holiday decorations, lamps, mirrors,
pictures, plaques, potted plants, and props (such
as sporting equipment or memorabilia, etc.). Does
not include non-depreciable art, antiques, or
collectibles).


§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Retail
Fixtures

Includes assets such as the retail counter space
within theBody Shop, shelving to store parts and
supplies, mechanical retrieval system or equipment
for parts and supplies, clocks, including time
clocks, counter space related to theParts
Department, including retail counter space and
cashier, etc., shelving systems, shelf racks in the
Service Department tool room, counter space
within theService Department (including
dispatcher counter and parts counter for
technicians) and other dealership fixtures needed
in the business operation that are not a building
component. Also includes fixtures and shelving for
vehicle brand clothing and accessoryRetail Shop,
children’sPlay Area improvements for customers,
fixtures for inventory information centers, and
express lube after care business fixtures.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Roof

All elements of the roof including but not limited to
joists, rafters, deck, shingles, vapor barrier,
skylights, trusses, girders, and gutters.
Determination of whether decorative elements of a
roof (e.g. false dormers, mansard) constitute
structural building components depends on their
integration with the overall roof, not their load
bearing capacity. If removal of the decorative
element results in the direct exposure of building
components to water, snow, wind, or moisture
damage, or if the decorative element houses
lighting fixtures, wiring, or other structural
components, then the decorative elements are part
of the overall roof system and are structural
components of the building.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Security
Systems

Includes security equipment for the protection of
the building (and its contents) from burglary or
vandalism and protection of employees from
assault. Examples include window and door locks;
card key access systems; keyless entry systems;
security cameras, recorders, monitors, and related
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component --
39 Years

236

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
equipment; perimeter and interior building motion
detectors; security lighting; alarm systems; and
security system wiring and conduit.


Security
Systems


Electronic surveillance systems used to track and
monitor tangible items, e.g., devices used to
protect New and Used automobile inventory.
Includes scanners, electronic gates, surveillance
cameras, recorders, monitors, and related
equipment.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Sidewalks &
Curbs


Depreciable improvements directly to or added to
land, whether such improvements are section 1245
or 1250. Sidewalks and curbs are usually
constructed of concrete, asphalt, stone, or similar
material.Note asset class 00.3 Land*
improvements includes both §§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.

See Note*

00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Signs


Exit signs, restroom identifiers, room numbers, and
other signs relating to the operation or
maintenance of a building.
See alsoExit Signs.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Signs


Interior and exterior signs used to display brand or
theme identity. For example, interior signs to
identify departments or exterior signs to display
trade names or trade symbols.
For pylon signs, includes only sign face. See also
Poles andPremise (Pylon) Sign - Exterior.
§ 1245

57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Site
Preparation
Grading &
Excavation


In general, land preparation costs include the one-
time cost of clearing and grubbing, site stripping,
mucking, and fill or excavation to allow
development of land. Clearing and grubbing is the
removal of debris, brush, trees, etc. from the site.
Stripping is the removal of the topsoil to provide a
stable surface for site and building improvements.
Mucking is the removal of unstable soils and
materials to ensure a solid base for intended
improvements. The grading of land involves
moving soil for the purpose of producing a more
level surface to allow development of the land_._
N/A
Land
Site
Preparation
Grading &
Excavation

Clearing, grading, excavating and removal costs
directly associated with the construction of
buildings and building components are part of the
cost of construction of the building and depreciated
over the life of the building. This includes building
the showroom facility on a mound foundation for
higher visibility and enhanced visual impact for the
dealership building.

§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

237

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Site
Preparation
Grading &
Excavation

Clearing, grading, excavating and removal costs
directly associated with the construction of
sidewalks, parking areas, roadways and other
depreciable land improvements are part of the cost
of construction of the improvements and
depreciated over the life of the associated asset.
Note asset class 00.3 Land improvements*
includes both §§ 1245 and 1250 property per
Rev. Proc. 87-56.

See Note*

00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Site Utilities

Site utilities are the systems that are used to
distribute utility services from the property line to
the building. Includes water, sanitary sewer, gas,
electrical services, and data and communication
lines.
§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Site Work

Site work includes curbing, paving, general site
improvements, fencing, depreciable landscaping,
roads, sewers, sidewalks, site drainage and all
other site improvements, such as storm water
retention basins, not directly related to the building.
See alsoLandscaping & Shrubbery. For sanitary
sewers, seeSite Utilities. Does not include land
preparation costs, see alsoSite Preparation
Grading & Excavation.
Note asset class 00.3 Land improvements*
includes both §§ 1245 and 1250 property per
Rev. Proc. 87-56.

See Note*

00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Sound
Systems

Equipment and apparatus, including wiring, used to
provide amplified sound or music. For example,
public address by way of paging a customer or
employee. Excludes applications linked to fire
protection and alarm systems.

§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Trash
Enclosures

Enclosures for waste receptacles that are attached
to the building. Typically constructed of the same
materials as the building shell with either interior or
exterior access. These trash enclosures are an
integral part of the building shell and cannot be
moved without damage to the underlying building.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Trash
Enclosures

Freestanding enclosures for waste receptacles,
typically constructed on a concrete pad with its
posts set in the concrete. Serves both safety and
decorative functions.Note asset class 00.3 Land*
improvements includes both §§ 1245 and 1250
property per Rev. Proc. 87-56.

See Note*
00.3 Land
Improvements
–
15 Years
Wall
Coverings

Includes interior and exterior paint; ceramic or
quarry tile, marble, stone, brick, and other finishes
affixed with mortar, cement, or grout; paneling,
wainscoting and other wood finishes affixed with
nails, screws, or permanent adhesives; and wall
§ 1250 Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years

238

ASSET AUTO DEALERSHIP DESCRIPTION PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
panels such as fiberglass, stainless steel, and
plastic wall panels.


Wall
Coverings

Strippable wallpaper that causes no damage to the
underlying wall or wall surface.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Walls –
Exterior
Includes all exterior walls and building support
regardless of construction materials. Exterior walls
may include columns, posts, beams, girders,
curtain walls, tilt up panels, studs, framing,
sheetrock, insulation, windows, doors, exterior
façade, brick, masonry, etc. Also includes drive-
through bay, windows, and doors.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Walls –
Interior
Partitions

Includes all load bearing interior partitions
regardless of construction. Also includes non-load
bearing partitions regardless of height (typically
constructed of studs and sheetrock or other
materials) that divide or create rooms or provide
traffic control. Includes rough carpentry and plaster,
dry wall or gypsum board, and other finishes.

§ 1250
Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Walls - Interior
Partitions

Interior walls where the partition can be 1) readily
removed and remain in substantially the same
condition after removal as before, or 2) intended to
be moved and reused, stored, or sold in their
entirety.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Windows

Exterior windows, including store front windows,
and exterior glass partitions. Includes interior glass
partitions from floor to ceiling or as a part of an
interior wall.
§ 1250

Building or
Building
Component –
39 Years
Window
Treatments

Window treatments such as drapes, curtains,
louver, blinds, post construction tinting and interior
decorative theme décor which are readily
removable.
§ 1245
57.0
Distributive
Trades and
Services --
5 Years
Exceptions & meaning →

G. Auto Manufacturing Industry

(1) This matrix will provide assistance to agents in the classification and

examination of a taxpayer who is recovering costs through depreciation of tangible property used in the Auto Dealership Industry.

(2) Asset Classification for Cost Segregation in the Motor Vehicle Manufacturing

Industry - Exhibit A - CSI MasterFormat Division

239

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Bollards &
Guardrails -
Building
3, 5
03, 05
§ 1250
Includes bollards (metal
or concrete posts) and
guardrails mounted in a
concrete foundation or
sturdily affixed to the
ground or building so as
to create a protective
barrier around parts of the
building such as doors,
door frames, HVAC
components, building
corners, etc., that are
vulnerable to vehicular or
other traffic. They are
attached in a manner
reflecting that they are
intended to be
permanent. The purpose
of the Bollard or Guardrail
is to protect the building
occupants, the building,
or the building structural
components.

Nonresidential
Real Property
39 Year
Bollards &
Guardrails -
Equipment
3, 5 03, 05 § 1245 Includes bollards (metal
or concrete posts) and
guardrails, not
permanently attached,
and not intended to be
permanent, placed near
machinery and equipment
inside buildings that can
be damaged by vehicular
or other traffic. Bollards
and guardrails withstand
vehicular impact and
protect personal property
items such as: forklift
recharging stations,
hazardous material

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

240

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
storage racks, air
compressor stations, etc.
The purpose of the
bollards or guardrails is to
protect personal property
or manufacturing
machinery.



Bollards &
Guardrails – Site





3, 5






03, 05










Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property





Includes bollards (metal
or concrete posts) and
guardrails mounted in the
ground or concrete to
protect machinery and
equipment from vehicular
damage, or to prevent
vehicles from trespassing
onto specific areas.
Placement to protect land
improvements and non-
building items such as
signs, sign poles,
flagpoles, trees, as well
as inventories of autos
and trucks. Bollard and
guardrails are
permanently attached and
intended to be
permanent. The purpose
of the bollards or
guardrails is to protect
land improvements.

00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year





00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year
Catwalks and
Mezzanines -
Building
3, 5 03, 05 § 1250 Includes decks and walks
placed in the interstitial
spaces located between
functional floors of a
building, catwalks and
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

241

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
mezzanines that provide
access to various
sections or levels of the
building, or provide more
than incidental working
space. These are
generally designed to
remain in place
indefinitely, are integrated
into the building design,
and require substantial
time and effort to
construct or remove. See
also Stairs and Handrails
- Building.
Catwalks and
Mezzanines -
Equipment
Access
3, 5
03, 05
§ 1245
Includes catwalks and
mezzanines designed and
constructed only to
provide access to inspect,
repair, or operate specific
items of process
machinery or equipment.
See also Stairs and
Handrails - Equipment
Access.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Ceilings 7 07 § 1250 Includes all interior
ceilings regardless of
finish or decor; e.g.,
drywall or plaster,
acoustic, suspended,
(including hangers,
frames, grids, and tiles or
panels), decorative metal
or tin, plastic, or
decorative panels, etc.
See also Climate
Controlled Areas.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

242

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Chilled Water
System –
Building








15



23, 42



§ 1250



Chilled Water Systems
are closed water systems
that provide chilled water
for cooling and comfort
systems and include any
and all components
required for a complete
and operable system
including chillers, cooling
towers, pumps, chilled
water piping and
associated piping
components such as
valves, fittings, hangers,
supports and insulation.
Building Chilled Water
systems provide chilled
water for building
operation and
maintenance purposes,
such as HVAC.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Chilled Water
System –
Process
15 23, 42 § 1245 Process Chilled Water
Systems are separate
and distinct chilled water
systems dedicated to
process equipment or
process uses and include
any and all components
required for a complete
and operable chilled
water system. To be
considered a dedicated
process chilled water
system the chiller must be
directly associated with
the process equipment or
process uses.

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

243

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Climate
Controlled
Areas –
Special
Equipment







13










13










§ 1245










Equipment that satisfies
the sole justification test
of Treasury Regulation
section 1.48-1(e)(2) and
installed to control the
environment (air
cleanliness, temperature,
or humidity) which is
essential for the operation
of the manufacturing
equipment of a climate
controlled area such as a
Paint Shop or Clean
Room (including
dedicated variable power
outlets; electric power, air,
and vacuum lines; duct
work, air handling units
dedicated to controlling
the environment, HEPA
filters, refrigeration units,
steam boilers, and
temperature controls that
meet the sole justification
test). Does not include
building systems used in
the operation or
maintenance of the
overall building or to
provide general building
services. See also HVAC,
Process Piping Systems,
& Electrical Power.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year








Climate
Controlled
Areas –
Special Rooms
13 13 § 1250 Includes structural
components such as
walls, floors, ceilings, wall
and floor coverings,
doors, lighting, and
windows used to create a
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

244

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery

climate controlled area
such as a Paint Shop or
Clean Room. These are
designed to remain in
place indefinitely, require
substantial time and effort
to construct or remove,
and are integrated into
the building's design.
These areas are climate
controlled for air
cleanliness, temperature,
or humidity. Includes high
speed or rapid rise doors.
Communications
Equipment

16
27
§ 1245
Includes any office
communications
equipment and any
related connecting cables
and wiring. See also
Office Furniture.
00.11 Office
Furniture,
Fixtures, and
Equipment - 7
Year
Computers










16










27










§ 1245









Includes computers and
their peripheral equipment
used in administering
normal business
transactions and the
maintenance of business
records, their retrieval and
analysis. Does not include
any equipment that is an
integral part of other
equipment that is included
in other asset classes
under Rev. Proc. 87-56
such as computers used
primarily for process or
production control, and
point of sale computer
systems. Also does not




00.12
Information
Systems - 5
Year








245

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
include equipment of a
kind used primarily for
amusement or
entertainment of the user.
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings -
Building
3
03
§ 1250
Building foundations and
footings of the building.
Includes excavation and
backfill for building
footings and foundations,
but does not include site
grading costs. See also
Grading.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings - Land
Improvements
3
03
Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Foundations and footings
for signs, light poles, and
other land improvements
(except buildings).
Includes excavation,
backfill, formwork,
reinforcement, concrete
block, and pre-cast or
cast-in-place work, but
does not include site
grading costs. See also
Grading.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year
Concrete
Foundations &
Footings -
Machinery &
Equipment




3







03







§ 1245







A foundation, pad, pit,
trench, or footing for
machinery or equipment
that is designed to meet
the specific structural
support requirements of
the machinery and
equipment (i.e. physical
weight, stability, structural
stresses, vibration
dampening) and that is in
essence a part of the
machinery or equipment.
Any function as a building
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year





246

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery







Concrete
Foundations &
Footings -
Machinery &
Equipment
(continued)








3








03








§ 1245

component must be
strictly incidental to the
function as an essential
part of the item of
machinery or equipment
that necessitated the
specific design of the
foundation, pad, pit,
trench, or footing.
Increased thickness
and/or changes in floor
elevation alone are not
sufficient to show that the
foundation, pad, or footing
is so specially designed
that it is in essence a part
of the machinery or
equipment it supports.
Excavation and backfill
are not included where
the foundation, pad, or
footing is contained within
the footprint of the
building. See Concrete
Foundations and Footings
- Buildings. Includes
formwork, reinforcement,
concrete block, and pre-
cast or cast-in-place work.
Does not include site
grading costs. For
excavation and grading
costs, see also Grading.











37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year



Data Handling
Equipment
11 11, 40,
45
§ 1245 Adding and accounting
machines, calculators,
copiers, and duplicating
machines. Excludes
computers and computer
00.13 Data
Handling
Equipment,
except

247

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
peripheral equipment.
See also Computers.
Computers - 5
Year
Doors and Door
Locks
8
08
§ 1250
Interior and exterior
doors, regardless of
decoration and location,
including but not limited to
overhead doors, revolving
doors, entrance security
gates, roll-up or sliding
wire mesh or steel grills
and gates, high-speed or
rapid-rise doors made of
fabric and door hardware
(such as doorknobs,
closers, kick plates,
hinges, locks, automatic
openers, etc.). Includes
motors and closers used
to operate the door and
activators and controllers
used to control the
operation of the door.
Includes computerized
door locks, encoders,
computers, and other
associated hardware of
the computerized lock
system.


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Electrical
Distribution -
Branch
Circuits –
Building
16



26




§ 1250




Includes all components
of a building's or other
inherently permanent
structure's branch circuits,
whether located inside or
outside of the building,
used in the operation or
maintenance of the
building or to provide
general building services

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year


248

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
(such as lighting, heating,
ventilation, air
conditioning, etc.).
Includes electrical outlets
of general applicability
and accessibility, and
electrical wiring.
Electrical
Distribution -
Branch
Circuits –
Process M&E
16 26 § 1245 Special electrical
connections which are
necessary to and used
directly with a specific
item of machinery or
equipment or connections
between specific items of
individual machinery or
equipment; such as
dedicated electrical
outlets, wiring, conduit,
and circuit breakers by
which machinery and
equipment is connected
to the building's or other
inherently permanent
structure's Electrical
Distribution ^ system(s).
Does not include
electrical outlets of
general applicability and
accessibility. See EDS
Chapter 8 of the Cost
Segregation Audit
Techniques Guide for
allocation examples.

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Electrical
Distribution -
Branch
Circuits - Site
Lighting
16 26 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
Electrical branch circuit to
power outdoor lighting
systems for sidewalks,
parking, or recreation
areas or for sump pumps.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

249

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes exterior power
receptacles not attached
to the building, or other
non-process and non-
building land
improvement equipment.
Electrical
Distribution -
Primary Power –
Building




16





26





§ 1250





Includes the § 1250
building power portion of
the costs of the primary
power distribution system
from the point at which
the NEC Nameplate
rating is not more than
500 KVA, including the
costs of all transformers,
switchgear, conduits,
feeder cables & wires,
over-current protection,
grounding and disconnect
equipment, main
distribution panels,
securing and connecting
equipment directly
connected to the service
entrance equipment to
and including the primary
power distribution panels,
that portion being
determined by all
downstream electrical
load usage in kilo-Volt
Amps (KVA).

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year



Electrical
Distribution -
Primary Power –
Process M&E
16 26 § 1245 Includes the § 1245
process machinery and
equipment power portion
of the costs of the primary
power distribution system
from the point at which

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

250

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
the NEC Nameplate
rating is not more than
500 KVA, including the
costs of all transformers,
switchgear, conduits,
feeder cables & wires,
over-current protection,
grounding and disconnect
equipment, main
distribution panels,
securing and connecting
equipment directly
connected to the service
entrance equipment to
and including the primary
power distribution panels,
that portion being
determined by all
downstream electrical
load usage in kilo-Volt
Amps (KVA).

Electrical
Distribution -
Secondary Power
–
Building




16







26







§ 1250







Includes the § 1250
building power portion of
the costs of the
secondary power
distribution system from
the point at which the
NEC Nameplate rating is
not more than 500 KVA,
including the costs of all
transformers, panels and
subpanels, conduits,
feeder cables & wires,
over-current protection,
grounding and disconnect
equipment, securing and
connecting equipment
directly connected to the
main distribution panels to


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year



251

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
the point of the branch
circuit panels, that portion
being determined by all
downstream electrical
load usage in kilo-Volt
Amps (KVA).
Electrical
Distribution -
Secondary Power
–
Process M&E

16
26
§ 1245
Includes the § 1245
process machinery and
equipment power portion
of the costs of the
secondary power
distribution system from
the point at which the
NEC Nameplate rating is
not more than 500 KVA
that portion being
determined by all
downstream electrical
load usage in kilo-Volt
Amps (KVA).
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Electrical
Distribution –
Service
Entrance –
Building







16










26










§ 1250










The portion of the
electrical distribution
system immediately
downstream from the
Power Company Meter, at
the electrical service
entrance, if the NEC
Nameplate rating is not
more than 500 KVA. The
portion of the costs for all
transformers, switchgear,
conduits, feeder cables &
wires, over-current
protection, grounding and
disconnect equipment,
securing and connecting
equipment owned and
maintained by the

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year








252

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery









Electrical
Distribution –
Service
Entrance –
Building
(continued)









16









26










§ 1250

taxpayer that are located
inside or outside of the
buildings, whether
overhead or underground,
which are directly
connected to the utility
company's service and to
the point of primary power
system distribution, that
feeds the electrical load of
the § 1250 building
equipment as determined
by all downstream
electrical load usage in
kilo-Volt Amps (KVA). See
also Site Utilities -
Building - Electrical.















Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Electrical
Distribution -
Service
Entrance -
Process M&E
16 26 § 1245 The portion of the
Electrical Distribution ^
system immediately
downstream from the
Power Company Meter, at
the electrical service
entrance, if the NEC
Nameplate rating is not
more than 500 KVA the
portion of the costs for all
transformers, switchgear,
conduits, feeder cables &
wires, over-current
protection, grounding and
disconnect equipment,
securing and connecting
equipment owned and
maintained by the
taxpayer that are located

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

253

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
inside or outside of the
buildings, whether
overhead or underground,
which are directly
connected to the utility
company's service and to
the point of primary power
system distribution, that is
allocable to the process
and manufacturing
equipment as determined
by all downstream
electrical load usage in
kilo-Volt Amps (KVA).



Electrical
Generation
and/or
Distribution -
Industrial - in
Excess of 500
KVA

15,
16


28, 48


§ 1250 /
§ 1245

Depreciable assets,
whether such assets are
§ 1245 property or § 1250
property, used in the
production and/or
distribution of electricity
with rated total capacity in
excess of 500 KVA
(National Electric Code
(NEC) Nameplate Rating)
for use by the taxpayer in
its industrial
manufacturing process or
plant activity and not
ordinarily available for
sale to others. Does not
include buildings and
structural components as
defined in § 1.48-1(e) of
the regulations.NOTE:
Assets used to generate
and/or distribute electricity
of the type described
above but of lesser rated
capacity are not included



00.4 Industrial
Steam and
Electric
Generation
and/or
Distribution
Systems - 15
Year




254

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
in this asset class, but are
elsewhere specified.
NOTE: When Power
Factor =1, then kilowatts
= kilovolt amperes. See
also Electrical Power -
Steam Boiler / Piping
Systems rated below
12,500 lbs/hr capacity.

Electrical
Generation
and/or
Distribution -
Industrial - not
more than 500
KVA
15,
16
28, 48 § 1245 Depreciable assets used
in the production and/or
distribution of electricity
with rated total capacity
not more than 500 KVA
(National Electric Code
(NEC) Nameplate Rating)
for use by the taxpayer in
its industrial
manufacturing process or
plant activity and not
ordinarily available for
sale to others. Does not
include electrical
generation or distribution
equipment to power
assets for the operation or
maintenance of the
building or to provide
general building services.
Does not include
buildings and structural
components as defined in
§ 1.48-1(e) of the
regulations.NOTE: When
a Power Factor =1, then
kilowatts = kilovolt
amperes. See also
Electrical Power - Steam
Boiler / Piping Systems

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

255

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
rated below 12,500 lbs/hr
capacity.
Elevators &
Escalators
14
14
§ 1250
Elevators and escalators,
including all components
thereof (e.g. Elevator
guide rails, cab, doors,
control button plates.
Escalator balustrades,
moving handrails, safety
strips, comb plates in
floor, smoke baffles at
ceiling opening) which are
permanently affixed to the
building and designed to
remain in place. They
relate to the operation or
maintenance of the
building and are structural
components.NOTE:
Smoke Baffles are small
partitions that hang
straight down from the
edge of the ceilings
around openings to trap
smoke for better smoke
detection.



Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Energy
Management
Systems -
Building
15 23, 25 § 1250 Energy management
systems that monitor or
maximize the efficiency of
building systems such as
HVAC, lighting, fire
protection, and security
systems, by starting and
stopping the systems,
raising, and lowering
temperatures, regulating
dampers and valves,
adjusting lighting levels,
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

256

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
alerting employees to
problems, etc. Includes
detection devices such as
smoke, motion, and
infrared devices,
photocells, foil and
contact switches,
pressure switches,
proximity alarms, sensors,
alarm transmitting
controls, data gathering
panels, demand
controllers, thermostats,
outside air economizers,
computer controls, and all
related wiring and
conduit.


Energy
Management
Systems -
Process M&E
15

15
23, 25

23, 25
§ 1245

§ 1245
Energy management
systems that monitor or
maximize the efficiency of
equipment and machinery
by starting and stopping
process equipment,
detecting gas, fluid or
chemical leaks or
equipment operating
temperatures, monitoring
power quality, etc.
Includes sensors, alarm
transmitting controls, data
gathering panels,
computer controls, and
related wiring and conduit
for the energy
management system.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Fire Alarm
Systems
13 28 § 1250 The fire alarm system is
the electric or electronic
system that detects and
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

257

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
alerts the occupants of
the building to fires. The
system is designed to
protect the building and
building occupants and is
required for normal
building operation and
maintenance. Includes all
of the components that
are required for the
proper operation of the
fire alarm system such as
smoke, heat and flame
sensing or detection
devices, alarm system
computers and
associated cabling, hand
pulls, visual and audible
alarm warning devices,
alarm control panels,
emergency lighting, and
exit signage.
Fire Protection/
Suppression -
Special
Equipment





10








Specific
Division
10 44 00







§ 1250 /
§ 1245








Fire protection special
equipment includes hand-
held fire extinguishers
and fire extinguisher
cabinets. Fire
extinguishers and
cabinets designed and
installed to protect the
building are required for
normal building operation
and maintenance and are
building components. Fire
extinguishers designed
and installed to protect a
specific item of equipment

Building
Component - 39
Year OR,
Personal
Property - 7
Year (depending
on use)




258

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
or process are personal
property.
Fire
Protection/
Suppression
Systems -
Building
15 21 § 1250 Fire
protection/suppression
systems are the
mechanical piping
systems that provide
water for automatic
sprinkler systems to limit
and extinguish fires
occurring in the building
and are designed for the
protection of the building
and its occupants.
Building fire
protection/suppression
piping systems may
include wet, dry, deluge,
and pre-action fire
protection piping systems.
Includes all of the
components required for
a properly operating
system (both inside and
outside of the building)
such as fire protection
piping, fittings, valves,
hangers and supports,
sprinkler heads, fire water
pumps, fire water tanks,
fire water mains, flow
switches, hydrants, post-
indicator valves, fire
hoses, and fire hose
stations.


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Fire
Protection/
Suppression
15
21
§ 1245
Process fire
protection/suppression
systems are separate and

37.11
Manufacture of

259

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Systems -
Process M&E











Fire
Protection/
Suppression
Systems -
Process M&E
(continued_













15













21













§ 1245
distinct systems that are
designed and installed to
protect a specific piece of
equipment or process.
These systems are not
required for normal
building operation and
maintenance, do not
provide general building
services, and are installed
in addition to the normal
building fire
protection/suppression
system. These systems
may be either water or
non-water based. Water-
based systems may
contain any of the
components ordinarily
included in a building fire
protection piping system.
Non-water-based systems
may utilize fire
suppression agents such
as Dry-chemical, Halon,
carbon dioxide, Inergen,
FE-13, Ansul, FM-200, or
Aqueous Film-Forming
Foam and include any
and all components that
are required for the
proper operation of the
system. The intent and
purpose of the process
fire
protection/suppression
system is to protect
equipment or processes,
not the building.


Motor Vehicles -
7 Year











37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

260

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Floor
Covering -
Permanent
9
09
§ 1250
Includes floor covering
that is affixed with
permanent adhesive or
nailed or screwed in place
like wood flooring. Other
examples include ceramic
tile, quarry tile, stone,
marble, or other coverings
that are cemented,
mudded, or grouted to the
under-floor. Also includes
paint, epoxy, sealers, or
solvent-based floor
coatings.




Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Floor
Covering -
Readily
Removable
9
09
§ 1245
Includes floor covering
that is installed by means
of strippable adhesives
and can be readily
removed without
damaging the underlying
floor. Includes vinyl
composition tile (VCT),
sheet vinyl, and carpeting.

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Floors –
Access Flooring



10



09


§ 1245

Raised false floors
located in a limited area
and installed over an
existing floor to
accommodate specific
equipment. Such floors
are a necessary part of
the installation and
operation of the specific
equipment they
accommodate. Removal
of these floors does not
result in extensive
renovations or loss of
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

261

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
functionality within the
building.
Floors –
Concrete
3
03
§ 1250
Includes concrete slabs
and other floor systems.
Includes features such as
sloped drainage basins,
raised perimeters, and
insulated floors. Also
includes treatments
applied to, or otherwise
made a permanent part,
of the floor such as "super
flat" finish and "metal
shake" hardeners. Does
not include special
foundations - see
Concrete Foundations &
Footings.

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Gate House
13 13 § 1250 Typically located at the
entrance to the plant site
that is designed for truck
traffic. All incoming and
departing trucks check-in
at the gate house. The
facility provides
workspace for monitoring
trucks and cargos, and
includes building features
and utility connections.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Guard
Shack/Guard
Booth
13 13 § 1245 Free standing kiosk type
structure typically pre-
fabricated and
constructed of aluminum
and glass. Designed to
provide shelter from the
elements, but not
workspace. Although the
shacks can remain in
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

262

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
place for extended
duration, also can be
moved based on needs of
outdoor security.

HVAC (Heating,
Ventilating and
Air
Conditioning) –
Building










HVAC (Heating,
Ventilating and
Air
Conditioning) -
Building
15













15
23, 42













23, 42
§ 1250













§ 1250
Heating, ventilating, and
air conditioning (HVAC)
systems are the
mechanical systems that
control the temperature,
humidity, cleanliness, and
circulation of the air within
a space as required by
the occupants, a process,
or a product and include
any and all components
required for a complete
and operable system,
including air handling
units, fans, chillers,
boilers, furnaces, piping,
ductwork, hydronic
heating or cooling
systems, fuel oil tanks
and piping, and any other
required component.
Building HVAC systems
serve the operation or
maintenance of the
building, provide general
building ventilation,
heating, or cooling and
are building structural
components. Combination
HVAC systems that serve
both building and process
functions but do not
satisfy the “sole
justification” test of
Treasury Regulation §


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year












Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

263

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
1.48-1(e)(2) are building
components. (See HVAC
(Heating, Ventilating and
Air Conditioning) –
Process.
HVAC (Heating,
Ventilating and
Air
Conditioning) –
Process









HVAC (Heating,
Ventilating and
Air
Conditioning) -
Process
15











15
23, 42











23, 42
§ 1245











§ 1245
Process HVAC systems
are separate and distinct
HVAC systems that
satisfy the sole
justification test of
Treasury Regulation §
1.48-1(e)(2) (i.e. the
HVAC system is installed
solely to meet the
temperature or humidity
requirements which are
essential for the operation
of other machinery or the
processing of materials).
An HVAC system may
meet the sole justification
test even though it
incidentally provides for
the comfort of employees,
or serves, to an
insubstantial degree,
areas where such
temperature or humidity
requirements are not
essential. See also
CLIMATE CONTROLLED
AREAS- SPECIAL
EQUIPMENT.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year










37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Land
Improvements

2, 3

32

Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
Includes improvements
directly to or added to
land, whether such
improvements are §§
1245 property or 1250
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

264

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
















Land
Improvements
















2, 3

















32
1245 and
§ 1250
property.














Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.






property, provided such
improvements are
depreciable. Examples of
such assets might include
sidewalks, roads, canals,
waterways, drainage
facilities, sewers (not
including municipal
sewers in Class 51),
wharves and docks,
bridges, fences,
landscaping, shrubbery,
or radio and television
transmitting towers.
Includes other tangible
property that qualifies
under § 1.48-1(d).
E51Excludes land
improvements that are
explicitly included in any
other class, and buildings
and structural
components as defined in
§ 1.48-1(e) of the
regulations. Excludes
public utility initial clearing
and grading land
improvements. Also
excludes a structure that
is essentially an item of
machinery or equipment
or a structure that houses
property used as an
integral part of an activity
specified in §
48(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Code,
if the use of the structure
is so closely related to the
use of the property that
the structure clearly can




















00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year


265

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
be expected to be
replaced when the
property it initially houses
is replaced, is included in
the asset guideline class
appropriate to the
equipment to which it is
related. See also
Bollards; Concrete
Foundations; Site
Lighting; Land
Preparation; Parking Lots;
Roadways, Curbs, &
Sidewalks; Signs; Site
Work; Site Utilities;
Storage Area; Storage
Tanks; Test Track;
Tunnels; and Utility
Overpasses.

Land
Preparation -
Finish
Grading – Land
Improvements
2 31 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes land preparation
costs so closely
associated with
depreciable assets that
they would be retired,
abandoned, or replaced
contemporaneously with
the depreciable asset.
Includes excavation and
finish grading associated
with roads, sidewalks,
parking lots, and other
paved areas. See also
Land Improvements.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year
Land
Preparation -
Finish
Grading -Building

2
31 § 1250 Includes land preparation
costs so closely
associated with
depreciable assets that
they would be retired,
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

266

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
abandoned, or replaced
contemporaneously with
the depreciable asset.
Includes excavation and
finish grading associated
with buildings and
building foundation
elements (e.g., footings,
slabs, etc.).
Land
Preparation -
General
Grading















2

















31

















LAND

















Land preparation costs
include clearing and
grubbing, site stripping,
mucking, blasting, fill or
excavation, dewatering,
and grading to allow
development of land.
Clearing and grubbing is
the removal of debris,
brush, trees, etc. from the
site. Site stripping is the
removal of the topsoil to
provide a stable surface
for site and building
improvements. Mucking is
the removal of unstable
soils and materials to
insure a solid base for
intended improvements.
General grading involves
moving soil for the
purpose of producing a
more level surface. These
costs generally would not
have to be re-incurred if
the building was repaired,
rebuilt, or torn down and
replaced with some other
type of building. Includes
costs to level the area


Land – Non-
depreciable+F55
















267

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Land
Preparation -
General
Grading
2
31
LAND


within the building
footprint as well as the
general site, roadways,
parking, and all other site
features. General grading
does not include fine
grading for buildings,
roads, sidewalks, parking,
and other paved areas.

Land – Non-
depreciable+F55
Light Fixtures -
Building
16
26
§ 1250

Includes lighting such as
recessed, lay-in lighting,
night lighting, and exit
lighting, as well as
decorative lighting that
provides or contributes to
the artificial illumination
level to serve building
operation and
maintenance. Also
includes exterior lighting
fixtures mounted on the
building to illuminate
walkways, entrances, etc.
For emergency and exit
lighting, see Fire Alarm
Systems.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Light Fixtures –
Decorative/
Special
Fixture




16






26+C131







§ 1245






Includes light fixtures
such as neon, track
lighting, or grow lights
which are decorative in
nature and not necessary
for the operation or
maintenance of the
building. If the decorative
lighting were turned off,
the other sources of
lighting would provide
sufficient light for
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year





268

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
operation or maintenance
of the building. Also
includes exterior light
fixtures that highlight only
the landscaping or
building exterior. If the
decorative lighting is the
primary source of lighting,
then it is § 1250 property.

Light Fixtures -
Process M&E
Lighting
16
26
§ 1245
Light fixtures which are
necessary to and used
directly with a specific
item of machinery or
equipment in the
manufacturing process.
Does not include light
fixtures that relate to the
operation or maintenance
of the building. Examples
include light fixtures
installed at the equipment
to provide additional
illumination required to
inspect products, read
gauges and
instrumentation or to
perform specific
manufacturing tasks.
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Light Fixtures -
Site Lighting -
Inherently
Permanent
16 26 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes pole mounted or
freestanding outdoor
lighting system
permanently set in the
ground to illuminate
sidewalks, parking, or
recreation areas. The
supports may or may not
be embedded in a
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

269

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
concrete foundation. See
also Signs - Pylon.
Light Fixtures -
Site Lighting -
Non-inherently
Permanent
16
26
§ 1245
Includes pole mounted or
freestanding outdoor
lighting system that is not
permanently attached to
the ground or to a
concrete foundation to
illuminate sidewalks,
parking, or recreation
areas. See also Poles
and Signs - Pylon.
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Lightning
Protection &
Grounding













13















26









§ 1250 /
§ 1245









Includes conductive
materials to ground
properties while attracting
lightning strikes and
redirecting it away from
buildings and other
improvements. The
lightning protection and
grounding assets are
components of the
properties to which they
are affixed. Accordingly,
lightning protection and
grounding assets affixed
to buildings are treated as
buildings; lightning
protection and grounding
assets affixed to land
improvements are treated
as land improvements.

Nonresidential
Real Property
per IRC 168(c)
and as further
defined in IRC
168(e)(2)(B) - 39
Year Or Class
00.3 - 15 YEAR





270

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Loading Dock
11
11
§ 1250
Includes bumpers,
permanently installed
dock levelers, plates,
seals, lights, canopies,
docks, trailer restraining
systems, and overhead
doors used in the
receiving and shipping of
goods and supplies.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Machinery &
Equipment
3,
10,
11,
13
11, 13,
14,
41,43,
44, 45,
46
§ 1245
Includes assets used in
the manufacture and
assembly of finished
automobiles, trucks,
trailers, motor homes, and
buses. Also includes
property which is in the
nature of machinery
(other than structural
components of a building
or other inherently
permanent structure)
even though located
outside a building, such
as, for example, a
gasoline pump, hydraulic
car lift, or automatic
vending machine.

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Machinery &
Equipment -
Special Tools




N/A





N/A





§ 1245





Includes assets defined
as "special tools" such as
jigs, dies, fixtures, molds,
patterns, gauges, and
specialty transfer and
shipping devices, owned
by manufacturers of
motor vehicles and used
in qualified activities as
defined in asset class
37.11, Manufacture of
37.12
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
3 Year



271

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery





































Motor Vehicles. Special
tools are specifically
designed for the
production or processing
of particular motor vehicle
components, products, or
parts, and have no
significant utilitarian
value, and cannot be
adapted to further or
different use, after
changes or improvements
are made in the design of
the particular part
produced by the special
tools. Does not include
general purpose small
tools such as wrenches
and drills, both hand and
power-driven, and other
general purpose
equipment such as
conveyors, transfer
equipment, and materials
handling devices.










Millwork -
Decorative
6 06 § 1245 Decorative millwork is the
decorative finish
carpentry in the building.
Examples include detailed
crown moldings, lattice
work placed over finished
walls or ceilings, and
merchandise display
cabinets. The decorative
millwork serves to
enhance the overall decor
and is not related to the
operation of the building.
Does not include cabinets



37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

272

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
and counters located in
restrooms. See Restroom
Accessories.
Millwork -
General
6
06
§ 1250
General millwork includes
building components
made of finished wood
(e.g., doors and frames,
window frames, sashes,
porch work, mantels,
panel work, stairways,
and finish woodwork).
Includes pre-built wooden
items brought to the site
for installation and items
constructed on site such
as restroom cabinets,
door jambs, moldings,
trim, etc.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Office
Furniture



12

§ 1245



Includes furniture and
fixtures that are not a
structural component of a
building; such assets as
desks, files, safes, and
communications
equipment. Does not
include communications
equipment that is included
in other classes.

00.11 Office
Furniture,
Fixtures, and
Equipment - 7
Year


Office
Partitions and
Cubicles
12 12 § 1245 Includes small re-usable
partitions that are
frequently relocated and
re-used.
00.11 Office
Furniture,
Fixtures, and
Equipment - 7
YEAR
Parking Lots 3 32 Asset
class
00.3
includes
Includes ground level
surface parking and base
area usually constructed
of asphalt, brick,
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

273

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

concrete, stone, or similar
material. Also includes
bumper blocks, curb cuts,
curb work, striping,
concrete landscape
islands, truck parking
ramps and staging areas,
and traffic control systems
(such as traffic lights and
detectors, card readers,
parking equipment, etc.).
See also Roadways,
Curbs, and Sidewalks.

Parking
Structures
3
03

§ 1250
Any structure or edifice
the purpose of which is to
provide parking space.
Includes, for example,
open-air garages, parking
ramps, or other parking
structures.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Pits, trenches,
special floor
levels –
conveyance
equipment







3, 14











03, 41










§ 1250










Includes pits, trenches,
floors, walls, and other
building components that
accommodate
conveyance systems or
process machinery. For
example, manufacturing
plants may include
conveyors that run almost
the full length of the
building that are installed
on a recessed floor (or
trench) so that the
products being
manufactured move along
the conveyor from station
to station at the normal
floor level allowing


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year








274

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery



Pits, trenches,
special floor
levels –
conveyance
equipment
(continued)




3, 14





03, 41




§ 1250
workers to step on and off
the conveyor without
having to climb steps. The
recessed flooring and
trench walls designed to
accommodate the
conveyors constitute
structural building
components. Does not
include building structural
components specially
designed to meet the
specific structural support
requirements of
machinery and
equipment. Usually
constructed of concrete.
See also Concrete
Foundations & Footings.






Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Pits, trenches,
special floor
levels –
Machinery &
Equipment
3 03 § 1245 Includes pits, trenches,
floors, and walls specially
designed to meet the
specific structural support
requirements of
machinery and equipment
(i.e. physical weight,
stability, structural
stresses, vibration
dampening). Increased
thickness and/or changes
in floor elevation alone
are not sufficient to show
that the foundation, pad,
or footing is so specially
designed that it is in
essence a part of the
machinery or equipment it
supports. Usually
constructed of concrete.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

275

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
See also Concrete
Foundations & Footings.

Plumbing
Systems –
Building

















15

















22

















§ 1250

















Plumbing systems include
the mechanical systems
that supply water to the
facility through hot and
cold water distribution
piping systems, remove
liquid-borne wastes from
the facility through storm
and sanitary sewer piping
systems, and supply
natural gas to building
equipment through
natural gas distribution
piping systems. Building
plumbing systems consist
of all of the components
of the plumbing system
serving the operation or
maintenance of the
building or necessary to
provide general building
services. Includes such
components as plumbing
fixtures (e.g., toilets,
urinals, lavatories, sinks,
etc.); electric water
coolers; hot water
heaters; and associated
piping components such
as fittings, valves, traps,
drains, roof drains,
hangers, supports,
insulation, etc.

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
















Plumbing
Systems –
Process
15
22, 40,
43
§ 1245
Process plumbing
systems are separate
plumbing systems which
37.11
Manufacture of

276

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery




















Plumbing
Systems -
Process




















15




















22, 40,
43




















§ 1245
are necessary to and
used directly with a
specific item of machinery
or equipment or a
process. Process
plumbing systems do not
include plumbing hook-
ups, natural gas
distribution systems, or
sewer systems that are of
general building
applicability and
accessibility. Process
plumbing systems may
include such components
as filters; tanks; pumps;
and specialized piping
along with associated
piping components such
as fittings, valves, traps,
drains, hangers, supports,
and insulation. Process
plumbing systems may
include dedicated water
systems separate from
the building's plumbing
systems which are used
to produce specialty water
required in a
manufacturing process,
such as deionized water
(DI) and water for
injection (WFI). Process
plumbing may include
dedicated natural gas
distribution piping serving
process machinery and
equipment from the point
at which connections are
branched from the



Motor Vehicles -
7 Year



















37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

277

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
building's natural gas
distribution system(s) to
the equipment.
Process
Conveyance
Systems
14
14
§ 1245
Includes property used in
the transporting or moving
of raw materials, work in
progress, and finished
products. Examples
include equipment
specifically related to the
process, lifts, part retrieval
systems, etc. Usually
associated with a
manufacturing or
assembly line. Examples
of finished products are
automobiles, trucks,
trailers, motor homes, and
busses. Does not include
structural components of
a building or other
inherently permanent
structure. See Machinery
and Equipment. Does not
include pits, trenches, &
floors.



37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Process
Piping
Systems




15






40, 43






§ 1245






Process piping systems
are the mechanical piping
systems whose function is
to convey and distribute
the fluids used for the
manufacturing processes.
Process piping systems
are separate and distinct
from the plumbing or
piping systems used to
provide general building
services and may include


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year




278

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery

Process Piping
Systems

15

40, 43


§ 1245
piping systems for
compressed air, vacuum,
painting, lubricants, or
other materials used in
the manufacturing
process. Process piping
systems may include
such components as
filters; tanks; pumps;
vacuum pumps;
compressors; and
specialized piping along
with associated piping
components such as
fittings, valves, traps,
drains, hangers, supports,
and insulation.

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Qualified
Technological
Equipment
16 27 § 1245 Includes any computer or
peripheral equipment, any
high technology
telephone station
equipment, and any high
technology medical
equipment. Does not
include any equipment
which is an integral part of
other property which is
not a computer. Does not
include typewriters,
calculators, adding and
accounting machines,
copiers, duplicating
equipment, and similar
equipment. Also does not
include equipment of a
kind used primarily for
amusement or


§
168(e)(3)(B)(iv) -
5 Year

279

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
entertainment of the user.
See also Computers.

Railroad Grading
and Tunnel Bore
11
31
§ 1250 /
§ 1245
Includes all improvements
resulting from excavations
(including tunneling),
construction of
embankments, clearings,
diversions of roads and
streams, sodding of
slopes, and similar work
necessary to provide,
construct, reconstruct,
alter, protect, improve,
replace, or restore a
roadbed or right-of-way
for railroad track.


§ 168(c) - 50
Year SL
Railroad Tracks
2
34
§ 1250 /
§ 1245
Siding or spur (rails, ties,
switches) leading to the
manufacturing site from
the main rail lines.
§ 168(e)(3)(C)(i)
- 7 Year
Restroom
Accessories








10









10









§ 1250









Includes paper towel
dispensers, electric hand
dryers, towel racks or
holders, cup dispensers,
purse shelves, toilet
paper holders, soap
dispensers or holders,
lotion dispensers, sanitary
napkin dispensers and
waste receptacles, coat
hooks, handrails, grab
bars, mirrors, shelves,
vanity cabinets, counters,
ashtrays, baby changing
stations, and other items
generally found in public
restrooms that are built

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year








280

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Restroom
Accessories
10
10
§ 1250

into or mounted on walls
or partitions.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Restroom
Partitions
10
10
§ 1250
Includes shop-made and
standard manufacture
toilet partitions, typically
metal, but may be plastic
or other materials.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Roadways,
Curbs, and
Sidewalks
3
31
Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes grade level
driveways, roads, and
base areas usually
constructed of asphalt,
brick, concrete, stone, or
similar material. Also
includes guard rails,
curbs, curb cuts, curb
work, and sidewalks.
Does not include test
track roadways.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year
Roof










3, 4,
5, 6,
7, 8








03, 04,
05, 06,
07, 08








§ 1250











Includes elements of the
roof including joists,
rafters, deck, shingles,
vapor barrier, skylights,
trusses, girders, flashings,
gutters, and drains.
Decorative elements of a
roof (e.g., false dormers,
mansard) may constitute
structural building
components depending
on their integration with
the overall roof, not their
load bearing capacity. If
the decorative element
houses structural
components such as
wiring or lighting fixtures,
or if removal of the

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year








281

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
decorative element
results in the direct
exposure of building
components to elements
or moisture damage, then
the decorative elements
are part of the overall roof
system and are structural
components of the
building. Usually
constructed of concrete,
metals, masonry, etc.

Security
Systems -
Buildings
13
28
§ 1250
Includes security
equipment for the
protection of the building
and its contents from
burglary or vandalism as
well as protection of
employees from assault.
Examples include window
and door locks; card key
access systems; keyless
entry systems; security
cameras, recorders,
monitors, and related
equipment; perimeter and
interior building motion
detectors; security
lighting; alarm systems;
and security system
wiring and conduit.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Security
Systems -
Product/Inventory

13
28 § 1245 Electronic systems used
to track and monitor
tangible items, (i.e., raw
materials, work in
process, and finished
products inventories).
Includes electronic tags,
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

282

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
electronic gates,
scanners, recorders, and
related equipment.
Signs
10
10
§ 1245
Includes signs used to
display directories of
names or indicate the
location of business
functions and
departments. Also
includes neon and other
decorative signs.
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Signs –
Building








10






10







§ 1250








Includes safety signs,
restroom identifiers, room
numbers, and other signs
relating to the operation
or maintenance of a
building. Includes signs
posted along evacuation
routes in buildings that
indicate the direction of
travel to the nearest exit.
These signs typically read
"EXIT" and may have
distinctive colors,
illumination, or arrows
indicating the direction of
the exit. See also Fire
Protection Systems.

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year





Signs –
Freestanding
10 10 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes freestanding
exterior signs used to
direct traffic and parking
that are set in the ground.
See also Signs - Pylon or
Billboard.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

283

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Signs - Pylon or
Billboard -
Electronic Face
10
10
§ 1245
Includes only the
electronic sign face
and/or message screen
and related components.
Includes brand displays
and company brand
image enhancements.
Does not include sign
support structure.
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Signs - Pylon or
Billboard -
Inherently
Permanent
3, 5,
10
03, 05,
10
Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes signs and
supports made of
concrete, brick, wood
frame, stucco, or similar
materials usually
permanently set in the
ground. The supports may
or may not be embedded
in a concrete foundation.

00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year
Signs - Pylon or
Billboard - Non-
inherently
Permanent
3, 5,
10
03, 05,
10
§ 1245
Includes signs and
supports made of
concrete, brick, wood
frame, stucco, or similar
materials that are not
permanently attached to
the ground or to a
concrete foundation.
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Site Utilities -
Electrical -
Building
2
33
§ 1250
See the category
"Electrical Distribution -
Service Entrance –
Building."
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Site Utilities -
Electrical -
Process
2 33 § 1245 See the category
"Electrical Distribution -
Service Entrance -
Process M&E."
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

284

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Site Utilities -
Natural Gas
System –
Building



2




33



§ 1250




Site Natural Gas Systems
convey natural gas from
the point of connection
with the gas utility
supplier gas main to the
building and include any
and all piping, valves and
other components
required for a complete
and operable system.
Building Site Natural Gas
Systems provide gas for
comfort heating, domestic
water heating or other
uses that serve the
operation or maintenance
of the building or
necessary to provide
general building services.
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

Site Utilities -
Natural Gas
System –
Process
2
33
§ 1245
Process Site Natural Gas
Systems are separate
and distinct systems that
are necessary to and
used directly with a
specific item of machinery
or equipment or a
process. Does not include
components that are of
general building
applicability and
accessibility.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Site Utilities -
Sanitary Sewer
System - Building

2
33 § 1250 Site Sanitary Sewer
Systems convey domestic
wastewater and/or
industrial wastewater from
the building to the
pretreatment or treatment
plant or to the point of


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

285

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
connection with the
municipal sanitary sewer
system and include any
and all piping, manholes,
lift stations (including
pumps and pump
controls), and other
structures or components
required for a complete
and operable system.
Building Site Sanitary
Sewer Systems convey
domestic wastewater that
serve the operation or
maintenance of the
building or necessary to
provide general building
services.
Site Utilities -
Sanitary Sewer
System - Process




2



N/A



§ 1245



Process Site Sanitary
Sewer Systems are
separate and distinct
systems that are
necessary to and used
directly with a specific
item of machinery or
equipment or a process.
Does not include
components that are of
general building
applicability and
accessibility.
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

Site Utilities -
Storm Sewer
System
2 33 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and

Site Storm Sewer
Systems convey storm
water from the property
site to the point of
disposal (such as a
detention or retention
pond) or to the point of
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

286

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
§ 1250
property.
connection with the
municipal storm sewer
system and include all
piping, gutter, or curb
inlets, catch basins,
manholes, flared end
sections, and any other
structures or components
required for a complete
and operable system.
Excludes gutters,
downspouts, and
drainage piping within the
footprint of the building.
Site Utilities -
Water System -
Building
2 33 § 1250 Site Water Systems
convey water from the
point of connection with
the water utility provider
water main to the building
and include any and all
piping, valves, post-
indicator valves, fire
hydrants, and other
components required for
a complete and operable
system. Also, may include
on site water wells
(including well pumps and
associated components).
Building Site Water
Systems provide water for
domestic uses such as
restrooms and building
fire protection systems
that serve the operation
or maintenance of the
building or necessary to



Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

287

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
provide general building
services.
Site Utilities -
Water System –
Irrigation

2


33


Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Irrigation Site Water
Systems provide water for
irrigation/sprinklers for
lawn and landscaping
areas as well as for
pressure washing paved
and concrete surfaces.
Also, may include on site
water wells (including well
pumps and associated
components) and Artesian
wells. See also Land
Improvements.



00.3 Land
Improvement - 1
Year

Site Utilities -
Water System -
Process
2 33 § 1245 Process Site Water
Systems are separate
and distinct systems that
are necessary to and
used directly with a
specific item of machinery
or equipment or a
process. Does not include
components that are of
general building
applicability and
accessibility.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Site Work & Site
Improvements
2 32 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

See Land Preparation;
Land Improvements.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

288

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Stairs and
Handrails -
Building
3, 5
03, 05
§ 1250
A structure consisting of a
flight of steps leading
from one floor or level to
another and related to the
operation or maintenance
of a building. Includes
railings and hand railings.
See also Catwalks and
Mezzanines - Building.


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

Stairs and
Handrails -
Equipment
Access
3, 5
03, 05
§ 1245
A structure consisting of a
flight of steps designed
and constructed only to
provide access to inspect,
repair, or operate specific
items of machinery or
equipment. Includes
railings and hand railings.
See also Catwalks and
Mezzanines - Equipment
Access.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Steam
Generation -
Steam Boiler /
Piping
Systems rated
above 12,500
lbs/hr
capacity
15,
16



15,
16
28, 48




28, 48
§ 1250 /
§ 1245



§ 1250 /
§ 1245

Depreciable assets,
whether such assets are
§ 1245 property or § 1250
property, used in the
production and/or
distribution of steam with
rated total capacity in
excess of 12,500 pounds
per hour for use by the
taxpayer in its industrial
manufacturing process or
plant activity and not
ordinarily available for
sale to others. Does not
include buildings and
structural components as
defined in section 1.48-
1(e) of the regulations.

00.4 Distribution
Systems - 15
Year


00.4 Distribution
Systems - 15
Year


289

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Does not include steam
and chemical recovery
boiler systems utilized for
the recovery and
regeneration of chemicals
used in the manufacturing
process.

Steam
Generation -
Steam Boiler /
Piping
Systems rated
not more than
12,500 lbs/hr
capacity -
Building
15

15
§ 1250
Steam Boiler / Piping
systems are systems
used for generating and
distributing steam for
building and/or other uses
and include any and all
components required for
a complete and operable
system including boilers,
heat exchangers, steam
traps, feed water pumps,
condensate pumps, and
associated piping
components such as
valves, fittings, hangers,
supports and insulation.
Building Steam Boiler /
Piping Systems provide
steam for building
operation and
maintenance purposes or
for general building
services, such as comfort
heating.

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Steam Generation
- Steam Boiler /
Piping Systems
rated not more
than 12,500 lbs/hr
capacity –
Process


15

23, 42

§ 1245
Process Steam Boiler /
Piping Systems are
separate and distinct
systems for generating
and distributing steam to
equipment or process
uses. To be considered a
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

290

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
dedicated Process Steam
Boiler / Piping System the
boiler must be directly
connected to the process
equipment and must not
provide for more than
incidental building use
through its steam supply
and condensate return
piping loops. Does not
include components that
are of general building
applicability.

Storage Area -
Exterior - Goods
2
32
Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes an exterior
paved, fenced, and gated
area (sometimes covered
for weather protection),
and associated
improvements used for
storing materials and
finished goods and
products. Does not
include areas within a
building; storage
buildings; or warehouses.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year
Storage Area -
Exterior - Waste
2 32 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Areas for general waste
storage. Includes exterior
paved, fenced, and gated
areas (sometimes
covered for weather
protection), and
associated improvements
used for storing waste
materials including
dumpsters, drums of
liquid waste, and other
waste materials. May
include paved areas
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

291

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
typically with berms to
contain any spills from
waste being stored. Does
not include areas within a
building; storage
buildings; or warehouses.

Storage Tanks -
Not Inherently
Permanent
3, 13
23, 33

§ 1245
Includes indoor or outdoor
tanks, or storage vessels
that are not inherently
permanent and that can
hold, store, or dispense
solid or liquid materials.
Includes dispensing
pumps, piping, valves,
leak detection systems,
and containment dikes.

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Storage Tanks –
Inherently
Permanent



3, 13




23, 33



Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes above ground or
underground storage
tanks that are inherently
permanent. Includes
dispensing pumps, piping,
valves, leak detection
systems, and containment
dikes.


00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year



Test Track -
Product
Quality
Testing
2 32 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Test track located at
manufacturing plant site
used to test newly
completed vehicles.
Testing may include
acceleration, vibration,
braking, cornering,
handling, etc. Includes
paving, bridges, ramps,
guard rails, privacy
fencing, gates, and any
other related items.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

292

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Test Track -
Research
2
32
§ 1245
Test track located at
manufacturing plant site,
technical research center,
or remotely; and that is
used solely for the
performance of research
and experimentation.
Testing may include
research associated with
the development of new
and unique engine,
transmission, suspension,
steering, or braking
systems, etc. Includes
paving, bridges, ramps,
guard rails, privacy
fencing, gates, and any
other related items.

Section
168(e)(3)(B)(v) -
5 Year
Tunnels -
Work/Access
2 32 Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Customary below grade
construction under the
factory floor in the nature
of tunnels that permit the
movement of workers
from one point to another
point along the process
line. Tunnels may also
lead from one building or
structure to another
building or structure.
Features may include
walkways, lighting, HVAC,
stairs, handrails, exit
signs, electrical outlets,
and work space. Tunnels
are more than press pits,
but less than building
basements.

00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

293

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
Utility
Overpass
Structures

2, 5


02, 05

Asset
class
00.3
includes
both §
1245 and
§ 1250
property.

Includes self-supporting
pipe bridge structures
(similar to a trestle) that
provide elevated support
for utility lines or similar
items between two
locations.
00.3 Land
Improvement -
15 Year

Wall
Coverings -
Nonpermanent
9
09
§ 1245
Includes strippable
wallpaper affixed by
means of an adhesive
that causes no damage to
the underlying wall or wall
surface upon removal.

37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Wall
Coverings -
Permanent
9
09
§ 1250
Includes interior and
exterior paint; ceramic or
quarry tile, marble, stone,
brick, and other finishes
affixed with mortar,
cement, or grout;
paneling, wainscoting,
and other wood finishes
affixed with nails, screws,
or permanent adhesives;
sanitary finishes such as
Fiberglass Reinforced
Plastic (FRP), stainless
steel, or plastic; sound
absorbing or fabric wall
panels; and wall
protection (such as
bumpers, corner guards,
etc.).
Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Walls –
Exterior
3, 4,
5, 6
03, 04,
05, 06
§ 1250 Includes all exterior walls
and building support
regardless of construction
materials. Exterior walls
may include columns,

Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

294

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
posts, beams, girders, tilt
up panels, studs, framing,
sheetrock, insulation,
windows, doors, exterior
facade, brick, masonry,
etc.

Walls –
Interior
6, 9
06, 09
§ 1250
Includes all load bearing
interior partitions
regardless of
construction. Also
includes non-load bearing
partitions regardless of
height (typically
constructed of studs and
sheetrock or other
materials) that cannot be
readily removed and incur
damage upon removal.
Includes rough carpentry
and finishes such as
plaster, dry wall, gypsum
board, concrete block,
glass, or metal.


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year
Walls –
Movable
Partition
6,9
06, 09
§ 1245
Includes interior walls
where the partition can be
readily removed and
remain in substantially the
same condition after
removal. Also, can be
moved and reused,
stored, or sold in their
entirety.


37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year
Window
Treatments
12 12 § 1245 Window treatments
include drapes, curtains,
louver, blinds, post
construction tinting and
interior decorative theme
37.11
Manufacture of
Motor Vehicles -
7 Year

295

Asset 1995 2004 Property
Type
Auto Manufacturing
Description
Asset Class/
Recovery
decor which are readily
removable.
Windows 8 08 § 1250 Exterior windows,
including office and facility
windows, and exterior
glass partitions expansion
joints and moisture
barriers.


Nonresidential
Real Property -
39 Year

(3) ^See Chapter 8.A.4.. of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide for

Functional Allocation

Exceptions & meaning →

H. Residential Rental Property

H.1. Planning and Examination Guidance

(1) Exhibit A is a matrix recommending the categorization and general depreciation

system recovery period of various assets commonly associated with residential rental property. (For recovery periods under the § 168(g) alternative depreciation system, see § 168(g)(3) and Rev. Proc. 87-56, 1987-2 C.B. 674). If the taxpayer’s tax return position for these assets is consistent with the recommendations in Exhibit A, examiners should not make adjustments to categorization and recovery periods. If the taxpayer reports assets differently, then adjustments should be considered. See also the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide. If you have any questions, please contact the Deductible and Capital Expenditures (DCE) Practice Network.

(2) This matrix, which is part of the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide, is

intended to provide direction to effectively utilize resources in the classification and examination of property used in the operation of residential rental property (RRP). RRP per § 168(e)(2)(A) is a building with 80% or more of the gross rental income from such building is rental income derived from dwelling units. A dwelling unit is defined as a house or apartment used to provide living accommodations in a building structure. General fact patterns specific to these properties have been considered in the classification of these assets and may not be applicable to other properties. Similarly, asset classification guidance issued for other industries is based on the general fact pattern for that industry and may not be applicable to RRP. For example, for asset classification of restaurant assets located within an apartment building, refer to the industry directive for restaurants. For examination techniques and historical background related to this issue, refer to the Cost Segregation Audit Techniques Guide. Per § 168(c), RRP is recovered over 27.5 years. A rental office/clubhouse building is non-residential real property (NRRP) (as defined in IRC § 168(e)(2)(B)), and

296

is recovered over 39 years under § IRC 168(c). Asset Class 57.0 - Distributive Trades and Services applies to most of the § 1245 property used with RRP, which is recovered over 5 years. Property classified in the Asset Class 00.3 Land Improvements are recovered over 15 years.

(3) Asset Classification for Cost Segregation of Residential Rental Property Exhibit A

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Awnings & Canopies

Readily removable overhang or
covering, often of canvas or
plastic, used to provide shade
or cover over a window, or a
door. Does not include canopies
that are attached permanently
to buildings and are an integral
part of a building’s structural
shell.See also Porches, Porte-
Cochere, and Portico
categories.


§ 1245


Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Balcony

A platform enclosed by a wall or
balustrade typically on the
outside of a building with access
by occupants from an upper-
floor door or window.


§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Balcony – False

Exterior ornamentation that has
no more than an incidental
relationship to the operation of a
residence or apartment building.
For example, a false balcony
does not provide for outdoor
use by occupants or for
protecting occupants from
falling.



§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Bollards and Guardrails –
Building









Bollards (metal or concrete
posts) and Guardrails mounted
in a concrete foundation or
sturdily affixed to the ground so
as to create a protective barrier
around areas of the building
vulnerable to vehicle traffic such
as doors, door frames, HVAC
components, building corners,
etc. Bollards and Guardrails can
be located inside or outside of
the building, are permanently
attached, and are intended to
be permanent. The purpose of
the bollard or guardrail is to
protect the building occupants,


§ 1250








RRP – 27.5 Years
NRRP – 39 Years

297

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

the building, and/or the building
structural components.


Bollards and Guardrails -
Site

Bollards (metal or concrete
posts) and Guardrails mounted
in the ground or concrete to
protect machinery and
equipment from vehicular
damage, or to prevent vehicles
from trespassing onto specific
areas. Placement to protect
land improvements and non-
building items such as signs,
sign poles, flagpoles, trees, etc.
Bollards and guardrails are
permanently attached and
intended to be permanent. The
purpose of the bollards or
guardrails is to protect land
improvements.
§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Cabinetry - Kitchen

Kitchen cabinetry, counters,
sinks.See also Kitchen
Components and Finish
Carpentry.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Cabinetry - Restroom

Restroom cabinetry, counters,
sinks.See also Restroom
Components and Finish
Carpentry.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Cabinetry – Rental
Office/Clubhouse

Rental Office/Clubhouse
cabinetry, counters, sinks in
kitchen or restrooms.See also
Finish Carpentry.
§ 1250
NRRP – 39 Years
Ceilings








Includes all interior ceilings in a
residence regardless of finish or
décor; e.g. drywall or plaster
ceilings, acoustic ceilings,
suspended ceilings (including
hangers, frames, grids and tiles
or panels), decorative metal or
tin finishes, plastic panels,
decorative panels, etc_._

§ 1250








RRP – 27.5 Years
Ceiling Fans


Ceiling fan typically with
attached lights. Lighting typically
is the primary light source
(artificial illumination) in the
room.


§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Common Areas – Exterior
Inherently permanent, outdoor,
swimming pools/spas and
associated equipment, various
§§ 1245/1250
Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years

298

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

athletic courts (tennis,
basketball, pickleball), and
playground equipment that are
built on land.


Common Areas – Interior

Includes swimming pools/spas
and associated equipment, and
various athletic courts (e.g.,
tennis, basketball, pickleball)
that are contained within, on, or
attached to a residential
building.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Community Mailboxes
and Structure - Exterior


Includes a freestanding
structure providing a roof over
the community mailboxes. Does
not include mailboxes owned by
the U.S. Postal Service.



§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Community Mailboxes (In
Building) - Interior



Interior built-in mailboxes for
tenants of a building, including
mailboxes within the
office/clubhouse. Intended to
remain in place. Does not
include mailboxes owned by the
U.S. Postal Service.

§ 1250

RRP – 27.5 Years
NRRP – 39 Years
Concrete Footings and
Foundations – Building

Foundations and footings
necessary for the construction
of the building. Includes
excavation and backfill for
building footings and
foundations, but does not
include site grading costs.See
also Grading - Excavation &
Fine Grading for Buildings.
Note: Excavation and backfill for
equipment foundations where
contained within the footprint of
the building are included in this
§ 1250 category. Includes
formwork, reinforcement,
concrete block, and pre-cast or
cast-in-place work.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Concrete Footings and
Foundations – Land
Improvements

Foundations and footings for
signs, light poles, and other land
improvements (except
buildings). Includes excavation,
backfill, formwork,
reinforcement, concrete block,
and pre-cast or cast-in-place

§§ 1245/1250
Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years

299

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

work, but does not include site
grading costs.See also
Grading - Excavation & Fine
Grading for Depreciable Site
Improvements.


Data Cable and Wiring


All components of a telephone,
internet, cable TV, satellite TV,
and/or Wi-Fi systems used in
the operation of a specific piece
of equipment that is not a
structural component of the
building. Can be utilized by a
variety of phones, cell phones,
televisions, tablets, computers,
etc.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Decks

A platform typically made of
lumber/composite attached to a
residence or other building and
often containing stairs or ramps
from building floor level to
ground level.
§ 1250

RRP – 27.5 Years
Decks/Gazebos
(Freestanding)

Inherently permanent decks and
gazebos not attached to
buildings.

§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Doors
Interior and exterior doors,
regardless of decoration and
location, including but not
limited to, double opening
doors, French doors, sliding
doors, overhead doors,
revolving doors, entrance
security gates, roll-up or sliding
wire mesh or steel grills and
gates, and door hardware (such
as doorknobs, closers, kick
plates, hinges, locks, automatic
openers, etc.). Includes
computerized door locks,
encoders, computers, and other
associated hardware of the
computerized lock system.
Includes garage door openers.

§ 1250

RRP – 27.5 Years
Electrical Branch Circuits
- Appliances


Electrical connections which are
necessary to and used directly
with a specific appliance, such
as dedicated electrical outlets,
wiring, conduit, and circuit

§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years

300

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

breakers by which appliances
are connected to the building's
electrical distribution system
(EDS). For example, 220-volt
wiring and outlets dedicated to
electric clothes dryers and
electric ranges, or 110 volt
outlets dedicated to clothes
washers, dishwashers,
refrigerators, or built-in
microwave ovens. Does not
include electrical outlets of
general applicability and
accessibility.



Electrical Branch Circuits
- Building


Includes all components of a
residential building’s branch
circuits, whether located inside
or outside of the building, used
in the operation or maintenance
of the building or to provide
general building services (such
as lighting, heating, ventilation,
air conditioning, etc.). Includes
electrical outlets of general
applicability and accessibility,
and electrical wiring. Also
includes GFI outlets in
bathrooms, kitchens, etc.
Branch circuits are the electrical
connections between a
distribution or subpanel and the
end-use equipment. This
includes wire and conduit,
junction boxes, wall switches,
and outlets.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Electrical Lighting -
Exterior – Building




Exterior lighting whether
decorative or not to the extent
that the lighting is used for the
convenience and safety of the
tenants or otherwise relates to
the operation or maintenance of
the building. This category
includes building mounted
lighting to illuminate walkways,
building entrances, parking, etc.
§ 1250





RRP – 27.5 Years
Electrical Lighting -
Exterior -
Decorative/Special Fixture

Lighting that highlights only the
landscaping or building exterior
(but not parking areas,
§ 1245 Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades

301

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD


walkways, or building
entrances) and does not relate
to the operation or maintenance
of the building.


and Services – 5
Years
Electrical Lighting -
Interior - Building


Includes lighting such as ceiling-
mounted, recessed, and lay-in
lighting fixtures, and night
lighting that provides general
lighting for a room or area of the
building. Includes decorative
lighting fixtures that provide
general illumination in the
building or along building
walkways.For emergency and
exit lighting, see Fire
Protection and Alarm
Systems.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Electrical Lighting –
Interior –
Decorative/Special Fixture


Light fixtures, such as neon,
track lighting, or grow lights
which are decorative in nature
and do not provide general
illumination for a room or area
of the building. If the decorative
lighting were turned off, the
other sources of lighting would
provide sufficient light for
operation or maintenance of the
building. If the decorative
lighting is the primary source of
lighting, then it is§§ 1250
property (RRP – 27.5 Years).
See also Electrical Lighting –
Interior – Building.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Electrical Lighting – Site
Lighting


Pole mounted or freestanding
outdoor lighting system to
illuminate sidewalks, parking, or
recreation areas.See also
Poles & Pylons, Signs –
Exterior, and Lighting – Site.
§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Electrical - Primary and
Secondary EDS –
Appliances


Includes the § 1245 power
portion of the costs of the
primary and secondary
electrical distribution system
(EDS), serving for example
electric clothes dryers, electric
ranges, clothes washers,
dishwashers, refrigerators, or
built-in microwave ovens. The
§ 1245



Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years

302

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

EDS should be allocated by
design load of the end-use
appliances as described in the
EDS section of the Cost
Segregation Audit Techniques
Guide.


Electrical - Primary and
Secondary EDS –
Building







Includes the § 1250 building
power portion of the costs of the
primary and secondary
electrical distribution system
(EDS) used in the operation or
maintenance of the building or
to provide general building
services such as electrical
outlets of general applicability
and accessibility, lighting,
heating, ventilation, air
conditioning, etc. Primary EDS
includes the taxpayer owned
and operated electrical
equipment that receives the
electrical service from the
outside source (power utility
company) to the main
distribution panels (MDPs) and
transformers or “switchgear” on
large building projects. May
include feeder circuits, power
service entrance equipment,
transformers, and conduit.
Secondary EDS includes the
electrical equipment that brings
the electrical power from the
MDP to the local distribution
panels that feed the branch
circuits. For small buildings, the
power from the electrical utility
generally feeds directly to a
main electrical panel instead of
an MDP or transformer, thus
eliminating the primary and
secondary designation. In any
case, the EDS should be
allocated in the same manner,
by design load of the end-use
equipment as described in the
EDS section of the Cost
Segregation Audit Techniques

§ 1250





RRP – 27.5 Years

303

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

Guide. Does not include
electrical hook up to appliances
qualifying as § 1245 property
(washer/dryer, refrigerator,
range/ovens).See also
Electrical Branch Circuits –
Appliances.


Electrical - Site

Electrical service to outdoor
lighting systems for sidewalks,
parking or recreation areas,
sump pumps, exterior power
receptacles not attached to the
building, or non-building land
improvement equipment.
§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Elevators and Escalators

Elevators and escalators,
including all components thereof
(e.g., handrails), which are
permanently affixed to the
building and designed to remain
in place. Elevators and
escalators relate to the
operation or maintenance of the
building and are structural
components.


§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Energy Management
Systems

Energy management systems
control all energy-using systems
in a building, automatically
checking occupancy schedules,
reading temperatures, and re-
circuiting light levels, causing all
heating, cooling, and lighting
equipment to operate so as to
minimize energy costs.
Includes, for example, detection
devices such as smoke, motion
and infrared devices, photocells,
foil and contact switches,
pressure switches, proximity
alarms, sensors, alarm
transmitting controls, data
gathering panels, demand
controllers, thermostats,
computer controls, outside air
economizers, occupancy
sensors, electronic ballasts, and
all related wiring and conduit.
May also provide for fire and
burglary protection.




§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years

304

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Facades – Mansard Roof

A gambrel style hip roof
characterized by two slopes on
each of its sides. Lower slope is
steeper than the upper and can
be punctuated with dormers.
See also Roofs.


§ 1250

RRP – 27.5 Years
Fencing, Gates, Retaining
Walls, Fountains, and
Other Land Improvements



Depreciable improvements
directly to or added to land,
whether such improvements are
§ 1245 or § 1250 property.
Examples include fences; gates,
canals; waterways; drainage
facilities; sewers (not including
municipal sewers in Class 51);
retaining walls; waterfalls and
fountains; holding, settling, or
detention ponds; and irrigation
systems.


§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Finish Carpentry

Built-in bookshelves, shelving
and rods in bedroom, hallway,
and linen closets, pantries, etc.
See also Cabinetry – Kitchen,
Cabinetry – Restroom,
Cabinetry – Rental
Office/Clubhouse, Kitchen
Components, and Millwork –
Building or Structural.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Fireplaces and
Woodstoves

Includes built-in wood-burning
or gas fireplaces, flues,
chimneys, inserts, blowers,
mantels, and other components
of fireplaces. Includes built-in
faux fireplaces.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Fire Alarm and CO2
Detectors

Battery powered or hard-wired
fire alarms and CO2 detectors,
generally mounted to ceilings or
walls by screws.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Fire Protection and Alarm
Systems










Includes sensing devices,
computer controls, sprinkler
heads, piping or plumbing,
pumps, visual and audible
alarms, alarm control panels,
heat and smoke detection
devices, fire escapes, fire doors,
all emergency exit lighting and
signage, and wall mounted fire
extinguishers and cabinets

§ 1250









RRP – 27.5 Years

305

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD


necessary for the protection of
the building.




Fire
Protection Equipment

Includes special fire detection or
suppression systems directly
associated with a piece of
equipment. For example, a
kitchen fire extinguisher.

§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Fire Protection Piping
Systems - Building


Fire protection piping systems
are the mechanical piping
systems that provide water for
automatic sprinkler systems and
to extinguish and fight fires
occurring at the building and are
designed for the protection of
the building and its occupants.
Building fire protection piping
systems include all of the
components of the fire
protection piping system, both
inside and outside of the
building, serving the operation
or maintenance of the building
or necessary to provide general
building services. Building fire
protection piping systems can
include wet, dry, deluge, and
pre-action fire protection piping
systems. The building fire
protection piping system
includes all of the components
required for a properly operating
system such as fire protection
piping, fittings, valves, hangers
and supports, sprinkler heads,
fire water pumps, fire water
tanks, fire water mains, flow
switches, hydrants, post-
indicator valves, fire hoses, and
fire hose stations.



§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Floor Coverings -
Permanent

Includes floor covering that is
affixed with permanent adhesive
or nailed or screwed in place.
Examples include ceramic or
quarry tile, marble, paving brick,
and other coverings cemented,
mudded, or grouted to the floor;
epoxy or sealers; and wood
flooring.


§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years

306

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Floor Coverings – Readily
Removable


Floor covering that is installed
by means of strippable
adhesives and can be 1) readily
removed and remain in
substantially the same condition
after removal as before, or 2)
moved and reused, stored, or
sold in its entirety. All vinyl
composition tile (VCT), sheet
vinyl, and carpeting will be
treated as not permanently
attached and not intended to be
permanent.


§ 1245

Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Floors - Concrete

Includes concrete slabs and
other floor systems. Floors
include special treatments
applied to, or otherwise made a
permanent part, of the floor.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Floor Drains
Floor drains in garages,
basements, and community
laundry rooms for
water/condensate drainage, and
to protect the building from
damage to broken water pipes.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Furnishings – Rental
Office Furniture


Includes furniture and fixtures
that are not structural
components of the building.
Includes desk, chair, credenza,
file cabinet, table, or other
furniture such as workstations.
Also includes telephone
equipment, fax machines, and
other communications
equipment. Does not include
communications equipment
included in other asset classes
in Rev. Proc. 87-56. In new
construction, these are typically
acquired under separate
contract and does not get an
allocation of construction
indirect costs.
§ 1245
00.11 Office
Furniture, Fixtures,
and Equipment – 7
Years
Furnishings – Rental
Office System Furniture
and Office Cubicles

Includes small re-usable
partitions that are frequently
relocated and re-used. In new
construction, these are typically
acquired under separate
§ 1245 00.11 Office
Furniture, Fixtures,
and Equipment – 7
Years

307

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

contract and does not get an
allocation of construction
indirect costs.


Furnishings - Pool,
Clubhouse, Exercise
Room


Includes furniture and exercise
equipment including chairs,
chase lounges, exercise
equipment, benches,
freestanding lockers, built-in
lockers, etc. In new
construction, typically acquired
separate from the construction
contract and does not get an
allocation of construction direct
or indirect costs.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Furnishings - Residential


Includes all furniture and
furnishings typically found in a
furnished house, condo,
apartment, etc. For example,
beds, chairs, sofas, and tables.
In new construction, typically
acquired separate from the
construction contract and does
not get an allocation of
construction direct or indirect
costs.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Generator - Building
Backup power generator
typically fueled by natural gas or
propane. Used to provide power
to a residence in case of
electrical power outage (i.e.,
Generac). In the case of mid- to
high-rise residential buildings,
large apartments and
condominiums projects the
generators typically provide
power to the emergency egress
lighting, illuminated exit signs,
wall pack spotlight units to
provide safe egress for the
building occupants and for the
ingress/egress of emergency
personnel, and other life-safety
related building systems. In both
cases the generator is for the
operation and maintenance of
the building.



§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years

308

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Grading - Excavation &
Fine Grading for
Buildings





Excavation and fine grading
directly associated with
construction of specific building
foundation elements (e.g.,
footings & slabs, etc.) that are
necessary for the proper setting
of the building and are part of
the building costs.See also
Concrete Footings and
Foundations - Building.

§ 1250







RRP – 27.5 Years
Grading - Excavation &
Fine Grading for
Depreciable Site
Improvements


Excavation and fine grading
directly associated with the
construction of specific site
improvements (e.g., roads,
sidewalks, parking lots, etc.)
that is included as part of the
contract costs to construct the
specific site improvement.
Includes finish grading (base
course & fine grading) for
sidewalks, parking areas,
roadways, and other
depreciable land improvements.
See also Land Improvements
and Roadways.

§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Grading - Land
Preparation, Site Grading
& Site Excavation





















Non-depreciable land
preparation costs, in general,
include the one-time cost of
demolition, clearing and
grubbing, blasting, site stripping,
mucking, fill or excavation,
dewatering, and grading to
allow development of land.
Clearing and grubbing is the
removal of debris, brush, trees,
etc., from the site. Stripping is
the removal of the topsoil to
provide a stable surface for site
and building improvements.
Mucking is the removal of
unstable soils and materials to
ensure a solid base for intended
improvements. The grading of
land involves moving soil for the
purpose of producing a more
level surface to allow
development of the land. These
costs would not have to be



Land





















Non-Depreciable

309

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD






Grading - Land
Preparation, Site Grading
& Site Excavation




reincurred if the building was
repaired, rebuilt, or even torn
down and replaced with some
other type of building. Site
grading includes costs to level
the area within the building
footprint as well as the general
site, roadways, parking, and all
other site features. General site
grading does not include finish
grading (base course & fine
grading) for roads, parking, and
other paved areas.







Land

Non-Depreciable
Guard House


A structure designed to house a
security guard who limits
ingress/egress to the site.
Structure is intended to remain
in place permanently.

§ 1250
NRRP – 39 Years
Heating, Ventilating & Air
Conditioning (HVAC) -
Residence


Includes all components of a
central heating, ventilating and
air conditioning system. HVAC
systems that are primarily
installed for the temperature,
humidity, and ventilation of the
residence and its occupants are
building components. Allocation
of HVAC is not appropriate.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Hot and Chilled Water
System - Building


Chilled Water Systems are
closed water systems that
provide chilled water for cooling
and comfort systems and
include any and all components
required for a complete and
operable chilled water system
including chillers, cooling
towers, pumps, chilled water
piping and associated piping
components such as valves,
fittings, hangers, supports
and insulation. The building
chilled water system provides
chilled water for building
operation and maintenance,
such as comfort cooling, and is
a building structural component.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Indirect Costs

Refer to the Cost Segregation
Audit Techniques Guide

Allocate according
to the ATG
description. Rarely

310

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD



(Explanation of the Treatment of
Indirect Costs).



are indirect costs
allocated to
furniture and
fixtures as they are
typically acquired
under separate
contract.
Kitchen Appliances

Kitchen - Stove/Oven,
Refrigerator, Icemaker,
Microwave, Dishwasher, etc. In
new construction, typically
acquired separate from the
construction contract and does
not get an allocation of
construction direct or indirect
costs.
§ 1245


Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Kitchen Components


Kitchen cabinets, counters, sink,
includes plumbing costs.See
also Finish Carpentry.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Kitchen - Electrical
All general
wiring/outlets/switches in
kitchen including garbage
disposal.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Kitchen – Electrical -
Dedicated Branch


Wiring/outlets dedicated for
range, dishwasher, refrigerator,
built-in microwave.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Kitchen – Plumbing
All piping, drains, faucets,
garbage disposal and waste
piping, sinks and other
components of a kitchen
plumbing system not specifically
identified elsewhere.See
Plumbing - Building.

§ 1250


RRP – 27.5 Years
Kitchen – Plumbing -
Dedicated Branch

Includes water or gas branch
hook-ups directly connected to
appliances. For example, to a
dishwasher,
refrigerator/icemaker, or
stove/oven.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Kitchen - Stove Hood
(Special HVAC)


Built-in stove hoods are
considered part of the
ventilation system of the
unit/building.
§ 1250

RRP – 27.5 Years
Land Improvements


Includes improvements directly
to or added to land, whether
such improvements are § 1245
§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years

311

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD









Land Improvements

property or § 1250 property,
provided such improvements
are depreciable. Examples of
such assets might include
sidewalks, roads, canals,
waterways, drainage facilities,
sewers (not including municipal
sewers in Asset Class 51),
wharves and docks, bridges,
fences, landscaping, shrubbery,
or radio and television
transmitting towers. Does not
include land improvements that
are explicitly included in any
other class, and buildings and
structural components (as
defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.48-
1(e)). Excludes public utility
initial clearing and grading land
improvements, and Site Utilities
- Sanitary Sewer.See also
Grading - Excavation & Fine
Grading for Depreciable Site
Improvements, Parking Lots,
Poles & Pylons, Roadways,
Sidewalks & Curbs, Site
Utilities, and Site Work.










§§ 1245/1250


Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Land Improvements –
Offsite Dedicated

These assets (sidewalks,
streets, lighting, sewer lines,
etc.) are constructed as a
condition for obtaining building
permits. These assets are off
the project site and, after
construction, the ownership of
these assets is transferred to
the municipality for public use.
The municipality is responsible
for maintaining and repairing
these assets after the transfer.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years

Landscaping and
Shrubbery
The costs of landscaping that
would be destroyed upon the
replacement of the depreciable
asset, such as a building, are
depreciable land improvements.
General site landscaping that
would not be destroyed upon
the replacement of the

§§ 1250 / 1245
or Land

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years or Non-
Depreciable Land

312

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

depreciable asset is non-
depreciable, as it is inextricably
associated with the land.



Light Fixtures - Exterior –
Building








Exterior lighting whether
decorative or not is considered
§ 1250 property to the extent
that the lighting relates to the
operation or maintenance of the
building. This category includes
building-mounted lighting to
illuminate walkways, entrances,
parking, etc.
§ 1250







RRP – 27.5 Years
Light Fixtures - Exterior -
Accent/Decorative/Special
Fixture

Lighting that highlights only the
landscaping or building exterior
(but not parking areas or
walkways) and does not relate
to the operation or maintenance
of the building.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Light Fixtures – Interior -
Building

Includes lighting such as
recessed and lay-in lighting,
night lighting, as well as
decorative lighting fixtures that
provide substantially all the
artificial illumination in the
building.For emergency and
exit lighting, see Fire
Protection and Alarm
Systems.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Light Fixtures – Interior -
Accent/Decorative/Special
Fixture

Light fixtures, such as neon,
track lighting, or grow lights
which are decorative in nature
and not necessary for the
operation or maintenance of the
building. If the decorative
lighting were turned off, the
other sources of lighting would
provide sufficient light for
operation or maintenance of the
building. If the decorative
lighting is the_primary_ source of
lighting, then it is § 1250
property.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Lighting - Site Pole-mounted or freestanding
outdoor lighting system to
illuminate sidewalks, parking, or
recreation areas. See also
§§ 1245/1250
Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years

313

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

Poles & Pylons and Signs –
Pylon or Monument.


Lightning Protection and
Grounding

If the lightning protection and
grounding serve the building, it
is § 1250 residential rental
property.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Loading Docks

Includes bumpers, permanently
installed dock levelers, plates,
seals, lights, canopies, and
overhead doors used in the
receiving and shipping of
merchandise.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Loading Dock -
Equipment

Includes items such as
compactors, conveyors, hoists,
and balers.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Millwork - Building or
Structural
General millwork is all building
materials made of finished wood
(e.g., doors and frames, window
frames, sashes, porch work,
mantels, panel work, stairways,
handrails, and special
woodwork). Includes pre-built
wooden items brought to the
site for installation and items
constructed on site such as
kitchen or restroom cabinets
and counters, door jambs,
baseboard, crown moldings,
trim, etc.


§ 1250

RRP – 27.5 Years
Patios

A ground level, paved outdoor
area adjoining a residence or
other building typically
constructed of concrete, stone,
brick, pavers, etc.
§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Parking
Lots

Grade level surface parking
area usually constructed of
asphalt, brick, concrete, stone,
or similar material. Category
includes bumper blocks, curb
cuts, curb work, striping,
landscape islands, perimeter
fences, and sidewalks. Also
includes traffic control systems
(such as traffic lights and
detectors, card readers, parking
equipment, etc.).
§§ 1245/1250
Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years

314

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Parking Lot
**Canopies **

A stand-alone canopy or other
covering, whether or not
inherently permanent, used to
provide shade and protection
from the elements over a
parking space or parking
spaces.

§§ 1245/1250



Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Parking Structures -
Attached

Portions of, or improvements to,
residential rental property, the
purpose of which is to provide
parking. Includes garages,
canopies, and carports attached
to the residential rental property.



§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Parking Structures –
**Stand Alone **

Any structure or edifice,
separate from the residential
rental property, the purpose of
which is to provide parking.
Includes garages, parking
ramps, or other parking
structures. See Chapter 8B.

§ 1250
NRRP – 39 Years
Plumbing – Building








All piping, drains, sprinkler
mains, valves, sprinkler heads,
water flow switches, bathroom
plumbing fixtures (e.g. sinks,
bath tubs, showers, toilets) and
piping, kitchen sinks, electric
water coolers, and all other
components of a building
plumbing system (water or gas)
not specifically identified
elsewhere. Includes
underground septic systems,
tanks, laterals, etc.See also
Kitchen - Plumbing.
§ 1250







RRP – 27.5 Years
Plumbing –
Lawn/Landscaping
Sprinkler System

Lawn/Landscaping Sprinkler
System.
§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years

Poles & Pylons
Light poles for parking areas
and other poles poured in
concrete footings or bolt-
mounted for signage, flags, etc.
See also Signs – Pylon or
Monument and Light Fixtures
– Exterior – Building.
§§ 1245/1250


Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Porches
A covered shelter projecting in
front of an entrance to the
residence or other building.
Typically, an unenclosed floor
§ 1250 RRP – 27.5 Years

315

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

surface contiguous to the
structure and supported above
the ground on at least two
opposing sides by the adjacent
structure and/or posts, piers, or
other independent supports.


Porte-Cochère, Portico

A structure consisting of a roof
supported by the building and
columns at regular intervals
extending over the entrance
drive. Example: the main entry
way to a condominium. Similar
to that at hotels/motels which
are not RRP.
§ 1250

RRP – 27.5 Years
Rental Office/Clubhouse
Building

Separate rental office/clubhouse
building structures that do not
meet the definition of RRP
under § 168(e)(2)(A).
Clubhouses/rental offices are
generally for the leasing and
administration of the property
rental business. They may also
provide amenities to the
residents such as party or game
rooms, meeting areas, kitchen
for large group cooking, indoor
recreation and entertainment
located in a stand-alone
building.


§ 1250
NRRP – 39 Years
Restroom
Accessories/Partitions

Includes shop made and
standard manufacture toilet
partitions, typically metal, but
may be plastic or other
materials. Also, includes paper
towel dispensers, electric hand
dryers, towel racks or holders,
cup dispensers, purse shelves,
toilet paper holders, soap
dispensers or holders, lotion
dispensers, sanitary napkin
dispensers and waste
receptacles, coat hooks,
handrails, grab bars, mirrors,
shelves, vanity cabinets,
counters, ashtrays, baby
changing stations, and other
items generally found in public
§ 1250 RRP – 27.5 Years
NRRP – 39 Years

316

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

restrooms that are built into or
mounted on walls or partitions.


Restroom Components

Cabinet, counter, sink, faucet,
mirror attached with permanent
adhesive, toilet, towel rack,
toilet paper holder, flush
mounted medicine cabinet, tub,
shower, vent fan, etc. Includes
electrical and plumbing for
community restrooms and
residential bathrooms.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Roadways


Depreciable improvements
directly to or added to land,
whether such improvements are
§ 1245 or § 1250 property.
Grade level driveways, roads,
and base areas usually
constructed of asphalt, brick,
concrete, stone, or similar
material. Also includes guard
rails, curb cuts, and curb work.
See also Grading - Excavation
& Fine Grading for
Depreciable Site
Improvements.


§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Roof






All elements of the roof
including but not limited to
joists, rafters, deck, shingles,
vapor barrier, skylights, trusses,
girders, and gutters.
Determination of whether
decorative elements of a roof
(e.g., false dormers, mansard)
constitute structural building
components depends on their
integration with the overall roof,
not their load bearing capacity.
If removal of the decorative
element results in the direct
exposure of building
components to water, snow,
wind, or moisture damage, or if
the decorative element houses
lighting fixtures, wiring, or other
structural components, then the
decorative elements are part of
the overall roof system and are
structural components of the
§ 1250





RRP – 27.5 Years

317

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

building.See Facades –
Mansard Roof.


Security Gate - Site

Security gate and equipment
limiting access to the site for the
protection of the residents, their
guests, residences, and their
contents. Examples include
card key access systems;
keyless entry systems; security
cameras, recorders, monitors,
and related equipment; and
wiring and conduit.

§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Security Systems -
Building

Includes security equipment for
the protection of the building
(and its contents) from burglary
or vandalism and protection of
residents and their guests from
assault. Examples include
window and door locks; card
key access systems; keyless
entry systems; security
cameras, recorders, monitors,
and related equipment;
perimeter and interior building
motion detectors; security
lighting; alarm systems; and
security system wiring and
conduit.
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Sidewalks and Curbs






Depreciable improvements
directly added to land, whether
such improvements are § 1245
or § 1250 property. Sidewalks
and curbs are usually
constructed of concrete,
asphalt, stone, or similar
material.See also Land
Improvements.
§§ 1245/1250




Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years

Signs - Building


Exit signs, restroom identifiers,
room numbers, residence
number, and other signs relating
to the operation or maintenance
of a building.See also Signs -
Exit.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Signs - Exit
Signs posted along exit routes
within buildings that indicate the
direction of travel to the nearest
exit. These signs typically read
"EXIT" and may have distinctive

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years

318

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

colors, illumination, or arrows
indicating the direction to the
exit.


Signs - Exterior


Includes exterior signs used to
direct traffic and parking.See
also Signs – Pylon or
Monument.
§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Signs - Interior/Exterior


Includes interior signs used to
display directories of names or
indicate the location of business
functions and departments. Not
related to the operation or
maintenance of a building.

§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Signs - Pylon or
Monument


Pylons made of concrete, brick,
wood frame, stucco, or similar
materials usually set in the
ground or on a concrete
foundation, and usually used for
signage.See also Poles &
Pylons.

§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
- 15 Years

Signs - Pylon or
Monument Sign Face


Includes only the sign face
and/or message screen and
related components. Includes
property name, brand, images,
etc.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Site - Other


See the categories "Grading,”
"Land Improvements,” and “Site
Work.”
§§ 1245/1250


Varies
Site Utilities

Site utilities are the systems that
are used to distribute utility
services from the property line
to the building. Includes water,
sanitary sewer, gas, and
electrical services.

§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Site Work

Site work includes curbing,
paving, general site
improvements, fencing,
landscaping, roads, storm
sewers, sidewalks, site drainage
and all other site improvements
not directly related to the
building.For sanitary sewers,
see Site Utilities.

§§ 1245/1250

Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Sound Systems
Equipment and apparatus,
including wiring, used to provide
amplified music or sound. For
example, music system in pool
or clubhouse area. Excludes

§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years

319

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

applications linked to fire
protection and alarm systems.


Spa – Freestanding and
Hook-ups


Includes free standing Jacuzzi
and Whirlpools located in the
Apartment/Condo Clubhouse.
Does not include spa hook-ups
that may be associated with
swimming pools or pool
equipment.See also
Furnishings - Pool,
Clubhouse, Exercise Room.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Stairs

A structure consisting of a flight
of steps leading from one floor
or level to another and related
to the operation or maintenance
of a building. Includes railings
and hand railings (banisters).
§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Trash Chutes

Formed metal chute, which are
constructed and installed
essentially vertically through the
structural floors of the building.
The chutes are concealed within
ceilings, floors, and/or walls and
are enclosed by concrete or
steel structural elements.



§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
Trash Enclosures –
Attached



Enclosures for waste
receptacles that are attached to
the building. Typically
constructed of the same
materials as the building shell
with either interior or exterior
access. These trash enclosures
are an integral part of the
building shell and cannot be
moved without damage to the
underlying building.
§ 1250



RRP – 27.5 Years
Trash Enclosure – Not
Attached

Enclosures for waste
receptacles, typically
constructed on a concrete pad
with its posts set in the
concrete. Permanent structure
serving the operation and
maintenance of the building
along with safety and decorative
functions.

§ 1250
Asset Class 00.3
Land Improvement
– 15 Years
Wall Coverings -
Permanent

Includes interior and exterior
paint; ceramic or quarry tile,
marble, stone, brick, and other
§ 1250 RRP – 27.5 Years
NRRP – 39 Years

320

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD

finishes affixed with mortar,
cement, or grout; paneling,
wainscoting and other wood
finishes affixed with nails,
screws, or permanent
adhesives; and sanitary kitchen
wall panels such as fiberglass,
stainless steel, and plastic wall
panels.


Wall Coverings -
Nonpermanent

Strippable wallpaper that
causes no damage to the
underlying wall or wall surface.
§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Walls – Exterior
Includes all exterior walls and
building support regardless of
construction materials. Exterior
walls may include columns,
posts, beams, girders, curtain
walls, tilt up panels, studs,
framing, sheetrock, insulation,
windows, doors, exterior façade,
brick, masonry, etc.

§ 1250

RRP – 27.5 Years
NRRP – 39 Years
Walls – Interior

Includes all load bearing interior
partitions regardless of
construction. Also includes non-
load bearing partitions
regardless of height (typically
constructed of studs and
sheetrock or other materials)
that divide or create rooms or
provide traffic control. Includes
rough carpentry and plaster, dry
wall or gypsum board, and other
finishes.


§ 1250
RRP – 27.5 Years
NRRP – 39 Years
Walls Interior Partitions

Interior walls where the partition
can be 1) readily removed and
remain in substantially the same
condition after removal as
before, or 2) intended to be
moved and reused, stored, or
sold in their entirety.

§ 1245
Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years
Windows
Exterior windows, including
residential, office/clubhouse,
and building windows, and
exterior glass partitions
expansion joints and moisture
barriers.
§ 1250 RRP – 27.5 Years
NRRP – 39 Years

321

ASSET RESIDENTIAL RENTAL
DESCRIPTION
PROPERTY
TYPE
RECOVERY
PERIOD
Window Treatments

Window treatments such as
drapes, curtains, louver, blinds,
post construction tinting and
interior decorative theme décor
which are readily removable.

§ 1245

Asset Class 57.0
Distributive Trades
and Services – 5
Years

322

Exceptions & meaning →

VIII. Chapter 8 - Issue Specific Guidance

A. Electrical Distribution System

A.1. Introduction

(1) This chapter provides procedures for the proper allocation of a building’s

electrical distribution system (EDS) in connection with a cost segregation study. To properly identify, separate and allocate the costs of a building’s overall EDS, various sources of information are relied on such as engineering design practices and terminology, case law, and Internal Revenue Service (IRS or Service) guidance.

(2) The method discussed herein, the functional allocation approach, has been

developed over decades by various courts. See Section A.3, Legal Background.

(3) Although this chapter utilizes/references the functional allocation approach, a

taxpayer may use other methods to reasonably allocate a building’s EDS to § 1245 property or § 1250 property. If a taxpayer properly uses the functional allocation approach outlined within this chapter to allocate the costs associated with a building’s EDS, the allocation should not be challenged and no adjustments to categorization and lives of the various components of the EDS are necessary.

(4) If the taxpayer either purports to follow the functional allocation method, but its

method differs from that outlined within this chapter or allocates the costs of its EDS under a method other than the functional allocation method, the examiner should risk assess the position and determine if further examination is warranted. In such case, advice from an Engineer should be requested.

(5) Note 1.1: Examiners should carefully consider the extent to which a detailed

examination of this issue is viable without engineering support.

Exceptions & meaning →

A.2. Definitions and Building Electrical System Illustration

(1) The following definitions were derived from published court decisions with some

additional industry terms for clarification.

(2) Connected Load - an Industry term used for the actual power required by the

specific circuit to safely operate the attached end-use equipment. This is the unfactored load of the branch circuit but is the load to which the Demand Factor is applied to get the Demand Load. See Section 4 of this chapter.

(3) Demand Load - an Industry term used for the factored load for the design of

the overall electrical system of a building. The demand factors used are applied to the EDS portions of the electrical system (NEC Article 220) and are a key part in the design and cost of a building’s EDS. See Section 4 of this chapter.

(4) Functional Allocation Approach - term coined by courts to describe how a

building’s EDS is allocated proportionally by electrical Demand Load to the various items served. This approach was first utilized in the case of Scott Paper

323

v. Commissioner, 74 T.C. 137 (1980) to allocate the EDS between § 1245 property and § 1250 property.

(5) Overall Electrical System - the entire electrical system of a building that

includes the Primary EDS, the Secondary EDS, and the branch circuits including the wires that provide the connections to the end-use equipment “hook-ups.”

(6) The following terms are for the various portions of a building’s overall electrical

system, defined below and shown on Figure 2.1:

  • Primary EDS - the electrical equipment that receives the electrical service from the outside source (power utility company) to the main distribution panels (MDPs) and transformers (also known as “switchgear” on large building projects), that deliver power at the correct voltages to the secondary EDS. This includes large feeder circuits, power service entrance equipment, transformers, and conduit. In some instances, motor control centers, power transfer switches and meters are included.

  • Secondary EDS - the electrical equipment that brings the electrical power from the MDP to the local distribution panels that feed the branch circuits. There are typically several distribution panels in a building facility, each one constituting a part of the secondary EDS for its specific function or location. (There are two separate systems shown in the Figure 2.1, L1 – “Lighting” and P1- “Power.”) This includes feeder circuits leading from the MDP to the secondary distribution panels and any transformers in between. It also includes subpanels, whose power is fed from a secondary distribution panel, for servicing specific equipment in areas such as kitchens, laundry rooms or even specialty lighting panels.

(7) For small buildings, the power from the electrical utility generally feeds directly

to a main electrical panel instead of an MDP or transformer, thus eliminating the primary and secondary designation. In any case, the EDS should be allocated in the same manner, by design load of the end-user equipment as defined below.

  • Branch Circuits - the electrical connections between a distribution or subpanel and the final electrical device. This includes wire and conduit, junction boxes, wall switches, cut-off switches, duplex outlets (receptacles), quad outlets, specific NEMA outlets (alternate plug configurations), and special connections to lights, appliances, and end-use equipment. Branch circuits are not part of the building EDS.

    • Hook-Ups - the labor and materials necessary to make an electrical connection from the power source to the end-use equipment. This could be as simple as the act of plugging an electrical plug into an electrical outlet, or a more complex task like “hard wiring” appliance motors to junction boxes (j-boxes) or connecting light fixtures with flexible conduit

324

and wiring to a j-box connected to a three-way electrical on/off switch. Hook-ups are not part of the building EDS.

  • End-use equipment “consumptive devices” - the actual equipment, machinery, or appliances to which the overall electrical system provides power. This could include process equipment (such as manufacturing machinery), building equipment (such as lighting, HVAC, and outlets for general accessibility), or other personal property (such as computers, printers, ovens, lamps etc.). This equipment is not part of the building EDS.

(8) Note 2.1: Risk Analysis Item – Some buildings and facilities may not have a

substantial amount of cost in the EDS, such as in a renovation of an existing building. Therefore, a risk assessment should always be made to see if the project warrants such in-depth analysis.

(9) Figure 2.1 shows a simple illustration of a building’s electrical distribution

system from the power source to the end use equipment. From right to left: the Primary EDS - electrical power source comes from the utility company through the main power feeder into the Main Distribution Panel (MDP). Secondary EDSfrom there the power is split to two electrical panels via two feeder circuits; one to panel P1 for Power, and the second to panel L1 for lighting. These constitute the entire EDS for the illustration. Branch Circuits - from these panels power is fed via branch circuits to junction boxes or “J-boxes”. From these J-boxes there are circuits connecting to the hook-ups for the end-use equipment in the interior of a building room. The P1 panel j-box feeds to two separate wall outlets; one for equipment and the other to machinery or appliance. The L1 panel j-box feeds to two separate ceiling lights layed into the ceiling tile. The interior of the building room has the hook-ups to the End-Use equipment or consumptive devises used in that room; the two lights in the ceiling and the wall outlets for the equipment and the machinery or equipment.

(10) Figure 2.1

325

Exceptions & meaning →

A.4. Functional Allocation – Illustration

(1) Step 1 of the audit, as outlined in Scott Paper, is to determine whether the

components of the EDS are inherently permanent structures by applying the six-factor Whiteco test. See Whiteco Industries, Inc. v. Commissioner, 65 T.C. 664 (1975). Accordingly, one needs to determine whether each component constitutes “tangible personal property” or “other tangible property,” rather than a “building,” or a “structural component.” See Morrison, 891 F.2d at 860-861.

(2) Step 2 of the audit is to determine if the EDS serves the operation and

maintenance of a building or if it serves to supply power for the taxpayer’s tangible personal property or other tangible property. It is possible that the EDS, or certain components thereof, may serve both purposes.

(3) Step 3 of the audit is to use the functional allocation approach as illustrated

below. All of the types of property served by the EDS must be analyzed and their costs should be allocated proportionally by electrical demand load to the various items served. The building’s electrical design plans must be studied to perform this step.

(4) Step 4 of the audit is to record and tally the electrical demand load for every

item of § 1245 property as well as every item of § 1250 property. Once the entire electrical demand load is totaled, the proportion of § 1245 property versus § 1250 property of the EDS can be determined.

(5) Please note that there are vast differences in the physical characteristics and

engineering design criteria between a large manufacturing plant and a public building such as an office building, retail store, or restaurant.

(6) NOTE 4.1 : It is highly advised to verify the total cost of the EDS before applying

resources and personnel to perform the following tasks. In certain instances,

328

the total costs of the system may not warrant significant resources allocated to such an in-depth analysis.

(7) NOTE 4.2 : The electrical drawings or “Plans” of the building contain vital

information for this approach. The electrical panel schedules and the “Electrical Load Summary” or “Calculation” (per the National Electric Code (NEC)) are required to be included in the electrical drawings and should be used as source documents for all calculations. All Watts or volt-amps should match to the totals shown on the calculation or panels.

(8) It is NOT appropriate to use a residual method to analyze the loads of the

building. It is highly recommended that a qualified and knowledgeable person, such as an engineer, perform the analysis.

  • Load Analysis Located on Electrical Plans:

  • Generally, there is a table included on the plans for a building facility that will provide the total amount of power intended to be used by the facility. This table shows the load requirements of National Electric Code (NEC) Article 220 “Branch-Circuit, Feeder, and Service Calculations” and is referred to in the industry as the “Electrical Load Calculation.” The city or municipality typically requires this calculation in the plan review stage before the project is approved for construction by the city. The building contractor typically cannot begin construction without this information.

    • This table serves many functions: 1) it lets the municipality know the amount of power the facility is intended to use for the proper permits and fees to be set on a project; 2) the local power company must be aware of the power consumption of the facility to know how, or if, it will affect the local power grid thereby getting sufficient time to make the proper preparations, if needed; and 3) the designers of the electrical system of the facility and the electrical engineers use this information to properly size the necessary equipment so the capacity of the system is adequate to provide for the power requirements of the building and also the required fire code and safety standards.

    • The Electrical Load Schedule or Calculation is typically located with the electrical drawings of the building’s plans or “Blueprints” as commonly known. Usually, it is on or close to the “One-Line Diagram” of the entire building’s power system or is included on the Electrical Panel Schedules. The following table shows an example of an electrical load calculation for

a large supermarket with a resta • Table 4.1: Large Supermarket E aurant, bakery, Electrical Load , deli, and other Calculation r areas.
Load Description Connect Watts Demand Factor Demand Load
Heating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 1,320,000 100% 1,320,000
Refrigerator & Freezer Equipment 700,000 100% 700,000
Lunch Counter/Restaurant 125,000 50% 62,500

329

Load Description Connect Watts Demand Factor Demand Load
Customer Service and Office 105,000 70% 73,500
Interior Lighting 85,000 100% 85,000
Bakery/Deli Department 120,000 50% 60,000
Generator Back-Up Emerg. Power 55,000 100% 55,000
Display Signs/Exterior Lighting 46,000 100% 46,000
Cardboard Balers 51,000 100% 51,000
Misc. Backroom Items 60,000 70% 42,000
Meat Cutting Department (Butcher) 50,000 70% 35,000
Trash Compactors 21,000 100% 21,000
Cash Registers 15,000 80% 12,000
Rolling Refrigerated Cases (Floor
Receptacles)
4,000 20% 800
Totals

2,757,000

2,563,800

the item were to run at 100% capacity. The “Demand Factor” is a diversity factor applied to the power usage of that equipment for the design of the feeders and other parts of the EDS. The NEC Article 220 provides guideline Demand Factors (diversity factors or percentages) that are to be used as a minimum for calculating a demand load on the feeders and service of a building, or the EDS (see Note 4.2a.). All states and municipalities in the U.S. have adopted some version of the NEC as the minimum requirement for electrical construction in their region.

  • In the electrical design industry, “Demand Load” means the factored load for the design of the overall electrical system. In general, the items that require full 100% demand load are the dedicated pieces of equipment that are: 1) necessary to operate at all times, at near full capacity during operation; or 2) required by the NEC to be designed at full capacity. The lower “demand” percentages are placed on non-crucial equipment that may only be turned on part of the time during the operation of the facility. For example, not every outlet in a building will have equipment plugged into it at all times, or there may be equipment plugged in but turned off, and there may also be many outlets that remain entirely unused. The NEC specifies a minimum Demand Factor to be applied, about 50-70%, which is intended to approximate real-world scenarios, but still allow for safe operation of the entire system.

  • NOTE 4.2a: These Demand Factors are not used for designing the branch circuits which must comply with the required circuit design in NEC Article 220 Part I. However, the Demand Factors are applied to feeders and

330

service (EDS) under specific NEC tables and rules as covered in NEC Article 220 Parts II, III, and IV.

  • The total demand load determines the size and type of electrical power service required to supply the facility. This information is also used to specify the proper sizes of the electrical equipment; conductors (wires), circuit breakers, transformers, switchgear, capacitors, conduit, etc., so the system will work safely during peak operating hours of the facility. The size of the equipment directly affects the cost of the equipment installed and is the primary focus of the proper basis of § 1245 property in the functional allocation approach.

  • NOTE 4.3: An energy usage study, measured in kilowatt-hours (kWh), which is performed for energy efficiency purposes by measuring the amount of energy used within a specified period, is a completely different study from the demand load analysis performed when designing and sizing building electrical equipment. The energy efficiency study should not be used as part of the functional allocation approach.

  • Watts versus Volt-Amperes – Power Factor

  • The load calculation in Scott Paper is illustrated with units of kilovoltamperes (kVA). The typical electrical load schedule for a building may be seen with units in kVA or in kilowatts (kW), or both.

  • The difference is something called a power factor. The kilowatts can be easily converted to kVA by the simple formula: Kilowatts = kilovoltAmperes X Power Factor,

  • Or simply: kW = kVA x pf

  • For the purposes of this chapter, the power factors will be assumed to equal “1”; therefore, kW will equal kVA.

  • Accordingly, an analysis of a building’s EDS using units in kVA or in kW will yield the same results. However, the units may not be mixed, and one must be consistent with the unit used.

  • Item Cost versus Electrical Load

  • The costs of the individual portions of the building overall electrical system are usually addressed in the cost segregation study. These costs are either estimated using costing data or are taken directly from general or electrical contractor payment records.

  • The costs of the individual branch circuits for the end-use equipment are usually addressed in the detailed estimate of the cost segregation study. The circuits to the qualified § 1245 property are typically identified and are allocated to that property.

  • The total costs of the entire building’s EDS, including all the transformers, panels, subpanels, feeder circuits, etc., must be distinguished in the cost segregation study and must reconcile with the amount actually paid by the taxpayer for the corresponding electrical system.

331

  • The functional allocation approach uses the electrical loads, not the costs of the specified circuits, to determine the proper portion of the EDS that is allocable to § 1245 property.

  • As an example, for the supermarket electrical load calculation in Table 4.1, the cost segregation study shows $2,500,000 in costs for the entire electrical contract for the project. This is verified on the Taxpayer’s cost records for the construction project. A study of the individual items in the Electrical Contract reveal that the primary EDS costs are $500,000, the secondary EDS costs are $500,000, the branch circuits are $1.1 million, and the various hook-ups to the end-use equipment are $400,000.

  • The cost that will be involved in the functional allocation is the $1,000,000 for the combined primary and secondary distribution system costs. The asset classification of the remaining $1.5 million of the electrical contract consisting of branch circuit and equipment hook-up costs identified in the cost segregation study follow the same recovery period as the dedicated end-use equipment or as the building if they relate to the operation thereof.

  • Example 1 – Large Supermarket

  • Steps 1 and 2. Using the electrical load calculation in Table 4.1, the field examination of the grocery store facility and an end-use analysis from the information on the electrical plans for the building show the following facts:

o The exhaust fans for the kitchen pull 100,000 of the Connected Watts

of the HVAC’s total 1,320,000 Connected Watts. Therefore, the HVAC load must be split between § 1245 and § 1250 property.

o The Refrigerator & Freezer Compressors were found to qualify as §

1245 property, as well as the Display Signs/Exterior Lighting, Cardboard Balers, Trash Compactors and Cash Registers. These loads do not need to be split; they are all for § 1245 property.

o For the Lunch Counter/Restaurant, only 35,000 of the 125,000

Connected Watts are dedicated to qualifying § 1245 property. The remainder are for general use and do not qualify as § 1245 property. The Lunch Counter/Restaurant load should be split between § 1245 and § 1250 property.

o The Customer Service/Office end-use equipment was all found to be

electrical outlets for general use and accessibility and should remain as § 1250 property. The Interior Lighting, Generator, and Backroom electrical were all found to be for § 1250 property as well. These loads do not need to be split; they are all for § 1250 property.

o In the meat cutting department, 30,000 of the 50,000 total Watts were

found to be for dedicated § 1245 equipment, the remainder are for electrical outlets of general use and do not qualify as § 1245 property. This item load should be split between § 1245 and § 1250 property.

332

o The circuits for the floor outlets labeled as “Rolling Refr. Cases” served

also for regular maintenance equipment such as floor polishers, and vacuums. The IRS and the Taxpayer agree that this item should be split 50/50 as § 1245 and § 1250 property. Therefore, this item load should be split between § 1245 and § 1250 property.

  • Step 3. Table 4.2, below, shows the resulting Personal Property/Real Property split for each line item on the Load Calculation of Table 4.1. The functional allocation calculation concentrates on the demand loads. Therefore, the connected loads should be multiplied by the corresponding Demand Factor to achieve the Demand Watts. The total Demand for this project is 2,563,800 Watts.

o Each line item is allocated to either Personal Property (§ 1245

property) or Real Property (§ 1250 property) based on their qualifying demand loads. The line items that required splitting and allocation between personal property and real property are shown on Table 4.2 with the § 1245 property in italics. The Load % shown on the table is the items portion of the total 2,563,800 Demand Watts.

o Taking the HVAC as an example, the total Connected Watts is

1,320,000 with a Demand Factor of 100%. The 100,000 Watts for the kitchen exhaust fans is separated as qualified § 1245 personal property and the remaining 1,220,000 Watts is for § 1250 real property.

o These are both proportioned to the total Demand Watts to calculate

their percent allocation:

o Load % for 1250 HVAC: Demand Watts HVAC/Total Demand Watts

Building = 1,220,000 ÷ 2,563,800 = 47.6%

o Load % for Kitchen Equipment: Demand Watts Kt. Equip/Tot. Demand

Watts Building = 100,000 ÷ 2,563,800 = 3.9%

o Each line item on the Load Calculation is allocated according to the

facts and circumstances found in the examination. The results are shown on Table 4.2.

  • Step 4. Each load line item was examined and the demand load for the § 1245 property was separated from the demand load for the § 1250 property. The segregated totals are shown on the bottom of Table 4.2. The total portion of the electrical load determined to be for the § 1245 property is 38.4%.

o Applying this percentage to the total cost of the building primary and

secondary EDS, $1,000,000, yields the correct basis of the § 1245 portion of the EDS:

333

$1,000,000 X 38.4% = $384,000

o The remaining EDS costs, 61.6% or $616,000 would be allocated to §

1250 property.

o Therefore, the functional allocation of the building’s EDS yields:

o § 1245 Property $384,000 + § 1250 Property $616,000 = Total Cost

Elect. Dist. System $1,000,000

o These totals are then added to the results of the branch circuit and

equipment hook up allocation to get the total § 1245 and 1250 allocation of the entire electrical portion of the building project.

o Table 4.2 - 1250/1245 Analysis of Large Supermarket

Load Description Connected
Watts
Demand
Factor
Demand
Watts
Load % Personal
Property
Real
Property
Heat, Vent., & Air
Cond. (HVAC)
1,220,000 100% 1,220,000 47.6% 47.6%
Kitchen Exhaust Fan
100,000
100% 100,000 3.9% 3.9%
Refrigerator &
Freezer Equip. –
Compressors
700,000 100% 700,000 27.3% 27.3%
Lunch
Counter/Restaurant
90,000 50% 45,000 1.8% 1.8%
Dedicated Circuits to
Kitchen Equip.
35,000 50% 17,500 0.7% 0.7%
Customer
Service/Office
105,000 70% 73,500 2.9% 2.9%
Dedicated Circuits to
Office Equip.
- 70% - 0.0% 0.0%
Interior Lighting 85,000 100% 85,000 3.3% 3.3%
Bakery/Deli
Department
90,000 50% 45,000 1.8% 1.8%
Dedicated Circuits to
Deli Equip.
30,000 50% 15,000 0.6% 0.6%
Generator Back-Up
Emerg. Power
55,000 100% 55,000 2.1% 2.1%
Display Signs/Ext.
Lighting
46,000 100% 46,000 1.8% 1.8%
Cardboard Balers 51,000 100% 51,000 2.0% 2.0%
Misc. Backroom
Items
60,000 70% 42,000 1.6% 1.6%
Meat
Cutting/Seafood
Dept.
20,000 70% 14,000 0.5% 0.5%

334

Load Description Connected
Watts
Demand
Factor
Demand
Watts
Load % Personal
Property
Real
Property
Dedicated Circuits to
Meat Equip.
30,000 70% 21,000 0.8% 0.8%
Trash Compactors 21,000 100% 21,000 0.8% 0.8%
Cash Registers 15,000 80% 12,000 0.5% 0.5%
Rolling Refr. Floor
Recpts.
2,000 20% 400 0.01% 0.01%
Dedicated
Receptacles - 1245
2,000 20% 400 0.01% 0.01%
Totals

2,757,000

2,563,800
100.00%
38.4%
61.6%

o Once the functional allocation of the EDS is complete, you will need to

determine the depreciation deduction for the § 1245 property portion of the EDS. The depreciation deduction for tangible property placed in service after 1986 generally is determined under § 168 using a prescribed depreciation method, recovery period, and convention. The applicable recovery period is determined by reference to class life or by statute.

o Revenue Procedure 87-56, 1987-2 C.B. 674, sets forth the class lives

of property that are necessary to compute the depreciation allowances under § 168. The revenue procedure establishes two broad categories of depreciable assets: 1) asset classes 00.11 through 00.4 that consist of specific assets used in all business activities; and 2) asset classes 01.1 through 80.0 that consist of assets used in specific business activities. The same item of depreciable property can be described in both an asset category (asset classes 00.11 through 00.4) and an activity class (asset classes 01.1 through 80.0), in which case the item is classified in the asset category. See Norwest Corp. & Subs. v. Commissioner, 111 T.C. 105 (1998) (items described in both an asset and an activity category should be placed in the asset category).

o If a particular asset is used in more than one activity, the cost of the

asset is not allocated between the two activities. Rather, the total cost of the asset will be classified according to the activity in which the asset is primarily used, regardless of whether the activity is insubstantial in relation to all the taxpayer’s activities. For example, if a taxpayer operates a hotel/casino, decorative lighting used in the casino area would be classified in activity class 79.0, Recreation, with a 7year recovery period whereas decorative lighting used in the hotel lobby area would be classified in activity class 57.0, Distributive Trades and Services, with a 5-year recovery period. Also, for depreciation

335

purposes, the lessor of assets generally classifies such assets according to the activity they are primarily used in by the lessee.

Exceptions & meaning →

A.5. Summary

(1) The Courts have accepted the functional allocation approach and have used it

in different types of buildings. The appropriate application of this approach is complex and labor intensive. It entails: Determining the proper cost of the specific parts of the overall EDS, includes the hook-ups, branch circuits, various sections of the secondary EDS, and the primary EDS, analyzing the over-all electrical demand load for the building, and allocating the primary and secondary EDS to § 1245 and § 1250 appropriately.

(2) The costs of the hook-ups and branch circuits that service building related

items, such as HVAC, power outlets for general use, lighting, and other building services, should be recovered over the recovery period of the building. The costs of the hook-ups and branch circuits that supply power to dedicated machinery and equipment used as an integral part of the taxpayer’s business should be recovered over the appropriate recovery periods of the equipment that they serve based on § 168 and Rev. Proc. 87-56.

(3) The primary and secondary EDS components of a building or other inherently

permanent structure used in the operation or maintenance of the building or necessary to provide general building services (such as lighting, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, etc.), including electrical outlets of general applicability and accessibility, are § 1250 property and are recovered over the same recovery period as the building.

(4) Examiners are encouraged to risk assess the taxpayer’s EDS allocation using

the analyses discussed in this chapter to verify that the claimed functional allocation method is applied correctly and that it yields the appropriate percentage for § 1245 property portion of the EDS of the building.

(5) If the taxpayer uses a correct functional allocation approach as illustrated in this

chapter to define which parts of a building’s primary and secondary EDS were designed to service § 1245 property, the examiner should not challenge the use of the functional allocation approach.

Exceptions & meaning →

B. Stand-Alone Open-Air Parking Structures

B.1. Introduction

(1) The IRS and the taxpayer agree that stand-alone open-air parking structures

are inherently permanent. Accordingly, the issue is whether these parking structures are buildings or land improvements for depreciation purposes. Taxpayer asserts that the parking structures are land improvements with a 15year recovery period and 150% declining balance method of depreciation (under GDS) while the IRS asserts that the parking structures are buildings with a 39-year recovery period and straight-line method of depreciation (under GDS).

336

(2) The specialized Uniform Issue List (UIL) code for this issue regarding the

proper classification of a stand-alone open-air parking structure is: 168.20-00.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.2. Description of Stand-Alone Open-Air Parking Structures

(1) Open-air parking structures have been constructed since the mid-1950s. Stand alone open-air parking structures typically provide multi-level parking accessed by a ramp system. These parking structures have at least two sides that are approximately 50 percent open to the outside because they were designed to eliminate the need for heating and ventilation systems. Aside from those vehicles parked on the top level, the vehicles are protected from sun, rain, and snow. Moreover, drivers and passengers are protected from these elements as well as from ice and to some degree, wind. In almost all parking structures, the top, exposed level has the fewest vehicles.

(2) The parking structures are normally constructed of concrete and supported by

steel-reinforced concrete pillars. The garages have foundations, concrete decks, steel-reinforced concrete support pillars, partial walls, concrete ramps connecting each floor, concrete wheel stops, bollards, and guardrails. Some have underground parking levels, which have full walls. The parking structures typically have hydraulic elevators and internal stairwells (every parking structure is required by the Uniform Building Code to have a minimum of two means of egress (stairs) which are separated from each other). The elevator mechanical systems (hydraulics and motors) are housed in an equipment room located adjacent to the elevators.

(3) The parking structures also have interior lighting (pole-mounted lighting on the

top level), security cameras, fire sprinklers (depending on the height and area of the structure), and signage to facilitate safe and speedy evacuations during an emergency. While fires in parking structures are generally more related to the vehicles parked within them than to the typical structural materials, the fire system (if required by code provisions) is usually comprised of the fire alarm wiring, pull stations, strobes, annunciators, and exit signage. Many parking structures have a separate area or room for electric metering and switching.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.3. Applicable Tax Law

(1) § 168 set forth the MACRS depreciation system. MACRS generally applies to

tangible property placed in service after December 31, 1986. § 168(a) provides that the depreciation deduction provided by § 167(a) for any tangible property is determined by using the applicable depreciation method, recovery period, and convention. Under MACRS, the recovery period of property is determined by reference to its class life or by statute.

(2) Nonresidential real property is § 1250 property that is not (1) residential rental

property or (2) property with a class life of less than 27.5 years. § 168(e)(2)(B). § 1250 property is any real property (other than § 1245 property, as defined in § 1245(a)(3)) which is or has been property of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in §§ 167, 168(i)(12) and 1250(c). The cost

337

of nonresidential real property placed in service after May 12, 1993, is generally recovered over 39 years.

(3) Taxpayers argue that stand-alone open-air parking structures are land

improvements, with a recovery period generally of 15 years. Land improvements are defined in Rev. Proc. 87-56, 1987 2 C.B. 687 (Asset Class 00.3), which states, “Includes improvements directly to or added to land, whether such improvements are § 1245 property or § 1250 property, provided such improvements are depreciable. Examples of such assets include sidewalks, roads, canals, waterways, drainage facilities, sewers (not including municipal sewers in Class 51), wharves and docks, bridges, fences, landscaping, shrubbery, or radio and television transmitting towers. Does not include land improvements that are explicitly included in any other class, and buildings and structural components as defined in § 1.48-1(e) of the regulations....”

(4) Therefore, if these parking structures are buildings, they are not land

improvements.

(5) The determination of whether a structure constitutes a building is based on the

definition of a building in Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1). The regulation provides, “The term ‘building’ generally means any structure or edifice enclosing a space within its walls, and usually covered by a roof, the purpose of which is, for example, to provide shelter or housing, or to provide working, office, parking, display, or sales space. The term includes, for example, structures such as apartment houses, factory and office buildings, warehouses, barns, garages, railway or bus stations, and stores. …” [emphasis added]

(6) In Yellow Freight System, Inc. v. Commissioner, 538 F.2d 790, 795-796 (8th

Cir. 1976), the court noted, “This regulation conforms to the congressional understanding of the term “building,” see The Technical Explanation of the Bill, U.S. Code Cong. & Admin. News pp. 3439, 3456 (1962), and follows Congress' intent that the term “building” be given its commonly accepted meaning.” Thus, for depreciation purposes, the term “building” is given its commonly accepted meaning.

(7) The regulation has been interpreted by various courts to include an appearance

test and a function test. The first part of the definition (“any structure or edifice enclosing a space within its walls, and usually covered by a roof”) is known as the appearance test. The second part of the definition (“the purpose of which is, for example, to provide shelter or housing, or to provide working, office, parking, display, or sales space”) is known as the function test.

(8) Taxpayers and the Service disagree on whether a stand-alone, open-air parking

structure satisfies this two-part definition of a “building” under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1).

Exceptions & meaning →

B.4. Parties Positions

(1) Taxpayers contend that the parking structures, if not connected to an actual

building, are land improvements with a 15-year recovery period. However,

338

Taxpayers agree that parking structures connected to a building have a 39-year recovery period.

(2) Taxpayers argue that stand-alone, open-air parking structures do not meet the

definition of a building because they fail the appearance test. Specifically, taxpayers argue that a stand-alone, open-air parking structures fail the appearance test because they: 1) do not contain walls or a roof for the specific purpose of sheltering people or vehicles; 2) are open to the elements (weather); and 3) do not have many of the structural components of a building and/or do not share structural supporting elements with a building.

(3) Taxpayers further argue that stand-alone, open-air parking structures do not

meet the definition of a building because they fail the function test. They argue that courts analyze the function test by determining whether the structure provides more-than-incidental shelter or working space for humans or machinery, which is more than merely incidental to the principal function of the structure. Taxpayers assert that the structures do not provide shelter for significant machinery and the limited human activity in the structures is incidental to the garage’s principal function of temporary vehicle storage. Furthermore, for functional purposes, taxpayers analogize the structures to paved surface parking lots that happen to be stacked one atop the other.

(4) The Service’s position is that stand-alone, open-air parking structures constitute

buildings with a 39-year recovery period.

(5) The Service argues that stand-alone, open-air parking structures fall within the

definition of a “building” because they satisfy the appearance test. Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1) states that the term “building” generally means a structure enclosing a space within its walls, and usually covered by a roof. The regulation section does not require a structure to have walls or a roof to be classified as a building. However, the Service asserts that a stand-alone, open-air parking structure does enclose a space within its walls. Even though the structures’ exterior walls do not extend from floor to ceiling, the partial, exterior walls separate the structure from the surrounding area and enclose vehicles within it. Moreover, stand-alone open-air parking structures possess structural components that are naturally associated with a “building.”

(6) The Service further argues that stand-alone, open-air parking structures fall

within the definition of a building because they satisfy the function test. Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1) provides that a structure constitutes a building if the purpose of the structure is, for example, to provide shelter or housing, or to provide working, office, parking, display, or sales space. The regulation section does not require a structure to meet all possible building functions to satisfy the function test. In the current case, the parking structures at issue clearly provide parking space, which is one of the functions specifically enumerated in Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1). Furthermore, the structures shelter the parked vehicles from sun and precipitation.

339

Exceptions & meaning →

B.5. Analysis

(1) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e) is clear and unambiguous in providing that the term

“building” includes structures such as garages and structures the purpose of which is to provide parking space. Since garages and parking structures are explicitly included in the definition of a building under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e), this should end the inquiry as to whether a parking structure is considered a building.

(2) Although it is clear and unambiguous that garages and parking structures

constitute buildings under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e), taxpayers attempt to introduce ambiguity into the definition of a building with regard to parking structures. The paragraphs below address the arguments raised by taxpayers.

  • Function Test

o The function test under Treas. Reg. § 48-1(e)(1) requires the structure

or edifice to provide shelter or housing, or to provide working, office, parking, display, or sales space. The stand-alone open-air parking structures clearly provide parking space. Taxpayers may argue that the parking structures fail the function test because they do not provide workspace or shelter. However, Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1) does not require a structure to meet all of the possible building functions and does clearly state that providing a parking space is a building function. Further, open-air parking structures do provide shelter for the vehicles from sun and precipitation, especially those located in the interior portion of the structure. They similarly provide shelter for drivers and passengers when entering and exiting the vehicles.

  • Appearance Test

o The appearance test under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1) requires a

structure or edifice enclosing a space within its walls, and usually covered by a roof. A stand-alone open-air parking structure clearly encloses a space within its walls. The walls of a parking structure separate the parking structure from the surrounding area and enclose vehicles within the structure. While it is not mandatory that a structure have a roof under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1), the top level of a standalone open-air parking structure is simply a useable roof.

o Taxpayers argue that stand-alone open-air parking structures are

different than normal parking garages, and that these structures do not meet the definition of a building because they fail the appearance test. As mentioned above, taxpayers argue that the stand-alone open-air parking structures fail the appearance test because they: 1) do not contain walls or a roof for the specific purpose of sheltering people or vehicles; 2) are open to the elements (weather); and 3) do not have

340

many of the structural components of a building or do not share structural supporting elements with a building.

o Walls or Roof

  • To support their no roof theory, taxpayers claim that each new level

in the parking structure does not constitute a roof for the level below. However, the levels constitute something like a ceiling, much the same way each floor in any other building serves as a ceiling for the level below. Lighting, signage and, if required, fire systems are attached to the bottom side of each new level. The only level that does not have a ceiling is the rarely-used top level. The top level is simply a useable roof, much like a rooftop deck on an apartment building.

  • Even stand-alone open-air parking structures normally have walls,

although the exterior walls do not extend to the ceiling except when required for support. The walls are necessary to prevent cars from driving off the side. A number of cases have held that walls are not necessary. See Consolidated Freightways, Inc. v. Commissioner, 708 F.2d 1385 (9th Cir. 1983), affg. in relevant part 74 T.C. 768 (1980) (loading docks without permanent walls were buildings under the appearance test; this result applies even if there were no overhead doors.); Yellow Freight System, Inc. v. Commissioner, 538 F.2d 790, 795-796 (8th Cir. 1976) (similarly; lack of clearly discernible walls was not controlling); Rev. Rul. 79406, 1979-2 C.B. 18 (car wash is a building, despite lack of exterior walls on two sides of the structure).

o Open to Elements

  • Even stand-alone open-air parking structures are not entirely open

to the elements — they have a roof and partial walls. These walls may not extend to the ceiling but are high enough to shield vehicles from most precipitation and some wind. The properties in Consolidated Freightways and Yellow Freight System were classified as buildings despite the lack of permanent walls. These parking structures are large enough so that only those vehicles closest to the edges may get wet if it rains. It is true that these parking structures usually lack heat and air conditioning, but the lack of temperature control cannot be sufficient to establish that a structure is not a building.

o Structural Components or Structural Supporting Components

341

  • The taxpayers sometimes argue that stand-alone open-air parking

structures do not have many of the structural components of a building provided under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(2) and, therefore, are not a building. Parking structures have walls, floors, elevators, stairs, sprinkler systems, fire escapes, and electric wiring and lighting fixtures. While these parking structures lack some of the structural components listed in Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(2), the regulation does not require that all listed structural components are needed in a structure to classify it as a building.

  • The taxpayers also sometimes state that stand-alone open-air

parking structures do not share structural supporting elements with a building. They apparently make this statement because they are aware that property may be other property and not a building but still be treated as a structural component of a building. Illinois Cereal Mills, Inc. v. Commissioner, 789 F.2d 1234, 1239 (7th Cir. 1986). Taxpayers, however, typically agree that if an open-air parking structure shares a wall or other structural supporting elements with another building, then it should be classified as a building. Moreover, the position of the Service is that the parking structures are themselves buildings such that the Service does not argue that the parking structures are structural components of buildings.

  • Taxpayers do not cite any support for their position that a structure,

which functions as a building, is not a building.

  • Finally, properly maintained and built open-air parking structures

can be expected to perform well for 25 to more than 40 years.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.6. Penalties

(1) An accuracy-related penalty for a substantial understatement of income tax

should be considered if the understatement is substantial; and as an alternative, in the light of the lack of support for the taxpayer position, an accuracy-related penalty for negligence or disregard of rules or regulations should be strongly considered.

  • Substantial Understatement

o § 6662(b)(2) imposes a twenty percent accuracy-related penalty that

applies to any substantial understatement of income tax. § 6662(d) defines substantial understatement differently for corporations (other than S corporations and personal holding companies) from the definition for non-corporate taxpayers. For corporations, there is a substantial understatement for a taxable year if the understatement exceeds the lesser of (i) 10 percent of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year (or, if greater, $10,000), or (ii)

342

$10,000,000. Section 6662(d)(1)(B). For S corporations, personal holding companies, and all non-corporate taxpayers, there is a substantial understatement if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of (i) 10 percent of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year, or (ii) $5,000. See § 6662(d)(1)(A).

o For purposes of § 6662(d)(1), the term understatement means the

excess of (i) the amount of tax required to be shown on the return, over (ii) the amount of tax imposed which is shown on the return, reduced by any rebate (within the meaning of § 6211(b)(2)). § 6662(d)(2). To the extent that a taxpayer has substantial authority for the reported tax treatment or adequately discloses that treatment in the return or on a statement attached to the return and there is a reasonable basis for the tax treatment of the item, the amount of the understatement is reduced. See § 6662(d)(2)(B).

o Where a substantial understatement exists, its proof is a matter of

establishing that the amount of tax required to be shown on the return exceeds the amount of tax shown on the return (reduced by any rebates), and whether the difference surpasses the relevant threshold provided in § 6662(d)(1)(A) or (B). This proof is simpler than making the case for the accuracy-related penalty for negligence or disregard, discussed below, and should be pursued where the facts support its assertion.

  • Negligence

o § 6662(b)(1) imposes a twenty percent accuracy-related penalty that

applies to the portion of any underpayment of tax attributable to negligence or disregard of rules or regulations.

o Negligence under § 6662 includes any failure to make a reasonable

attempt to comply with the provisions of the IRC or to exercise ordinary and reasonable care in the preparation of a tax return. See § 6662(c) and Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-3(b)(1). Negligence also includes the failure to do what a reasonable and ordinarily prudent person would do under the same circumstances. See Marcello v. Commissioner, 380 F.2d 499, 506 (5th Cir. 1967), aff'g 43 T.C. 168 (1964); Neely v. Commissioner, 85 T.C. 934, 947 (1985). Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-3(b)(1)(ii) provides that negligence is strongly indicated where a taxpayer fails to make a reasonable attempt to ascertain the correctness of a deduction, credit or exclusion on a return that would seem to a reasonable and prudent person to be “too good to be true” under the circumstances. A return position that has a reasonable basis as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-3(b)(3) is not attributable to negligence. See Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-3(b)(1). A reasonable basis is a greater standard than merely

343

arguable or merely a colorable claim. See Treas. Reg. § 1.66623(b)(3).

o Disregard “includes any careless, reckless or intentional disregard” of

rules or regulations. See § 6662(c) and Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-3(b)(2). The term rules or regulations include provisions of the IRC, temporary and final regulations, and revenue rulings and notices (other than notices of proposed rulemaking). See Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-3(b)(2). A disregard is careless if a taxpayer fails to exercise reasonable diligence to determine the correctness of a return position that is contrary to a rule of regulation, reckless if a taxpayer makes little or no effort to determine whether a rule or regulation exists, and intentional if the taxpayer knows of the disregarded rule or regulation. Id. Outside the reportable transaction context, a taxpayer has not disregarded a rule or regulation when taking a position contrary to a revenue ruling or notice if the taxpayer’s position has a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits. Id.

  • Burden of Production and Proof

o The taxpayer has the ultimate burden of proof in overcoming the

presumption that the Service's determination of an accuracy-related penalty is correct. Marcello, 380 F.2d at 507. The Service must first meet the burden of production with respect to the imposition of additions to tax and penalties. See § 7491(c). To meet that burden, the Service must produce evidence sufficient to show that imposing the penalty is appropriate, but the Service need not introduce evidence regarding reasonable cause, reasonable basis, substantial authority, or similar provisions. See § 7491(c) and Higbee v. Commissioner, 116 T.C. 438, 446 (2002). The Service’s burden of production under § 7491(c) includes showing compliance with the procedural requirements of § 6751(b)(1). Section 6751(b)(1) provides that the initial determination to impose certain types of penalties must generally be “personally approved (in writing) by the immediate supervisor of the individual making such determination.” See also Graev v. Commissioner, 149 T.C. 485, 493 (2017), supplementing and overruling in part 147 T.C. 460 (2016).

  • Analysis

o The Service is unaware of any authority that suggests a stand-alone

open-air parking structure is not a building. While taxpayers attack the IRS' position, they offer no affirmative justification for their position nor do they explain why a parking structure, which is an inherently permanent structure, is not a building. In fact, a parking structure is so commonly regarded as a building that to argue otherwise is frivolous.

344

o Taxpayers attempt to distinguish the parking structures at issue to

avoid classification as a building. To distinguish the parking structures, taxpayers may argue that stand-alone open-air parking structures lack the physical features of a building. For example, taxpayers may suggest that the walls of a parking structure do not provide enclosure. On the contrary, the walls separate the parking structure from the surrounding area, enclosing vehicles within the structure. Taxpayers may also argue that the components of a stand-alone open-air parking structure are not unique to buildings or that parking structures do not contain all Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(2) structural components. Arguing that components are not exclusive to buildings does not prevent a parking structure from being a building nor justify taxpayers' position that stand-alone open-air parking structures are not buildings. Additionally, all structural components listed in the regulation are not required to classify a structure as a building.

o Taxpayers may further argue that a stand-alone open-air parking

structure fails the function test because it does not provide workspace or shelter. However, Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e)(1) does not require that a building qualify under all possible building functions and specifically designates parking as a building function. Taxpayers may further argue that the floors of a parking garage provide a similar sheltering function as a canopy over a parking lot. Having a similar function as a canopy does not mean a parking structure is not a building because a canopy is not a building. The classification of one does not affect the classification of the other. For example, the purpose of a sundial and the purpose of a digital clock are both to tell time. However, the fact that a sundial is not an electric device does not mean a digital wristwatch is not an electric device.

o Taxpayers can present no arguments that reasonably justify treating

the stand-alone open-air parking structures as anything other than a building. Adopting an argument so lacking in reasonable basis is negligent under § 6662 and ignoring the dictates of Treas. Reg. § 1.481(e)(1) demonstrates disregard of that regulation.

  • § 6664 Reasonable Cause Exception

o § 6664(c) provides an exception to the imposition of any § 6662

penalty if the taxpayer shows that there was reasonable cause and the taxpayer acted in good faith. See also Treas. Reg. 1.6664-4(a). The determination of whether the taxpayer acted with reasonable cause and in good faith is made on a case-by-case basis, taking into account all relevant facts and circumstances. See Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(b)(1). All relevant facts and circumstances, including the nature of the tax investment, the complexity of the tax issues, the independence of a tax

345

advisor, the competence of a tax advisor, the sophistication of the taxpayer, and the quality of an opinion, must be developed to evaluate an assertion that a taxpayer acted with reasonable cause and in good faith. See IRM 20.1.5.6.1(7).

o Generally, the most important factor in determining whether the

taxpayer has reasonable cause and acted in good faith is the extent of the taxpayer's effort to assess the proper tax liability. See Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(b)(1). For example, an isolated computational or transcription error generally is not inconsistent with reasonable cause and good faith. See id. For guidance and additional examples, and also consider Larson v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2002-295.

o Circumstances that may indicate reasonable cause and good faith

include an honest misunderstanding of fact or law that is reasonable in light of the facts, including the experience, knowledge, sophistication, and education of the taxpayer. See Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(b)(1). The taxpayer's mental and physical condition, as well as sophistication with respect to the tax laws, at the time the return was filed, are all relevant in deciding whether the taxpayer acted with reasonable cause. See Kees v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1999-41. If the taxpayer is misguided, unsophisticated in tax law, and acts in good faith, a penalty is not warranted. See Collins v. Commissioner, 857 F.2d 1383, 1386 (9th Cir. 1988); cf. Spears v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1996-341, aff'd, 98-1 USTC 50,108 (2d Cir. 1997) (Court was un-convinced by the claim of highly sophisticated, able, and successful investors that they acted reasonably in failing to inquire about their investment and simply relying on offering circulars and accountant, despite warnings in offering materials and explanations by accountant about limitations of accountant's investigation, stating “In each case, these taxpayers knew or should have known better.”).

o Reliance upon a tax opinion provided by a professional tax advisor

may serve as a basis for the reasonable cause and good faith exception to the accuracy-related penalty. See Treas. Reg. § 1.66644(c)(1). The reliance, however, must be objectively reasonable. See Goldman v. Commissioner, 39 F.3d 402, 408 (2d Cir. 1994), aff’g T.C. Memo. 1993-480. For example, the taxpayer must supply the professional with all the necessary information to assess the tax matter. See Bitker v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2003-209 (citing Pessin v. Commissioner, 59 T.C. 473, 489 (1972)). The advice must also be based upon all pertinent facts and circumstances and the law as it relates to those facts and circumstances. See Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(c)(1)(i).

o In Long Term Capital Holdings v. United States, 330 F. Supp.2d 122,

205-11 (D. Conn. 2004), the court concluded that a legal opinion did

346

not provide a taxpayer with reasonable cause where (1) the taxpayer did not receive the written opinion prior to filing its tax return, and the record did not establish the taxpayer's receipt of an earlier oral opinion upon which it would have been reasonable to rely; (2) the opinion was based upon unreasonable assumptions; (3) the opinion did not adequately analyze the applicable law; and (4) the taxpayer's partners did not adequately review the opinion to determine whether it could be reasonably relied upon. In addition, the court concluded that the taxpayer's lack of good faith was evidenced by its decision to attempt to conceal the losses reported from the transaction by netting them against gains on its return. Id. at 211-12.

o The fact that a taxpayer consulted an independent tax advisor is not,

standing alone, conclusive evidence of reasonable cause and good faith if additional facts suggest that the advice is not dependable. See Spears, T.C. Memo. 1996-341. For example, a taxpayer may not rely on an independent tax adviser if the taxpayer knew or should have known that the tax adviser lacked sufficient expertise, the taxpayer did not provide the adviser with all necessary information, or the information the adviser was provided was not accurate. See Spears, T.C. Memo. 1996-341; Pessin v. Commissioner, 59 T.C. 473, 488-489 (1972). Additionally, the analysis provided to the taxpayer must be reasonable in light of the experience, knowledge, and education of the taxpayer. See Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(b)(1).

o Finally, a taxpayer may not establish reasonable cause and good faith

by relying on an opinion or advice that a regulation is invalid unless the taxpayer adequately disclosed the position that the regulation was invalid in accord with Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-3(c)(2). See Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(c)(1)(iii).

o The potential for the reasonable cause and good faith defense should

not dissuade the Service from asserting the accuracy-related penalty. The taxpayer’s position that the open-air parking structures are land improvements depreciable over 15 years lacks a reasonable basis, given the existence of a regulation stating that these structures are buildings and thus depreciable over 39 years.

Exceptions & meaning →

B.7. Summary

(1) The IRS and the taxpayer agree that stand-alone open-air parking structures

are inherently permanent. The issue in dispute is whether these parking structures are buildings or land improvements for depreciation purposes. The taxpayer asserts that the parking structures are land improvements with a 15year recovery period (under GDS) while the IRS asserts that the parking structures are buildings with a 39-year recovery period (under GDS).

347

(2) Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e) is clear and unambiguous in providing that the term

“building” includes structures such as garages and structures the purpose of which is to provide parking space. Since garages and parking structures are explicitly included in the definition of a building under Treas. Reg. § 1.48-1(e), this should really be the end of the inquiry as to whether a parking structure is considered a building.

(3) Taxpayers argue that the regulation is ambiguous, and that a stand-alone,

open-air parking structure does not satisfy the two-part definition of a “building,” namely the appearance test and the function test. Taxpayers, however, have not cited any support for their position that a structure, which appears and functions as a building is not a building. The Service is unaware of any authority that suggests a stand-alone open-air parking structure is not a building.

(4) Taxpayers can present no arguments that reasonably justify treating a stand alone open-air parking structure as anything other than a building. While taxpayers attack the IRS' position, they offer no affirmative justification for their position. Given the lack of support for the taxpayer position, an accuracy-related penalty under § 6662 for a substantial understatement (if applicable) and in the alternative for negligence or disregard of rules or regulations should be strongly considered.

348

Exceptions & meaning →

GoCodebook provides public access, search, citation, multilingual explanation, and practical interpretation of legally adopted building regulations. It is not a substitute for the official ICC or California code publications.